Skip to main content

Full text of "Worlds of IF (July 1961)"

See other formats


A TASTE  OF  TENURE 

BY  GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


SCIENCE  FICTION. 

JULY  1961  • 35  CENTS 


It  s good  to  be  a boy,  exploring  the 
wide  world,  soaking  up  wonderful 
new  sounds  and  sights  everywhere 
you  go.  And  if  the  world’s  a peaceful 
place,  it’s  good  to  grow  up,  too,  and 
become  a man. 

But  will  the  world  stay  peaceful? 
That  depends  on  whether  we  can  keep 
the  peace.  Peace  costs  money. 

Money  for  military  strength  and 


for  science.  And  money  saved  by 
individuals  to  help  keep  our  economy 
strong. 

Your  Savings  Bonds  make  you  a 
Partner  in  strengthening  America’s 
Peace  Power. 

The  Bonds  you  buy  will  earn  good 
interest  for  you.  But  the  most  im- 
portant thing  they  earn  is  peace. 

Are  you  buying  enough? 


HELP  STRENGTHEN  AMERICA’S  PEACE  POWER 

BUY  U.  S.  SAVINGS  BONDS 


The  U.S.  Government  do*  - not  pay  for  this  advertising.  The  Treasury  Department  thanks 
The  Advertising  Council  and  this  magazine  for  their  patriotic  donation. 


•oc 


THERE  are  some  things  that  cannot 
be  generally  told  — things  you  ought  to 
know.  Great  truths  are  dangerous  to 
some  — but  factors  for  personal  power 
and  accomplishment  in  the  hands  of 
those  who  understand  them.  Behind 
the  tales  of  the  miracles  and  mysteries 
of  the  ancients,  lie  centuries  of  their 
secret  probing  into  nature’s  laws  — 
their  amazing  discoveries  of  the  hid - 
den  processes  of  man's  mindt  and  the 
mastery  of  life's  problems.  Once  shroud- 
ed in  mystery  to  avoid  their  destruc- 
tion by  mass  fear  and  ignorance,  these 
facts  remain  a useful  heritage  for  the 
thousands  of  men  and  women  who  pri- 
vately use  them  in  their  homes  today. 

THIS  FREE  BOOK 

The  Rosicrucians  (not  a religious 


organization)  an  age-old  brotherhood 
of  learning,  have  preserved  this  secret 
wisdom  in  their  archives  for  centu- 
ries. They  now  invite  you  to  share  the 
practical  helpfulness  of  their  teachings. 
Write  today  for  a free  copy  of  the 
book,  "The  Mastery  of  Life.”  Within 
its  pages  may  lie  a new  life  of  oppor- 
tunity for  you.  Address:  Scribe  L.D.L. 

SEND  THIS  COUPON * 

[ Scribe  L-D.L. 

! The  ROSICRUCIANS  (AMORO 
i San  Jose,  California 

j Please  send  me  the  free  book  yThe  Mastery  J 
i of  Lifef  which  explains  how  I may  learn  to  j 
i use  my  faculties  and  powers  of  mind. 

| Name i 

i 

| Address 1 

Log i 


UJTe  Rosicrucians  (AMORC) 


SAN  JOSE,  CALIFORNIA,  U.SA. 


JULY  1961 


worlds 

of 


Voh  11,  Number  3 


All  Stones  New 
and  Complete 


science 

fiction 


Robert  M.  Guinn,  Publisher  0 H.  L.  Gold,  Editor 
Sam  Ruvidich,  Art  Director  £ Frederik  Pohl,  Managing  Editor 
Theodore  Sturgeon,  Feature  Editor 


NOVELETTES 

The  Planet  With  No  Nightmare  by  Jim  Harmon  6 
The  Stainless-Steel  Knight  by  John  Rackham  39 
A Taste  of  Tenure  by  Gordon  R . Dickson  S3 
The  Junkmakers  by  Albert  R.  Teichner  109 

SHORT  STORIES 

The  Real  Hard  Sell  by  William  W.  Stuart  25 
Doormat  World  by  J.  T . McIntosh  68 

SPECIAL  FEATURES 
Kangaroo  Quiz  66 

The  Bern  Called  Windigo  by  Theodore  Sturgeon  81 

DEPARTMENTS 
IFun  67 

Science  Briefs  107 
Hue  and  Cry  130 

COVER  by  Dember : “Operation  Overlook* 

Next  issue  ( September ) on  sale  July  14th 

IF  is  published  bi-monthly  by  Digest  Productions  Corporation,  VoL  11,  No.  S.  Main  Of- 
fice: 421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14,  New  York  85c  per  copy.  Subscriptions  12  issues 
$8.00  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico,  South  and  Central  America  and  U.  8.  pos- 
sessions, elsewhere  $4.00.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  New  York,  New  York,  and  at 
additional  mailing  offices.  Copyright  by  Digest  Productions  Corporation,  1901.  All  rights 
including  translations  reserved.  All  material  submitted  must  be  accompanied  by  self- 
addressed,  stamped  envelopes.  The  publisher  assumes  no  responsibility  for  unsolicited 
material.  All  stories  printed  in  this  magazine  are  fiction,  and  any  similarity  between 
characters  and  actual  persons  is  coincidental.  Printed  An  the  U.  S.  A.  by  the  Guinn 
Company,  Inc.,  New  York  14,  N.  Y 


BISTER'S  BEST! 

Have  you  read  his  famed  THE  DEMOLISHED  MAN  ? Lived  in 
its  vividly  real  telepathic  society,  detailed  so  ingeniously  and  dra- 
matically that,  finishing  the  book,  you'll  find  it  hard  to  believe  that 
society  doesn’t  exist  — yet ! 

By  special  arrangement  with  the  publisher  of  THE  DEMOLISHED 
MAN,  we  can  offer  you  this  magnificent  book  for  $1.00,  2/3  off  the 


BOUND 

$100 


Supplies  are  limited!  Send  your  order  in  Immediately! 
(Use  Coupon  or  Separate  Sheet) 

GALAXY  PUBLISHING  CORP. 

Please  421  Hudson  St. 

rush  me  New  York 

□ copies  of  14, 

THE  DEMOLISHED  MAN  N.Y. 

Name 

Address 

City State. 


THE  DEMOLISHED  MAN 
The  Original 
Edition  — Complete  I 
Not  A low  Cost  Reprint  — 
Yet  Yours  For 
Only  $1.00! 
Plus  Postage  25* 


regular  price,  plus  25£  for  postage  and  handling. 


I Enclose. 


IF  • ZN^ovelette 


BY  JIM  HARMON 


Illustrated  by  Wood 


3UWUH3IN 


The  creatures  on 
the  little  planet 
were  real  bafflers. 
The  first  puzzler 
about  them  was  that 
they  died  so  easily. 
The  second  was  that 
they  didn't  die  at  all. 


I 

TENSION  eased  away  as 
the  spaceship  settled 
down  on  its  metallic  haunch- 
es and  they  savored  a safe 
planetfall. 

Ekstrohm  fingered  loose 
the  cinches  of  his  decelera- 
tion couch.  He  sighed.  An 
exploration  camp  would  mean 
things  would  be  simpler  for 
him.  He  could  hide  his  prob- 
lem from  the  others  more  eas- 
ily. Trying  to  keep  secret 
what  he  did  alone  at  night 


was  very  difficult  under  the 
close  conditions  on  board  a 
ship  in  space. 

Ryan  hefted  his  bulk  up 
and  supported  it  on  one  el- 
bow. He  rubbed  his  eyes 
sleepily  with  one  huge  paw. 
“Ekstrohm,  Nogol,  you  guys 
okay?” 

“Nothing  wrong  with  me 
that  couldn’t  be  cured,”  No- 
gol said.  He  didn’t  say  what 
would  cure  him;  he  had  been 
explaining  all  during  the  trip 
what  he  needed  to  make  him 
feel  like  himself.  His  small 
black  eyes  darted  inside  the 
olive  oval  of  his  face. 

“Ekstrohm?”  Ryan  insist- 
ed. 

“Okay.” 

“Well,  let’s  take  a ground- 
level  look  at  the  country 
around  here.” 

The  facsiport  rolled  open 
on  the  landscape.  A range 
of  bluffs  hugged  the  horizon, 
the  color  of  decaying  moss. 
Above  them,  the  sky  was  the 
black  of  space,  or  the  almost 
equal  black  of  the  winter  sky 
above  Minneapolis,  seen 
against  neon-lit  snow.  That 
cold,  empty  sky  was  full  of 
fire  and  light.  It  seemed  al- 
most a magnification  of  the 
Galaxy  itself,  of  the  Milky 
Way,  blown  up  by  some  mas- 
ter photographer. 

This  fiery  swath  was  ac- 
tually only  a belt  of  minor 
planets,  almost  like  the  aste- 
roid belt  in  the  original  So- 
lar System.  These  planets 
were  much  bigger,  nearly  all 


capable  of  holding  an  at- 
mosphere. But  to  the  infuri- 
ation  of  scientists,  for  no 
known  reason  not  all  of  them 
did.  This  would  be  the  fifth 
mapping  expedition  to  the 
planetoids  of  Yancy-6  in 
three  generations.  They  lay 
months  away  from  the  near- 
est Earth  star  by  jump  drive, 
and  no  one  knew  what  they 
were  good  for,  although  it 
was  felt  that  they  would 
probably  be  good  for  some- 
thing if  it  could  only  be  dis- 
covered— much  like  the  con- 
tinent of  Antarctica  in  an- 
cient history. 

“How  can  a planet  with  so 
many  neighbors  be  so  lone- 
ly?” Ryan  asked.  He  was  the 
captain,  so  he  could  ask  ques- 
tions like  that. 

“Some  can  be  lonely  in  a 
crowd,”  Nogol  said  elaborat- 
ely. 

66  \V  THAT  will  we  need  out- 

W side,  Ryan?”  Ek- 
strohm asked. 

“No  helmets,”  the  captain 
answered.  “We  can  breathe 
out  there,  all  right.  It  just 
won’t  be  easy.  This  old  world 
lost  all  of  its  helium  and 
trace  gases  long  ago.  Nitro- 
gen and  oxygen  are  about  it.” 

“Ryan,  look  over  there,” 
Nogol  said.  “Animals.  Ring- 
ing the  ship.  Think  they’re  in- 
telligent, maybe  hostile?” 

“I  think  they’re  dead,”  Ek- 
strohm interjected  quietly. 
“I  get  no  readings  from  them 
at  all.  Sonic,  electronic,  gal- 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


7 


vanic — all  blank.  According 
to  these  needles,  they’re  stone 
dead.” 

“Ekstrohm,  you  and  I will 
have  a look,”  Ryan  said.  “You 
hold  down  the  fort,  Nogol. 
Take  it  easy.” 

“Easy,”  Nogol  confirmed. 
“I  heard  a story  once  about 
a rookie  who  got  excited  when 
the  captain  stepped  outside 
and  he  couldn’t  get  an  en- 
cephalographic  reading  on 
him.  Me,  I know  the  mind  of 
an  officer  works  in  a strange 
and  unfathomable  manner.” 
“I’m  not  worried  about 
you  mis-reading  the  dials,  No- 
gol, just  about  a lug  like  you 
reading  them  at  all.  Remem- 
ber, when  the  little  hand  is 
straight  up  that’s  negative. 
Positive  results  start  when  it 
goes  towards  the  hand  you 
use  to  make  your  mark.” 
“But  I’m  ambidextrous.” 
Ryan  told  him  what  he 
could  do  then. 

Ekstrohm  smiled,  and  fol- 
lowed the  captain  through  the 
airlock  with  only  a glance  at 
the  lapel  gauge  on  his  cover- 
all. The  strong  negative 
field  his  suit  set  up  would 
help  to  repel  bacteria  and  in- 
sects. 

Actually,  the  types  of  in- 
fection that  could  attack  a 
warm-blooded  mammal  were 
not  infinite,  and  over  the 
course  of  the  last  few  hun- 
dred years  adequate  defenses 
had  been  found  for  all  basic 
categories.  He  wasn’t  likely 
to  come  down  with  hot  chills 


and  puzzling  striped  fever. 

They  ignored  the  ladder 
down  to  the  planet  surface 
and,  with  only  a glance  at 
the  seismological  gauge  to 
judge  surface  resistance, 
dropped  to  the  ground. 

It  was  day,  but  in  the  thin 
atmosphere  contrasts  were 
sharp  between  light  and  sha- 
dow. They  walked  from  mid- 
night to  noon,  noon  to  mid- 
night, and  came  to  the  beast 
sprawled  on  its  side. 

Ekstrohm  nudged  it  with  a 
boot.  “Hey,  this  is  pretty 
close  to  a wart-hog.” 

“Uh-huh,”  Ryan  admitted. 
“One  of  the  best  matches  I’ve 
ever  found.  Well,  it  has  to 
happen.  Statistical  average 
and  all.  Still,  it  sometimes 
gives  you  a creepy  feeling  to 
find  a rabbit  or  a snapping 
turtle  on  some  strange  world. 
It  makes  you  wonder  if  this 
exploration  business  isn’t  all 
some  big  joke,  and  somebody 
has  been  everywhere  before 
you  even  started.” 

THE  surveyor  looked  side- 
wise  at  the  captain.  The 
big  man  seldom  gave  out  with 
such  thoughts.  Ekstrohm 
cleared  his  throat.  “What 
shall  we  do  with  this  one? 
Dissect  it?” 

Ryan  nudged  it  with  his 
toe,  following  Ekstrohm’s  ex- 
ample. “I  don’t  know,  Stor- 
my. It  sure  as  hell  doesn’t 
look  like  any  dominant  intel- 
ligent species  to  me.  No 
hands,  for  one  thing.  Of 


8 


JIM  HARMON 


course,  that’s  not  definite 
proof.” 

“No,  it  isn’t,”  Ekstrohm 
said. 

“I  think  we’d  better  let  it 
lay  until  we  get  a clearer  pic- 
ture of  the  ecological  setup 
around  here.  In  the  mean- 
time, we  might  be  thinking 
on  the  problem  all  these  dead 
beasts  represent.  What  kill- 
ed them?” 

“It  looks  like  we  did,  when 
we  made  blastdown.” 

“But  what  about  our  land- 
ing was  lethal  to  the  crea- 
tures?” 

“Radiation?”  Ekstrohm 
suggested.  “The  planet  is 
very  low  in  radiation  from 
mineral  deposits,  and  the  at- 
mosphere seems  to  shield  out 
most  of  the  solar  output.  Any 
little  dose  of  radiation  might 
knock  off  these  critters.” 

“I  don’t  know  about  that. 
Maybe  it  would  work  the 
other  way.  Maybe  because 
they  have  had  virtually  no 
radioactive  exposure  and  don’t 
have  any  R’s  stored  up  they 
could  take  a lot  without 
harm.” 

“Then  maybe  it  was  the 
shockwave  we  set  up.  Or  may- 
be it’s  sheer  xenophobia.  They 
curl  up  and  die  at  the  sight 
of  something  strange  and 
alien — like  a (spaceship.” 

“Maybe,”  the  captain  ad- 
mitted. “At  this  stage  of  the 
game  anything  could  be  pos- 
sible. But  there’s  one  possi- 
bility I particularly  don’t 
like.” 


“And  that  is?” 

“Suppose  it  was  not  us  that 
killed  these  aliens.  Suppose 
it  is  something  right  on  the 
planet,  native  to  it.  I just 
hope  it  doesn’t  work  ort 
Earthmen  too.  These  critters 
went  real  sudden.” 

Ekstrohm  lay  in  his 

bunk  and  thought,  the 
camp  is  quiet. 

The  Earthmen  made  camp 
outside  the  spaceship.  There 
was  no  reason  to  leave  the 
comfortable  quarters  inside 
the  ship,  except  that,  faced 
with  a possibility  of  sleeping 
on  solid  ground,  they  simply, 
had  to  get  out. 

The  c^mp  was  a cluster  of 
aluminum  bubbles,  ringed 
with  a spy  web  to  alert  the 
Earthmen  to  the  approach  of 
any  being. 

Each  manjiad  a bubble  to 
himself,  privacy  after  the 
long  period  of  enforced  inti- 
macy on  board  the  ship. 

Ekstrohm  lay  in  his  bunk 
and  listened  to  the  sounds  of 
the  night  on  Yancy-6  138. 
There  was  a keening  of  wind, 
and  a cracking  of  the  frozeii 
ground.  Insects  there  were 
on  the  world,  but  they  were 
frozen  solid  during  the  night, 
only  to  revive  and  thaw  in 
the  morning  sun.. 

The  bunk  he  lay  on  was 
much  more  uncomfortable 
than  the  acceleration  couches 
on  board.  Yet  he  knew  the 
others  were  sleeping  more 
soundly,  now  that  they  had 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


9 


renewed  their  contact  with 
the  matter  that  had  birthed 
them  to  send  them  riding 
high  vacuum. 

Ekstrohm  was  not  asleep. 

Now  there  could  be  an  end 
to  pretending. 

He  threw  off  the  light 
blanket  and  swung  his  feet 
off  the  bunk,  to  the  floor.  Ek- 
strohm stood  up. 

There  was  no  longer  any 
need  to  hide.  But  what  was 
there  to  do?  What  had  chang- 
ed for  him? 

He  no  longer  had  to  lie  in 
his  bunk  all  night,  his  eyes 
closed,  pretending  to  sleep. 
In  privacy  he  could  walk 
around,  leave  the  light  on, 
read. 

It  was  small  comfort  for  in- 
somnia. 

Ekstrohm  never  slept.  Some 
doctors  had  informed  him  he 
was  mistaken  about  this.  Ac- 
tually, they  said,  he  did  sleep, 
but  so  shortly  and  fitfully 
that  he  forgot.  Others  ad- 
mitted he  was  absolutely  cor- 
rect — he  never  slept.  His 
body  processes  only  slowed 
down  enough  for  him  to  dis- 
pell fatigue  poisons.  Occa- 
sionally he  fell  into  a waking, 
gritty-eyed  stupor ; but  he 
never  slept. 

Never  at  all. 

Naturally,  he  couldn’t  let 
his  shipmates  know  this.  In- 
somnia would  ground  him 
from  the  Exploration  Service, 
on  physiological  if  not  psy- 
chological grounds.  He  had  to 
hide  it. 


OVER  the  years,  he  had 
had  buddies  in  space  in 
whom  he  thought  he  could 
confide.  The  buddies  invari- 
ably took  advantage  of  him. 
Since  he  couldn’t  sleep  any- 
way, he  might  as  well  stand 
their  watches  for  them  or 
write  their  reports.  Where 
the  hell  did  he  get  off  threat- 
ening to  report  any  laxness 
on  their  part  to  the  captain? 
A man  with  insomnia  had  bet- 
ter avoid  bad  dreams  of  that 
kind  if  he  knew  what  was 
good  for  him. 

Ekstrohm  had  to  hide  his 
secret. 

In  a camp,  instead  of  ship- 
board, hiding  the  secret  was 
easier.  But  the  secret  itself 
was  just  as  hard. 

Ekstrohm  picked  up  a 
lightweight  no-back  from  the 
ship’s  library,  a book  by 
Bloch,  the  famous  twentieth 
century  expert  on  sex.  He 
scanned  a few  lines  on  the 
social  repercussions  of  a cel- 
ebrated nineteenth  century 
sex  murderer,  but  he  couldn’t 
seem  to  concentrate  on  the 
weighty,  pontifical,  ponderous 
style. 

On  impulse,  he  flipped  up 
the  heat  control  on  his  cover- 
all and  slid  back  the  hatch  of 
the  bubble. 

Ekstrohm  walked  through 
the  alien  glass  and  looked  up 
at  the  unfamiliar  constella- 
tions, smelling  the  frozen 
sterility  of  the  thin  air. 

Behind  him,  his  mates  stir- 
red without  waking. 


10 


JIM  HARMON 


H “Listen,  Ekstrohm,  I want 

to  give  you  the  benefit  of 

EKSTROHM  was  startled  every  doubt.  But  you  aren’t 
in  the  morning  by  a bang-  exactly  the  model  of  a sur- 
ing  on  the  hatch  of  his  bub-  veyor,  you  know.  You’ve  been 
ble.  It  took  him  a few  sec-  riding  on  a pink  ticket  for  six 
onds  to  put  his  thoughts  in  years,  you  know  that.” 
order,  and  then  he  got  up  “No,”  Ekstrohm  said,  “No, 
from  the  bunk  where  he  had  I didn’t  know  that.” 
been  resting,  sleeplessly.  “You’ve  been  hiding  things 

The  angry  burnt-red  face  from  me  and  Nogol  every 
of  Ryan  greeted  him.  “Okay,  jump  we’ve  made  with  you. 
Stormy,  this  isn’t  the  place  Now  comes  this!  It  fits  the 
for  fun  and  games.  What  did  pattern  of  secrecy  and  stealth 
you  do  with  them?”  you’ve  been  involved  in.” 

“Do  with  what?”  “What  could  I do  with  your 

“The  dead  beasties.  All  the  lousy  dead  bodies?  What 
dead  animals  laying  around'  would  I want  with  them?” 
the  ship.”  “All  I know  is  that  you 

“What  are  you  talking  were  outside  the  bubbles  last 
about,  Ryan?  What  do  you  night,  and  you  were  the  on- 
think  I did  with  them?”  ly  sentient  being  who  came  in 

“I  don’t  know.  All  I know  or  out  of  our  alarm  web.  The 
is  that  they  are  gone.”  tapes  show  that.  Now  all  the 

“Gone?”  bodies  are  missing,  like  they 

Ekstrohm  shouldered  his  got  up  and  walked  away.” 
way  outside  and  scanned  the  It  was  not  a new  experi- 
veldt.  ence  to  Ekstrohm.  No.  Sus- 

There  was  no  ring  of  ani-  picion  wasn’t  new  to  him  at 
mal  corpses.  Nothing.  Noth-  all. 

ing  but  wispy  grass  whipping  “Ryan,  there  are  other  ex- 
in the  keen  breeze.  planations  for  the  disappear- 

“I’ll  be  damned,”  Ek-  ance  of  the  bodies.  Look  for 
strohm  said.  them,  will  you?  I give  you 

“You  are  right  now,  buddy,  my  word  I’m  not  trying  to 
ExPe  doesn’t  like  anybody  pull  some  stupid  kind  of  joke, 
mucking  up  primary  evi-  or  to  deliberately  foul  up  the 
dence.”  expedition.  Take  my  word, 

“Where  do  you  get  off,  can’t  you?” 

Ryan?”  Ekstrohm  demand-  Ryan  shook  his  head.  “I 
ed.  “Why  pick  me  for  your  don’t  think  I can.  There’s 
patsy?  This  has  got  to  be  still  such  a thing  as  mental 
some  kind  of  local  phenome-  illness.  You  may  not  be  re- 
non.  Why  accuse  a shipmate  sponsible.” 
of  being  behind  this?”  Ekstrohm  scowled. 

THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


11 


“Don’t  try  anything  vio- 
lent, Stormy.  I outweigh  you 
fifty  pounds  and  I’m  fast  for 
a big  man.” 

“L  wasn’t  planning  on 
jumping  you.  Why  do  you 
have  to  jump  me  the  first 
time  something  goes  wrong? 
You’ve  only  got  a lot  of  form- 
less suspicions.”  r 
“Look,  Ekstrohm,  do  you 
think  I looked  out  the  door 
and  saw  a lot  of  dead  animals 
missing  and  immediately  de- 
cided you  did  it  to  bedevil 
me?  I’ve  been  up  for  hours — 
thinking — looking  into  this. 
You’re  the  only  possibility 
that’s  left.” 

“Why?” 

W^piIE  bodies  are  missing. 

A What  could  it  be?  Sca- 
vengers? The  web  gives  us  a 
complete  census  on  every- 
thing inside  it.  The  only  ani- 
mals inside  the  ring  are  more 
wart-hogs  and  despite  their 
appearance,  they  aren’t  car- 
nivorous. Strictly  grass-eat- 
ers. Besides,  no  animal,  no  in- 
sect, no  process  of  decay 
could  completely  consume  ani- 
mals without  a trace.  There 
are  no  bones,  no  hide,  no 
nothing.” 

“You  don’t  know  the  way 
bacteria  works  on  this  planet. 
Radiation  is  so  low,  it  may 
be  particularly  virulent.” 
“That’s  a possible  explana- 
tion, although  it  runs  counter 
to  all  the  evidence  we’ve  es- 
tablished so  far.  There’s  a 
much  simpler  explanation, 

12 


Ekstrohm.  You.  You  hid  the 
bodies  for  some  reason.  What 
other  reason  could  you  have 
for  prowling  around  out  here 
at  night?” 

I couldn't  sleep.  The  words 
were  in  his  throat,  but  he 
didn’t  use  them.  They  weren’t 
an  explanation.  They  would 
open  more  questions  than 
they  would  answer. 

“You’re  closing  your  eyes 
to  the  possibility  of  natural 
phenomenon,  laying  this  1 op 
me.  You  haven’t  adequate 
proof  and  you  know  it.” 

“Ekstrohm,  when  some- 
thing’s stolen,  you  always  sus- 
pect a suspicious  character 
before  you  get  around  to  the 
possibility  that  the  stolen 
goods  melted  into  thin  air.” 

“What,”  Ekstrohm  said 
with  deadly  patience,  “what 
do  you  think  I could  have 
possibly  done  with  your  preci- 
ous dead  bodies?” 

“You  could  have  buried 
them.  This  is  a big  territory. 
We  haven’t  been  able  to 
search  every  square  foot  of 
it.” 

“Ryan,  it  was  thirty  or  for- 
ty below  zero  last  night.  How 
the  devil  could  I dig  holes  in 
this  ground  to  bury  any- 
thing?” 

“At  forty  below,  how  could 
your  bacteria  function  to  rot 
them  away?” 

Ekstrohm  could  see  he  was 
facing  prejudice.  There  was 
no  need  to  keep  talking,  apd 
no  use  in  it.  Still,  some  re- 
flex made  him  continue  to 


JIM  HARMON 


frame  reasonable  answers. 

“I  don’t  know  what  bac- 
teria on  this  planet  can  do. 
Besides,  that  was  only  one  ex- 
ample of  a natural  phenome- 
non.” 

“Look,  Ekstrohm,  you  don’t 
have  anything  to  worry  about 
if  you’re  not  responsible. 
We’re  going  to  give  you  a 
fair  test.” 

What  kind  of  a test  would 
it  be?  He  wondered.  And 
how  fair? 

Nogol  came  trotting  up 
lightly. 

“Ryan,  I found  some  more 
wart-hogs  and  they  keeled 
over  as  soon  as  they  saw  me.” 

“So  it  was  xenophobia,” 
Ekstrohm  ventured. 

“The  important  thing,” 
Ryan  said,  with  a sidelong 
glance  at  the  surveyor,  “is 
that  now  we’ve  got  what  it 
takes  to  see  if  Ekstrohm  has 
been  deliberately  sabotaging 
this  expedition.” 

THE  body  heat  of  the  three 
men  caused  the  air-con- 
ditioner of  the  tiny  bubble  to 
labor. 

“Okay,”  Ryan  breathed. 
“We’ve  got  our  eyes  on  you, 
Ekstrohm,  and  the  video  cir- 
cuits are  wide  open  on  the 
dead  beasts.  All  we  have  to 
do  is  wait.” 

“We’ll  have  a long  wait,” 
Nogol  ventured.  “With  Ek- 
strohm here,  and  the  corpses 
out  there,  nothing  is  going  to 
happen.” 

That  would  be  all  the  proof 


they  needed,  Ekstrohm  knew. 
Negative  results  would  be 
positive  proof  to  them.  His 
pink  ticket  would  turn  pure 
red  and  he  would  be  grounded 
for  life — if  he  got  off  without 
a rehabilitation  sentence. 

But  if  nothing  happened, 
it  wouldn’t  really  prove  any- 
thing. There  was  no  way  to 
say  that  the  conditions  to- 
night were  identical  to  the 
conditions  the  previous  night. 
What  had  swept  away  those 
bodies  might  be  comparable 
to  a flash  flood.  Something 
that  occurred  once  a year,  or 
once  in  a century. 

And  perhaps  his  presence 
outside  was  required  in  some 
subtle  cause-and-effect  rela- 
tionship. 

All  this  test  would  prove, 
if  the  bodies  didn’t  disappear, 
was  only  that  conditions  were 
not  identical  to  conditions  un- 
der which  they  did  disappear. 

Ryan  and  Nogol  were  pre- 
pared to  accept  him,  Ek- 
strohm, as  the  missing  ele- 
ment, the  one  ingredient 
needed  to  vanish  the  corpses. 
But  it  could  very  well  be 
something  else. 

Only  Ekstrohm  knew  that 
it  had  to  be  something  else 
that  caused  the  disappear- 
ances. 

Or  did  it? 

He  faced  up  to  the  ques- 
tion. How  did  he  know  he 
was  sane?  How  could  hexbe 
sure  that  he  hadn’t  stolen 
and  hid  the  bodies  for  some 
murky  reason  of  his  own? 

13 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


There  was  a large  question  as 
to  how  long  a man  could  go 
without  sleep,  dreams  and  ob- 
livion, and  remain  sane, 

Ekstrohm  forced  his  mind 
to  consider  the  possibility. 
Could  he  remember  every  step 
he  had  taken  the  night  be- 
fore? 

It  seemed  to  him  that  he 
could  remember  walking  past 
the  creature  lying  in  the 
grass,  then  walking  in  a cir- 
cle, and  coming  back  to  the 
base.  It  seemed  like  that  to 
him.  But  how  could  he  know 
that  it  was  true? 

He  couldn’t. 

THERE  was  no  way  he 
could  prove,  even  to  him- 
self, that  he  had  not  dispos- 
ed of  those  alien  remains 
and  then  come  back  to  his 
bubble,  contented  and  happy 
at  the  thought*  of  fooling 
those  smug  idiots  who  could 
sleep  at  night. 

“How  much  longer  do  we 
have  to  wait?”  Nogol  asked. 
“We’ve  been  here  nine  hours. 
Half  a day.  The  bodies  are 
right  where  I left  them  out- 
side. There  doesn’t  seem  to 
be  any  more  question.” 

Ekstrohm  frowned.  There 
was  one  question.  He  was 
sure  there  was  one  question 
. . . Oh,  yes.  The  question 
was:  How  did  he  know  he 
was  sane? 

He  didn’t  know,  of  course. 
That  was  as  good  an  answer 
as  any.  Might  as  well  accept 
it;  might  as  well  let  them  do 

14 


what  they  wanted  with  him. 
Maybe  if  he  just  gave  up, 
gave  in,  maybe  he  could  sleep 
then.  Maybe  he  could.  . . 

Ekstrohm  sat  upright  in 
his  chair. 

No.  That  wasn’t  the  an- 
swer. He  couldn’t  know  that 
he  was  sane,  but  then  neither 
could  anybody  else.  The  point 
was,  you  had  to  go  ahead  liv- 
ing as  if  you  were  sane.  That 
was  the  only  way  of  living. 

“Cosmos,”  Ryan  gasped. 
“Would  you  look  at  that!” 

Ekstrohm  followed  the 
staring  gaze  of  the  two  men. 

On  the  video  grid,  one  of 
the  “dead”  animals  was  slow- 
ly rising,  getting  up,  walking 
away. 

“A  natural  phenomenon !” 
Ekstrohm  said. 

“Suspended  animation !” 
Nogol  ventured. 

“Playing  possum!”  Ryan 
concluded. 

Now  came  the  time  for 
apologies. 

Ekstrohm  had  been 
through  similar  situations  be- 
fore, ever  since  he  had  been 
found  walking  the  corridors 
at  college  the  night  one  of  the 
girls  had  been  attacked.  He 
didn’t  want  to  hear  their  apo- 
logies ; they  meant  nothing  to 
him.  It  was  not  a matter  of 
forgiving  them.  He  knew  the 
situation  had  not  changed. 

They  would  suspect  him 
just  as  quickly  a second  time. 

“We’re  supposed  to  be  an 
exploration  team,”  Ekstrohm 
said  quickly.  “Let’s  get  down 

JIM  HARMON 


to  business.  Why  do  you  sup- 
pose these  alien  creatures 
fake  death?” 

Nogol  shrugged  his  wiry 
shoulders.  “Playing  dead  is 
easier  than  fighting.” 

“More  likely  it’s  a method 
of  fighting,”  Ryan  suggested. 
“They  play  dead  until  they 
see  an  opening.  The  n — 
ripppp.” 

“I  think  they’re  trying  to 
hide  some  secret,”  Ekstrohm 
said. 

“What  secret?”  Ryan  de- 
manded. 

“I  don't  know,”  he  answer- 
ed. “Maybe  I’d  better — sleep 
on  it.” 

Ill 

RYAN  observed  his  two 
crewmen  confidently  the 
next  morning.  “I  did  some 
thinking  last  night.” 

Great,  Ekstrohm  thought. 
For  that  you  should  get  a Ha- 
zardous Duty  bonus. 

“This  business  is  pretty 
simple,”  the  captain  went  on, 
“these  pigs  simply  play  pos- 
sum. They  go  into  a state  of 
suspended  animation,  when 
faced  by  a strange  situation. 
Xenophobia ! I don’t  see 
there’s  much  more  to  it.” 
“Well,  if  you  don’t  see  that 
there’s  more  to  it,  Ryan — ” 
Nogol  began  complacently. 

“Wait  a minute,”  Ekstrohm 
interjected.  “That’s  a good 
theory.  It  may  even  be  the 
correct  one,  but  where’s  your 
proof?” 

16 


“Look,  Stormy,  we  don’t 
have  to  have  proof.  Hell,  we 
don’t  even  have  to  have  theo- 
ries. We’re  explorers.  We 
just  make  reports  of  primary 
evidence  and  let  the  scientists 
back  home  in  the  System  fig- 
ure them  out.” 

“I  want  this  thing  cleared 
up,  Ryan.  Yesterday,  you 
were  accusing  me  of  being 
some  kind  of  psycho  who  was 
lousing  up  the  expedition  out 
of  pure — pure — ” he  searched 
for  a term  currently  in  use  in 
mentology — “demonia.  May- 
be the  boys  back  home  will 
think  the  same  thing.  I want 
to  be  cleared.” 

“I  guess  you  were  cleared 
last  night,  Stormy  boy,”  No- 
gol put  in.  “We  saw  one  of 
the  ‘dead’  pigs  get  up  and 
walk  away.” 

‘‘That  didn’t  clear  me,”  Ek- 
strohm said. 

The  other  two  looked  like 
they  had  caught  him  clean- 
ing wax  out  of  his  ear  in  pub- 
lic. 

“No,”  Ekstrohm  went  on. 
“We  still  have  no  proof  of 
what  caused  the  suspended 
animation  of  the  pigs.  What- 
ever caused  it  before  caused 
it  last  night.  You  thought  of 
accusing  me,  but  you  didn’t 
think  it  through  about  how  I 
could  have  disposed  of  the 
bodies.  Or,  after  you  found 
out  about  the  psuedo-death, 
how  I might  have  caused  that. 
If  I had  some  drug  or  some- 
thing to  cause  it  the  first  time, 
I could  have  a smaller  dose, 

JIM  HARMON 


or  a slowly  dissolving  capsule 
for  delayed  effect.” 

The  two  men  stared  at  him, 
their  eyes  beginning  to  nar- 
row. 

4<I  could  have  done  that.  Or 
either  of  you  could,  have  done 
the  same  thing” 

“Me?”  N o g o 1 protested. 
“Where  would  my  profit  be 
in  that?” 

“You  both  have  an  admit- 
ted motive.  You  hate  my  guts. 
I’m  ‘strange,’  ‘different,’  ‘sus- 
picious.’ You  could  be  trying 
to  frame  me.” 

“That’s  insubordination,” 
Ryan  grated.  “Accusations 
against  a superior  officer.  . .” 
“Come  off  it,  Ryan,”  Nogol 
sighed.  “I  never  saw  a three- 
man  spaceship  that  was  run 
very  taut.  Besides,  he’s 
right.” 

Beet-juice  flowed  out  of 
Ryan’s  swollen  face.  “So 
where  does  that  leave  us?” 
“Looking  for  proof  of  the 
cause  of  the  pig’s  pseudo- 
death. Remember,  I’ll  have 
to  make  counter-accusations 
against  you  two  out  of  self- 
defense.” 

“Be  reasonable.  Stormy,” 
Ryan  pleaded.  “This  might 
be  some  deep  scientific  mys- 
tery we  could  never  discover 
in  our  lifetime.  We  might 
never  get  off  this  planet” 
That  was  probably  behind 
his  thinking  all  along,  why  he 
had  been  so  quick  to  find  a 
scapegoat  to  explain  it  all 
away.  Explorers  didn’t  have 
to  have  all  the  answers,  or 


even  theories.  But,  if  they 
ever  wanted  to  get  anyplace 
in  the  Service,  they  damned 
well  better. 

“So  what?”  Ekstrohm  ask- 
ed. “The  Service  rates  us  as 
expendable,  doesn’t  it?” 

BY  Ekstrohm’s  suggestion, 
they  divided  the  work. 
Nogol  killed  pigs.  All  day 
he  did  nothing  but  scare  the 
wart-hogs  to  death  by  com- 
ing near  them. 

Ryan  ran  as  faithful  a 
check  on  the  corpses  as  he 
could,  both  by  eyeball  obsei*- 
vation  and  by  radar,  video  and 
Pro-Tect  circuits.  They  lack- 
ed the  equipment  to  program 
every  corpse  for  every  sec- 
ond, but  a representative  job 
could  be  done. 

Finally,  Ekstrohm  went 
scouting  for  Something  Else. 
He  didn’t  know  what  he  ex- 
pected to  find,  but  he  some- 
how knew  he  would  find  some- 
thing. 

He  rode  the  traction-scoot- 
er (so-called  because  it  had  no 
traction  at  all — no  wheels,  no 
slides,  no  contact  with  the 
ground  or  air)  and  he  reflect- 
ed that  he  was  a suspicious 
character. 

All  through  life,  he  was  go- 
ing around  suspecting  every- 
body and  now  everything  of 
having  some  dark  secret  they 
were  trying  to  hide. 

A simple  case  of  transfer- 
ence, he  diagnosed,  in  long- 
discredited  terminology.  He 
had  something  to  hide — his 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


17 


insomnia.  So  he  th.  r'\ 
everybody  else  had  their  gau- 
ty  secret  too. 

How  could  there  be  any 
deep  secret  to  the  pseudo- 
death on  this  world?  It  was 
no  doubt  a simple  fear  reac- 
tion, a retreat  from  a terri- 
fying reality.  How  could  he 
ever  prove  that  it  was  more? 
Or  even  exactly  that? 

Internal  glandular  actions 
would  be  too  subtle  for  a 
team  of  explorers  to  estab- 
lish. They  could  only  go  on 
behavior.  What  more  in  the 
way  of  behavior  could  he 
really  hope  to  establish?  The 
pattern  was  clear.  The  pigs 
keeled  over  at  any  unfamiliar 
sight  or  sound,  and  recovered 
when  they  thought  the  coast 
was  clear.  That  was  it.  All 
there  was!  Why  did  he  stub- 
bornly, stupidly  insist  there 
was  more  to  it? 

Actually,  by  his  insistence, 
he  was  giving  weight  to  the 
idea  of  the  others  that  he  was 
strange  and  suspicious  him- 
self. Under  the  normal,  sane 
conditions  of  planetfall  the 
phobias  and  preoccupations 
of  a space  crew,  nurtured  in 
the  close  confines  of  a scout 
ship,  wouldn’t  be  taken  seri- 
ously by  competent  men.  But 
hadn’t  his  subsequent  beha- 
vior given  weight  to  Ryan’s 
unfounded  accusations  of  ir- 
rational sabotage?  Wouldn’t 
it  seem  that  he  was  actually 
daring  the  others  to  prove  his 
guilt?  If  he  went  on  with  un- 
orthodox behavior — 

18 


That  was  when  Ekstrohm 
saw  the  flying  whale. 

TENSION  gripped  Ekstro- 
hm tighter  than  he  grip- 
ped the  handlebars  of  his 
scooter.  He  was  only  vaguely 
aware  of  the  passing  scenery. 
He  knew  he  should  switch  on 
the  homing  beacon  and  ride  in 
on  automatic,  but  it  seemed 
like  too  much  of  an  effort  to 
flick  his  finger.  As  the  tension 
rose,  the  capillaries  of  his  eyes 
swelled,  and  things  began  to 
white  out  for  him.  The  rush 
of  landscape  became  blurred 
streaks  of  light  and  dark, 
now  mostly  faceless  light. 

The  flying  whale.  He  had 
seen  it. 

Moreover,  he  had  heard  it, 
smelt  and  felt  it.  It  had  re- 
leased a jet  of  air  with  a 
distinctive  sound  and  odor.  It 
had  blown  against  his  skin, 
ruffled  his  hair.  It  had  been 
real. 

But  the  flying  whale 
couldn’t  have  been  real.  Con- 
ditions on  this  planetoid  were 
impossible  for  it.  He  knew 
planets  and  their  life  possi- 
bilities. A creature  with  a 
skeleton  like  that  could  have 
evolved  here,  but  the  atmos- 
phere would  never  have  sup- 
ported his  flesh  and  hide.  Wa- 
ter bodies  were  of  insufficient 
size.  No,  the  whale  was  not 
native  to  this  world. 

Then  what,  if  anything,  did 
this  flying  alien  behemoth 
have  to  do  with  tile  pseudo- 

JIM  HARMON 


death  of  the  local  pig  crea- 
tures? 

I’ll  never  know,  Ekstrohm 
told  himself.  Never.  Ryan 
and  Nogol  will  never  believe 
me,  they  will  never  believe  in 
the  flying  whale.  They’re  ex- 
plorers, simple  men  of  action, 
unimaginative.  Of  course, 
I’m  an  explorer  too.  But  I’m 
different,  I’m  sensitive — 

Ekstrohm  was  riding  for  a 
fall. 

The  traction-scooter  was 
going  up  a slope  that  had 
been  eroded  concave.  It  was 
at  the  very  top  of  the  half- 
moon angle,  upside  down, 
standing  Ekstrohm  on  his 
head.  Since  he  was  not  strap- 
ped into  his  seat,  he  fell. 

As  he  fell  he  thought  rue- 
fully that  he  had  contrived  to 
have  an  accident  in  the  only 
way  possible  with  a traction- 
scooter. 

Ekstrohm’s  cranium  collid- 
ed with  the  ground,  and  he 
stopped  thinking.  . . . 

EKSTROHM  blinked  open 
his  eyes,  wondering.  He 
saw  light,  then  sky,  then  pigs. 
Live  pigs. 

But — the  pigs  shouldn’t  be 
alive.  When  he  was  this 
close  they  should  be  dead. 
Only  they  weren’t. 

Why.  . . why.  . . 

He  moved  slightly  and  the 
nearest  pig  fell  dead.  The 
others  went  on  with  their 
business,  roaming  the  plain. 
Ekstrohm  expected  the  droo- 
ping of  the  pig  to  stampede 


the  rest  into  dropping  dead, 
but  they  didn’t  seem  to  pay 
any  attention  to  their  fallen 
member. 

I’ve  been  lying  here  for 
hours,  he  realized.  I didn’t 
move  in  on  them.  The  pigs 
moved  in  on  me  while  I was 
lying  still.  If  I keep  still  I 
can  get  a close  look  at  them  in 
action. 

So  far,  even  with  video,  it 
had  been  difficult  to  get  much 
of  an  idea  of  the  way  these 
creatures  lived — when  they 
weren’t  dead. 

Observe,  observe,  he  told 
himself. 

There  might  be  some  rela- 
tionship between  the  flying 
whale  and  the  pigs. 

Could  it  be  the  whales  were 
intelligent  alien  masters  of 
these  herds  of  pigs? 

Ekstrohm  lay  still  and  ob- 
served. 

Item : the  pigs  ate  the  soft, 
mosslike  grass. 

Item:  the  pigs  eliminated 
almost  constantly. 

Item : the  pigs  fought  regu- 
larlv. 

Fought? 

Fought? 

Here  was  something,  Ek- 
strohm realized. 

Why  did  animals  fight? 

Rationalizations  of  nature- 
lovers  aside,  some  fought  be- 
cause they  had  plain  mean 
nasty  dispositions — like  some 
people.  That  didn’t  fit  the 
pigs.  Thev  were  indolent 
grazers.  They  hadn’t  the 
energy  left  over  for  sheer-cus- 

19 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


sedness.  There  had  to  be  a 
definite  goal  to  their  battles. 

It  wasn’t  food.  That  was 
abundant.  The  grassy  veldt 
reached  to  all  horizons. 

Sex.  They  had  to  be  fight- 
ing for  mates! 

He  became  so  excited  he 
twitched  a foot  slightly.  Two 
more  pigs  dropped  dead,  but 
the  others  paid  no  heed. 

He  watched  the  lazily  mill- 
ing herd  intently,  at  the  same 
time  keeping  an  eye  out  for 
the  flying  whales.  Back  on 
Earth  porpoises  had  been 
taught  to  herd  schools  of  fish 
and  of  whales.  It  was  not  im- 
possible an  intelligent  species 
of  whale  had  learned  to  herd 
masses  of  land  animals. 

But  Ekstrohm  knew  he 
needed  proof.  He  had  to  have 
something  to  link  the  pseudo- 
death of  the  wart-hogs  to  the 
inexplicable  presence  of  the 
whales.  Perhaps,  he  thought, 
the  “death”  of  the  pigs  was 
the  whales’  way  of  putting 
them  into  cold  storage — a 
method  of  making  the  meat 
seem  unattractive  to  other 
animals,  on  a world  perhaps 
without  carrion  scavengers.  . . 

Something  was  stirring 
among  the  pigs. 

ONE  under-sized  beastie 
was  pawing  the  dirt,  a 
red  eye  set  on  the  fattest  ani- 
mal in  sight.  Then  Shortie 
charged  Fatso.  But  abruptly 
a large  raw-boned  critter  was 
in  Shortie’s  path,  barring  him 
from  Fatso. 


Faced  by  Big  Boy,  Shortie 
trembled  with  rage  and  went 
into  a terrible  temper  tan- 
trum, rolling  on  the  ground, 
pawing  it  in  frenzy,  squealing 
in  maddened  rage.  Then 
Shortie  was  on  his  feet,  des- 
perate determination  showing 
in  every  line  of  his  body. 
With  heedless,  desperate, 
foolhardy  courage  he  charged 
Big  Boy. 

Big  Boy  took  the  headlong 
charge  in  his  side  with  only 
a trifling  grunt. 

Shortie  bounced  ten  feet  in 
the  light  gravity,  and  grimly 
wallowed  to  his  feet.  He  lev- 
eled an  eye  at  Big  Boy,  and 
his  legs  were  pumping  in 
frenzied  fury  again. 

Big  Boy  shifted  his  kilos  of 
weight  casually  and  met 
Shortie  head  on. 

The  tremendous  ker-rack 
reverberated  from  the  bluff 
behind  Ekstrohm. 

Shortie  lay  on  the  ground. 

No,  Ekstrohm  thought,  he 
isn’t  dead.  His  sides  were 
pumping  in  and  out.  But  he 
was  knocked  cold. 

Ekstrohm  had  to  sympa- 
thize with  him.  He  had  never 
seen  a more  valiant  try 
against  insurmountable  odds. 

Big  Bov  was  ambling  over 
towards  Fatso,  apparently  to 
claim  his  prize.  Fatso  appar- 
ently was  the  sow. 

But  Big  Boy  stalked  on  past 
Fatso.  She  squealed  after  him 
tentatively,  but  he  turned  and 
blasted  her  back  with  a bel- 
lowing snort. 


20 


JIM  HARMON 


Ekstrohm  watched  the 
scene  repeated  with  other  ac- 
tors several  times  before  he 
was  sure. 

The  older  males,  the  Big 
Boys,  never  collected  the  fa- 
vors of  the  harem  for  them- 
selves. 

Instinctively,  the  pigs  were 
practicing  birth  control.  The 
older  males  abstained,  and 
forced  the  younger  males  to 
do  the  same. 

On  a world  like  this,  Ek- 
strohm’s  first  thought  was  of 
death. 

He  thought,  these  pigs  must 
be  like  lemmings,  deliberately 
trying  to  destroy  their  own 
race,  to  commit  geno-suicide. 

But  that  didn’t  answer  any 
of  the  other  questions,  about 
the  pseudo-death,  the  alien 
whales.  . . 

And  then  Ekstrohm 
thought  not  of  death  but  of 
life. 

IV 

THE  traction-scooter  was 
where  he  had  left  it,  hang- 
ing upside  down  on  the  un- 
derside of  the  concave  slope. 
It  had  stopped  automatically 
when  his  weight  had  left  the 
seat.  He  reached  up,  toggled 
the  OVERRIDE  switch  and 
put  it  manually  into  reverse. 

Once  straightened  out,  he 
was  on  his  way  back  to  the 
base. 

I feel  good,  he  thought.  I 
feel  like  I could  lick  my 
weight  in  spacemen. 


Only  then  did  he  realize 
why  he  felt  so  good. 

What  had  happened  had 
been  so  strange  for  him,  he 
couldn’t  realize  what  it  had 
been  until  now. 

While  he  had  been  knock- 
ed out,  he  had  been  asleep. 

Asleep. 

For  the  first  time  in  years. 

Sleep.  He  felt  wonderful. 
He  felt  like  he  could  lick  all 
of  his  problems.  . . 

Ekstrohm  roared  back  into 
the  base.  The  motor  was  si- 
lent on  the  traction-scooter, 
of  course,  but  the  air  he  kick- 
ed up  made  its  own  racket. 

Ryan  and  Nogol  came  out 
to  greet  him  sullenly. 

“Listen,”  he  told  them, 
“I’ve  got  the  answer  to  all 
of  this.” 

“So  have  we,”  Ryan  said 
ugly.  “The  fir§t  answer  was 
the  right  one.  We’ve  been 
scaring  pigs  to  death  and 
watching  them,  scaring  and 
watching.  We  learned  noth- 
ing. You  knew  we  wouldn’t. 
You  set  us  up  for  this.  It’s 
like  you  said.  You  fed  all  of 
these  beasts  your  stuff  in  ad- 
vance, something  that  acts 
when  they  get  excited.  . .” 

It  didn’t  make  sense,  but 
then  it  never  had.  You 
couldn’t  argue  with  prejudice. 
He  was  “different.”  He  didn’t 
act  like  they  did.  He  didn’t 
believe  the  same  things.  He 
was  the  outsider,  therefore 
suspect.  The  alien  on  an  alien 
world. 

Ekstrohm  sighed.  Man 

21 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


would  always  be  the  final  ali- 
en, the  creature  man  would 
never  understand,  sympathize 
with  or  even  tolerate. 

There  was  no  point  in  try- 
ing to  argue  further,  Ek- 
strohm  realized. 

“You’ll  never  understand, 
Ryan.  You  could  have  seen 
all  the  things  I saw  if  you’d 
bothered  to  look,  but  you  were 
too  anxious  to  blame  me.  But 
if  I can’t  make  you  under- 
stand, I can  at  least  beat  you 
into  acceptance.” 

“Huh?”  Ryan  ventured. 

“I  said,”  Ekstrohm  repeat- 
ed, “that  I’m  going  to  beat 
some  sense  into  your  thick 
skull.” 

Ryan  grinned,  rippled  his 
massive  shoulders  and  charg- 
ed. 

EKSTROHM  remembered 
the  lesson  Shortie  had 
taught  him  with  Big  Boy.  He 
didn’t  meet  the  captain’s 
charge  head  on.  He  sidestep- 
ped and  caught  Ryan  behind 
the  ear  with  his  fist.  The  big 
man  halted,  puzzled.  Ek- 
strohm sank  his  fist  into  the 
thick,  solid  belly. 

Slowly,  Ryan’s  knees  gave 
way  and  he  sank  towards  the 
ground. 

When  his  chin  was  at  the 
right  level  of  convenience,  Ek- 
strohm put  his  weight  behind 
his  right. 

Ryan  swayed  dreamily 
backward. 

But  he  threw  himself  for- 
ward and  one  ham  of  a fist 

22 


connected  high  on  Ekstrohm’s 
cheek.  He  was  shaken  to  his 
toes,  and  the  several  hours’ 
old  pain  in  the  back  of  his 
head  throbbed  sickeningly. 
One  more  like  that  would  do 
for  him. 

Ekstrohm  stood  and  drove 
in  a lot  of  short  punches  to 
Ryan’s  body,  punches  without 
much  power  behind  them  be- 
cause he  didn’t  have  it.  But 
he  knew  better  than  to  try  a 
massive  attack  on  a massive 
target. 

When  he  couldn’t  lift  his 
arms  any  more,  Ekstrohm 
stopped  punching.  He  realiz- 
ed Ryan  had  fallen  on  his  face 
a few  seconds  before. 

Then  he  remembered,  and 
whirled.  He  had  left  his  back 
exposed  to  Nogol. 

N o g o 1 smiled.  “I’m  not 
drawing  Hazard  Pay.” 

After  a while,  Ekstrohm 
stopped  panting  and  faced 
Nogol  and  the  captain  who 
was  now  sitting,  rubbing  his 
jaw.  “Okay,”  he  said,  “now 
you’ll  listen  or  I’ll  beat  your 
skulls  in.  I know  what’s  be- 
hind all  of  this  on  this 
planet.” 

“Yeah?  What  do  you  think 
it  is.  Stormy?”  Ryan  asked. 

“First  of  all,  I think  there’s 
a basic  difference  between 
this  world  and  any  other  the 
ExPe  has  investigated.” 

“Now  what  could  that  be?” 
Nogol  wanted  to  know  with  a 
tiny  smile. 

“These  worlds  are  close. 
The  gravity  is  low.  You 

JIM  HARMON 


wouldn’t  need  much  more 
than  a jet  plane  to  get  from 
one  of  these  planetoids  to  an- 
other. Some  animals  have  de- 
veloped with  the  power  to  tra- 
vel from  ohe  of  these  plane- 
toids to  another — like  a squid 
jetting  out  water.  They  har- 
nessed some  natural  power 
system.” 

“What  does  that  prove?” 
Ryan  wanted  to  know. 

“It  proves  that  this  world 
and  others  in  this  belt  are 
prepared  for  interplanetary 
travel.  It’s  probably  a part  of 
their  basic  evolutional  struc- 
ture, unlike  that  of  heavy,  in- 
dependent planets.  This  false 
‘dying’  is  part  of  their  prep- 
aration for  interplanetary 
visitors.” 

“Why  would  these  aliens 
want  others  to  think  that  they 
were  dead?”  Ryan  asked. 

“Correction,  captain.  They 
want  visitors  to  believe  that 
they  can  die.” 

RYAN  blinked.  “Meaning 
that  they  can't  die?” 
“That’s  right.  I think 
everything  on  this  planet  has 
immortality,”  Ekstrohm  said. 
“I’m  not  exactly  sure  how. 
Maybe  it  has  to  do  with  the 
low  radiation.  Every  indi- 
vidual cell  has  a *memory’  of 
the  whole  creature.  But  as 
we  age  that  ‘memory’  becomes 
faulty,  our  cells  ‘forget’  how 
to  reproduce  themselves  ex- 
actly. Here,  that  cell  ‘mem- 
ory’ never  fades.  Bodies  re- 
new themselves  indefinitely.” 


“But  why  hide  it?”  Nogol 
asked. 

“This  planetoid  can  just 
support  so  many  creatures. 
They  practice  birth  control 
among  themselves,”  the  sur- 
veyor said.  “The  natives  na- 
turally want  to  discourage 
colonization.” 

Ryan  whistled.  “Once  we 
report  this,  every  rich  and 
powerful  man  in  the  Federa- 
tion will  want  to  come  here  to 
live.  There’s  not  enough  space 
to  go  around.  There  will  be 
wars  over  this  little  hunk  of 
rock.” 

Nogol’s  hard,  dark  eyes 
were  staring  into  space. 
“There’s  only  one  sensible 
thing  to  do.  We’ll  keep  the 
world  to  ourselves.” 

“I  don’t  like  that  kind  of 
talk,”  Ryan  growled. 

“Ryan,  this  little  ball  of 
dirt  isn’t  going  to  do  the  Fed- 
eration as  a whole  any  good. 
But  it  can  be  of  value  to  us. 
We  can  make  ourselves  com- 
fortable here.  Later  on,  we 
can  bring  in  some  women. 
Any  women  we  want.  Who 
wouldn’t  want  to  come  here?” 

Ryan  began  to  argue,  but 
Ekstrohm  could  see  he  was 
hooked.  The  man  who  risked 
his  life,  the  man  who  sought 
something  new  and  different, 
the  explorer,  was  basically  an 
unstable  type  removed  from 
the  mainstream  of  civiliza- 
tion. Nothing  was  liable  to 
change  that. 

By  nightfall,  Rvan  and 
Ekstrohm  had  agreed. 


THE  PLANET  WITH  NO  NIGHTMARE 


23 


“We’ll  have  to  keep  a con- 
stant watch,”  Ryan  was  say- 
ing. “We'll  have  to  watch  out 
for  ExPe  scouts  looking  for 
us.  Or,  after  a few  genera- 
tions, another  ship  may  come 
to  complete  the  mapping.” 
Nogol  smiled.  “We'll  have 
to  keep  an  eye  on  each  other 
too,  you  know.  One  of  us  may 
get  to  wanting  more  room  for 
more  women.  Or  to  have  chil- 
dren, a normal  biological 
urge.  Death  by  violence  isn’t 
ruled  out  here.” 

“I  don’t  like  that  kind  of 
talk,”  Ryan  blustered. 

Nogol  smiled. 

Ekstrohm  thought  of  the 
others,  of  the  sleepless, 
watchful  nights  ahead  of 
them.  That  was  probably  his 
trouble,  all  of  his  life.  He 
didn’t  trust  people ; he  had  to 
stay  awake  and  keep  an  eye 
on  everybody.  Well,  he  would 
be  one  ahead  here. 

Of  course,  it  was  wrong  not 
to  trust  anybody,  but  Ek- 
strohm knew  habit  patterns 
were  hard  to  break. 

Sleep  is  a habits 


RYAN  and  Nogol  were  jar- 
red awake  in  the  night  by 
the  spaceship  blasting  off 
without  them.  They  ran  out 
and  shook  their  tiny  fists  in 
fury  at  the  rising  flame. 

Operating  a spaceship 
alone  was  no  cinch  but  it 
could  be  done.  Ekstrohm 
would  get  back  to  the  nearest 
Federation  base  and  report 
the  planetoid  without  death. 
He  didn’t  have  absolute  con- 
fidence in  any  government, 
no.  But  he  suspected  the  Fed- 
eration could  do  more  with 
the  world  than  two  men  like 
Ryan  and  Nogol. 

Ekstrohm  took  his  fingers 
off  the  punchboard  and  lay 
back  on  his  couch. 

He  yawned. 

Ryan  and  Nogol  were  slow, 
but  in  time  they  might  have 
learned  to  do  without  sleep, 
and  to  guard  their  treasure 
night  and  day. 

Fortunately,  Ekstrohm 
knew  from  long  experience 
what  the  two  others  didn’t. 

An  eternity  without  sleep 
isn’t  worth  the  price. — END 


In  our  next  issue  — 

SPAWNING  GROUND  by  Lester  del  Rey 
THE  FROZEN  PLANET  by  Keith  Laumer 
MIRROR  IMAGE  by  Daniel  F.  Galouye 

— and  many  morel 


24 


JIM  HARMON 


IF  ’Short  Story 


Naturally  human  work  was  more  creative,  more  inspiring, 
more  important  than  robot  drudgery.  Naturally  it  was 
the  most  important  task  in  all  the  world  ...  or  was  it? 


THE  REAL 
SELL 

BY  WILLIAM  W.  STUART 

BEN  TILMAN  sat  down  in 
the  easiest  of  all  easy 
chairs.  He  picked  up  a maga- 
zine, flipped  pages;  stood  up, 
snapped  fingers;  walked  to 
the  view  wall,  walked  back; 
sat  down,  picked  up  the  maga- 
zine. 

He  was  waiting,  near  the 
end  of  the  day,  after  hours,  in 
the  lush,  plush  waiting  room 
— “The  customer’s  ease  is  the 
Sales  Manager’s  please” — to 
see  the  Old  Man.  He  was  fidg- 
ety, but  not  about  something. 
About  nothing.  He  was  irri- 
tated at  nobody,  at  the  world ; 
at  himself. 

He  was  irritated  at  himself 
because  there  was  no  clear 
reason  for  him  to  be  irritated 
at  anything. 

There  he  sat,  Ben  Tilman, 


HARD 


normally  a cheerful,  pleasant 
young  man.  He  was  a sales- 
man like  any  modern  man  and 
a far  better  salesman  than 
most.  He  had  a sweet  little 
wife,  blonde  and  pretty.  He 
had  a fine,  husky  two-year-old 
boy,  smart,  a re*il  future  Na- 
tional Sales  Manager.  He 
loved  them  both.  He  had  every 
reason  to  be  contented  with 
his  highly  desirable,  comfort- 
able lot. 

And  yet  he  had  been  getting 
more  sour  and  edgy  ever  since 
about  six  months  after  the 
baby  came  home  from  the 
Center  and  the  novelty  of  re- 
sponsibility for  wife  and  child 
had  worn  off.  He  had  now 
quit  three  jobs,  good  enough 
sales  jobs  where  he  was  doing 
well,  in  a year.  For  no  reason? 

25 


For  petty,  pointless  reasons. 

With  Ancestral  Insurance, 
“Generations  of  Protection,” 
he’d  made  the  Billion  Dollar 
Club — and  immediately  begun 
to  feel  dissatisfied  with  it — 
just  before  cute,  sexy,  blonde 
Betty  had  suddenly  come  from 
nowhere  into  his  life  and  he 
had  married  her.  That  had 
helped,  sure.  But  as  soon  after 
that  as  he  had  started  paying 
serious  attention  to  his  job 
again,  he  was  fed  up  with  it. 
“Too  much  paper  work.  All 
those  forms.  It’s  work  for  a 
robot,  not  a man,”  he’d  told 
Betty  when  he  quit.  A lie.  The 
paper  work  was,  as  he  looked 
back  on  it,  not  bad  at  all; 
pleasant  even,  in  a way.  It 
was  just — nothing.  Anything. 

Indoor-Outdoor  Climatizers 
— sniffles,  he  said,  kept  killing 
his  sales  presentation  even 
though  his -record  was  good 
enough.  Ultra-sonic  tooth- 
brushes, then,  were  a fine 
product.  Only  the  vibration, 
with  his  gold  inlay,  seemed  to 
give  him  headaches  after  ev- 
ery demonstration.  He  didn’t 
have  a gold  inlay.  But  the 
headaches  were  real  enough. 
So  he  quit. 

So  now  he  had  a great  new 
job  with  a great  organization, 
Almagamated  Production  for 
Living  — ALPRODLIV.  He 
was  about  to  take  on  his  first 
big  assignment. 

For  that  he  had  felt  a spark 
of  the  old  enthusiasm  and  it 
had  carried  him  into  working 
out  a bright  new  sales  ap- 

26 


proach  for  the  deal  tonight. 
The  Old  Man  himself  had 
taken  a personal  interest, 
which  was  a terrific  break. 
And  still  Ben  Tilman  felt  that 
uneasy  dissatisfaction.  Damn. 

“Mr.  Robb  will  see  you  now, 
Mr.  Tilman,”  said  the  cool  ro- 
bot voice  from  the  Elec-Sec 
Desk.  It  was  after  customer 
hours  and  the  charming  hu- 
man receptionist  had  gone. 
The  robot  secretary,  like  most 
working  robots,  was  function- 
al in  form  — circuits  and 
wires,  mike,  speaker,  exten- 
sion arms  to  type  and  to  reach 
any  file  in  the  room,  wheels 
for  intra-office  mobility. 

“Thanks,  hon,”  said  Ben. 
Nevertheless,  robot  secre- 
taries were  all  programmed 
and  rated  female — and  it  was 
wise  to  be  polite  to  them.  Af- 
ter all,  they  could  think  and 
had  feelings.  There  were  a lot 
of  important  things  they  could 
do  for  a salesman — or,  some- 
times, not  do.  This  one,  being 
helpful,  stretched  out  a long 
metal  arm  to  open  the  door  to 
the  inner  office  for  Ben.  He 
smiled  his  appreciation  and 
went  in. 

THE  Old  Man,  Amalgamat- 
ed’s grand  old  salesman, 
was  billiard  bald,  aging,  a lit- 
tle stout  and  a little  slower 
now.  But  he  was  still  a fine 
sales  manager.  He  sat  at  his 
huge,  old  fashioned  oak  desk 
as  Ben  walked  across  the 
office. 

“Evening,  sir.”  No  re- 
WILLIAM  W.  STUART 


sponse.  Louder,  "Good  eve- 
ning, Mr.  Robb.  Mr.  Robb,  it’s 
Ben,  sir.  Ben  Tilman.  You 
memo’d  me  to  come — ” Still 
no  sign.  The  eyes,  under  the 
great,  beetling  brows,  seemed 
closed. 

Ben  grinned  and  reached 
out  across  the  wide  desk  to- 
ward the  small,  plastic  box 
hanging  on  the  Old  Man’s 
chest.  The  Old  Man  glanced 
up  as  Ben  tapped  the  plastic 
lightly  with  his  fingernail. 

"Oh,  Ben.  It’s  you.’’  The  Old 
Man  raised  his  hand  to  adjust 
the  ancient  style  hearing  aid 
he  affected  as  Ben  sank  into 
a chair.  "Sorry  Ben.  I just 
had  old  Brannic  Z-IX  in  here. 
A fine  old  robot,  yes,  but  like 
most  of  that  model,  long-wind- 
ed. So — ’’  He  gestured  at  the 
hearing  aid. 

Ben  smiled.  Everyone  knew 
the  Old.  Man  used  that  crude 
old  rig  so  he  could  pointedly 
tune  out  conversations  he 
didn’t  care  to  hear.  Any  time 
you  were  talking  to  him  and 
that  distant  look  came  into  his 
half  closed  eyes,  you  could  be 
sure  that  you  were  cut  off. 

“Sorry,  Ben.  Well  now.  I 
simply  wanted  to  check  with 
you,  boy.  Everything  all  set 
for  tonight?” 

"Well,  yes,  sir.  Everything 
is  set  and  programmed.  Betty 
and  I will  play  it  all  evening 
for  the  suspense,  let  them 
wonder,  build  it  up  — and 
then,  instead  of  the  big  pitch 
they’ll  be  looking  for,  we’ll  let 
it  go  easy.” 

THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


"A  new  twist  on  the  old 
change-up.  Ben,  boy,  it’s  going 
to  go.  I feel  it.  It’s  in  the  air, 
things  are  just  ripe  for  a new, 
super-soft-sell  pitch.  Selling 
you’ve  got  to  do  by  feel,  eh 
Ben?  By  sales  genius  and  the 
old  seat  of  the  pants.  Good. 
After  tonight  I’m  going  all 
out,  a hemisphere-wide,  thirty 
day  campaign  I’ll  put  the  top 
sales  artist  of  every  regional 
office  on  it.  They  can  train  on 
your  test  pattern  tapes.  I be- 
lieve we  can  turn  over  billions 
before  everybody  picks  up  the 
signal  and  it  senilesces.  You 
give  an  old  man  a new  faith 
in  sales,  Ben!  You’re  a sales- 
man.” 

“Well,  sir  — ” But  the  Old 
Man’s  knack  with  the  youth- 
ful-enthusiasm approach  was 
contagious.  For  the  moment 
Ben  caught  it  and  he  felt 
pretty  good  about  the  coming 
night’s  work.  He  and  Betty 
together  would  put  the  deal 
over.  That  would  be  some- 
thing. 

Sure  it  would  . . . 

“How  do  you  and  your  wife 
like  the  place,  Ben?”  It  was 
some  place,  for  sure,  the  brand 
new  house  that  Amalgamated 
had  installed  Ben,  Betty  and 
Bennie  in  the  day  after  he  had 
signed  up. 

“It’s  — uh  — just  fine,  sir. 
Betty  likes  it  very  much, 
really.  We  both  do.”  He  hoped 
his  tone  was  right. 

"Good,  Ben.  Well,  be  sure 
to  stop  by  in  the  morning. 
I’ll  have  the  tapes,  of  course. 


27 


but  I’ll  want  your  analysis. 
Might  be  a little  vacation 
bonus  in  it  for  you,  too.” 

"Sir,  I don’t  know  how  to 
thank  you.” 

The  Old  Man  waved  a hand. 
“Nothing  you  won’t  have 
earned,  my  boy.  Robots  can’t 
sell.”  That  was  the  set  dismis- 
sal. 

“Yes,  sir.  Robots  can’t  man- 
age sales,  or  — ” He  winked. 
The  Old  Man  chuckled.  An  old 
joke  was  never  too  old  for  the 
Old  Man.  The  same  old  bro- 
mides every  time;  and  the 
same  hearty  chuckle.  Ben  left 
on  the  end  of  it. 

DIALING  home  on  his  new, 
Company-owned,  conver- 
tible soar-kart,  he  felt  not  too 
bad.  Some  of  the  old  lift  in 
spirits  came  as  the  kart-pilot 
circuits  digested  the  direc- 
tions, selected  a route  and 
zipped  up  into  a north-north- 
west traffic  pattern.  The  Old 
Map  was  a wonderful  sales 
manager  and  boss.  The  new 
house-warming  pitch  that  he 
and  Betty  would  try  tonight 
was  smart.  He  could  feel  he 
had  done  something. 

Exercising  his  sales  ability 
with  fair  success,  he  fed  him- 
self this  pitch  all  along  the 
two  hundred  mile,  twenty- 
minute  hop  home  from  the 
city.  The  time  and  distance 
didn’t  bother  him.  “Gives  me 
time  to  think,”  he  had  told 
Betty.  Whether  or  not  this 
seemed  to  her  an  advantage, 
she  didn’t  say.  At  least  she 


liked  the  place,  “Almalga- 
mated’s  Country  Gentleman 
Estate  — Spacious,  Yet  fully 
Automated.” 

“We  are,”  the  Old  Man  told 
Ben  when  he  was  given  the 
Company  - assigned  quarters, 
“starting  a new  trend.  With 
the  terrific  decline  in  birth 
rate  during  the  past  90  to  100 
years,  you’ll  be  astonished  at 
how  much  room  there  is  out 
there.  No  reason  for  everyone 
to  live  in  the  suburban  cen- 
ters any  more.  With  millions 
of  empty  apartments  in  them, 
high  time  we  built  something 
else,  eh?  Trouble  with  people 
today,  no  initiative  in  obso- 
lescing.  But  we’ll  move  them.” 

Home,  Ben  left  the  kart  out 
and  conveyed  up- the  walk.  The 
front  door  opened.  Betty  had 
been  watching  for  him.  He 
walked  to  the  family  vueroom, 
as  usual  declining  to  convey 
in  the  house.  The  hell  with 
the  conveyor’s  feelings,  if  so 
simple  a robot  really  had  any. 
He  liked,  to  walk. 

“Color  pattern,”  Betty  or- 
dered the  vuescreen  as  he 
came  in,  “robot  audio  out.” 
With  people  talking  in  the 
house  it  was  still  necessary  to 
put  the  machines  under  mas- 
ter automatic  and  manual 
control.  Some  of  the  less 
sophisticated  robots  might 
pick  up  some  chance  phrase  of 
conversation  and  interpret  it 
as  an  order  if  left  on  audio. 

“Ben,”  said  Betty,  getting 
up  to  meet  him,  "you’re  late.” 

Ben  was  too  good  a sales- 

WILLIAM  W,  STUART 


28 


man  to  argue  that.  Instead, 
he  took  her  in  his  arms  and 
kissed  her.  It  was  a very  good 
sixty  seconds  later  that  she 
pushed  him  away  with  a 
severeness  destroyed  by  a 
blush  and  a giggle  to  say, 
“Late  but  making  up  for  lost 
time,  huh?  And  sober,  too. 
You  must  be  feeling  good  for 
a change.” 

“Sure  — and  you  feel  even 
better,  sugar.”  He  reached  for 
her  again.  She  slipped  away 
from  him,  laughing,  but  his 
wrist  tel-timer  caught  on  the 
locket  she  always  wore,  her 
only  momento  from  her  par- 
ents, dead  in  the  old  moon-orb 
crash  disaster.  She  stood  still, 
slightly  annoyed,  as  he  un- 
hooked and  his  mood  was,  not 
broken,  but  set  back  a little. 
“What’s  got  into  you  tonight 
anyway,  Ben?” 

“Oh,  I don’t  know.  Did  I 
tell  you,  the  O.M.  may  give 
us  a vacation?  Remember 
some  of  those  nights  up  at 
that  new  ‘Do  It  Yourself’ 
Camp  last  summer?” 

“Ben !”  She  blushed,  smiled. 
“We  won’t  get  any  vacation 
if  we  blow  our  house-warming 
pitch  tonight,  you  know.  And 
we  have  three  couples  due 
here  in  less  than  a half  hour. 
Besides,  I have  to  talk  to  you 
about  Nana.” 

ti^pHAT  damned  new  CD- 
1 IX  model.  Now  what?” 
“She’s  very  upset  about 
Bennie.  I’m  not  sure  I blame 
her.  This  afternoon  he  simply 

THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


refused  his  indoctrination.  All 
the  time  he  should  have  been 
playing  store  with  Playmate 
he  insisted  on  drawing  things 
— himself,  mind  you,  not 
Playmate.  On  the  walls,  with 
an  old  pencil  of  yours  he 
found  someplace  in  your 
things.  Nana  couldn’t  do  a 
thing  with  him.  She  says 
you’ve  got  to  give  him  a spank- 
ing.” 

“Why  me?  Why  not  you?” 
“Now  Ben,  we’ve  been  over 
that  and  over  it.  Discipline  is 
the  father’s  job.” 

“Well,  I won’t  do  it.  Ben- 
nie’s just  a baby.  Let  him  do 
a few  things  himself.  Won’t 
hurt  him.” 

“Ben!" 

“That  Nana  is  an  officious 
busybody,  trying  to  run  our 
lives.” 

“Oh,  Ben!  You  know  Nana 
loves  little  Bennie.  She  only 
wants  to  help  hirm” 

“But  to  what?” 

“She’d  never  dream  of  lift- 
ing a finger  against  Bennie  no 
matter  what  he  did.  And  she 
lives  in  terror  that  he’ll  cut 
her  switch  in  some  temper  tan- 
trum.” 

“Hmph ! Well,  I’m  going  up 
right  now  and  tell  her  if  I 
hear  another  word  from  her 
about  spanking  Bennie,  I’ll 
cut  her  switch  myself.  Then 
she  can  go  back  to  Central  for 
reprogramming  and  see  how 
she  likes  it.” 

“Ben!  You  wouldn’t.” 
“Why  not?  Maybe  she  needs 
a new  personality?” 


29 


“You  won't  say  a thing  to 
her.  You’re  top  soft-hearted.” 
“This  time  I won't  be.” 
This  time  he  wasn't.  He  met 
Nana  CD-IX  in  the  hallway 
outside  Bennie's  room.  Like 
all  nurse,  teaching,  and  chil- 
dren’s personal  service  robots, 
she  was  human  in  form,  ex- 
cept for  her  control  dial  safely 
out  of  baby’s  reach,  top,  cen- 
ter. 

The  human  form  was  re- 
assuring to  children,  kept 
them  from  feeling  strange 
with  parent’s  back.  Nana  was 
big,  gray-haired,  stout,  buxom, 
motherly,  to  reassure  parents. 

“Now,  Mr.  Tilman,”  she 
said  with  weary  impatience, 
“you  are  too  late.  Surely  you 
don’t  intend  to  burst  in  and 
disturb  your  son  now.” 
“Surely  I do.” 

“But  he  is  having  his  sup- 
per. You  will  upset  him.  Can’t 
you  understand  that  you 
should  arrange  to  be  here  be- 
tween 5:30  and  6 if  you  wish 
to  interview  the  child?” 

“Did  he  miss  me?  Sorry,  I 
couldn’t  make  it  earlier.  But 
now  I am  going  to  see  him  a 
minute.” 

“Mr.  Tilman!” 

“Nana!  And  what’s  this 
about  your  wanting  Bennie 
spanked  because  he  drew  a 
few  pictures?” 

“Surely  you  realize  these 
are  the  child’s  formative 
years,  Mr.  Tilman.  He  shouM 
be  learning  to  think  in  terms 
of  selling  now  — not  doing 
things.  That’s  robot  work,  Mr. 

30 


Tilman.  Robots  can’t  sell,  you 
know,  and  what  will  people, 
let  alone  robots  think  if  you 
let  your  boy  grow  up — ” 

WTTE’s  growing  up  fine;  and 
11 1 am  going  in  to  see 
him.” 

“Mr.  Tilman!” 

“And  for  two  credits,  Nana, 

I’d  cut  your  switch.  You  hear 
me?” 

“Mr.  Tilman  — no!  No, 
please.  I’m  sorry.  Let  the  boy 
scrawl  a bit ; perhaps  it  won’t 
hurt  him.  Go  in  and  see  him 
if  you  must,  but  do  try  not  to 
upset  him  or — All  right,  all 
right.  But  please  Mr.  Tilman, 
my  switch—” 

“Very  well  Nana.  I’ll  leave 
it.  This  time.” 

“Thank  you,  Mr.  Tilman.” 
“So  we  understand  each 
other,  Nana.  Though,  matter 
of  fact,  I’m  hanged  if  I ever  . 
did  quite  see  why  you  senior-  * 
level  robots  get  so  worked  up 
about  your  identities.” 
“Wouldn’t  you,  Mr.  Til- 
man?” 

“Of  course.  But — well,  yes, 

I suppose  I do  see,  in  a way. 
Let’s  go  see  Bennie-boy.” 

So  Ben  Tilman  went  into 
the  nursery  and  enjoyed  every 
second  of  a fast  fifteen-minute 
roughhouse  with  his  round- 
faced.  laughing,  chubby  son 
and  heir.  No  doubt  it  was 
very  bad,  just  after  supper. 
But  Nana,  with  a rather  hu- 
manly anxious  restraint,  con- 
fined herself  to  an  unobtru- 
sive look  of  disapproval. 

WILLIAM  W.  STUART 


He  left  Bennie  giggling  and 
doubtless  upset,  at  least  to  a 
point  of  uneagerness  for 
Nana’s  bedtime  story  about 
Billie  the  oldtime  newsboy, 
who  sold  the  Brooklyn  Bridge. 

So  then  he  was  run  through 
a fast  ten-minute  shower, 
shave  and  change  by  Valet. 
He  floated  downstairs  just  as 
Betty  came  out  of  the  cocktail 
lounge  to  say,  “Code  462112 
on  the  approach  indicator. 
Must  be  the  Stoddards.  They 
always  get  every  place  first, 
in  time  for  an  extra  drink.” 
“Fred  and  Alice,  yes.  But 
damn  their  taste  for  gin,  don’t 
let  Barboy  keep  the  cork  in 
the  vermouth  all  evening.  I 
like  a touch  of  vermouth.  I 
wonder  if  maybe  I should- 
n’t—” 

“No,  you  shouldn’t  mix  the 
cocktails  yourself  and  scan- 
dalize everybody.  You  know 
perfectly  well  Barboy  really 
does  do  better  anyway.” 

“Well,  maybe.  Everything 
all  set,  hon  ? Sorry  I was  late.” 
"No  trouble  here.  I just  fed 
Robutler  the  base  program 
this  morning  and  spent  the 
rest  of  the  day  planning  my 
side  of  our  Sell.  How  to  tan- 
talize the  girls,  pique  the  cu- 
riosity without  giving  it  away. 
But  you  know — ” she  laughed 
a little  ruefully — “I  sort  of 
miss  not  having  even  the 
shopping  to  do.  Sometimes  it 
hardly  seems  as  though  you 
need  a wife  at  all.” 

Ben  slid  an  arm  around  her 
waist.  “Selling  isn’t  the  only 


thing  robots  can’t  do,  sugar.” 
He  pulled  her  close. 

“Ben ! They’re  at  the  door.” 

They  were,  and  then  in  the 
door,  oh-ing  and  ah-ing  over 
this  and  that.  And  compli- 
menting Barboy  on  the  mar- 
tinis. Then  the  Wilsons  came 
and  the  Bartletts  and  that 
was  it. 

“Three  couples  will  be 
right,”  Ben  had  analyzed  it. 
"Enough  so  we  can  let  them 
get  together  and  build  up  each 
others’  curiosity  but  not  too 
many  for  easy  control.  People 
that  don’t  know  us  so  well 
they  might  be  likely  to  guess 
the  gimmick.  We’ll  let  them 
stew  all  evening  while  they 
enjoy  the  Country  Gentleman 
House-Warming  hospitality. 
Then,  very  casually,  we  toss 
it  out  and  let  it  lie  there  in 
front  of  them.  They  will  be 
sniffing,  ready  to  nibble.  The 
clincher  will  drive  them  right 
in.  I’d  stake  my  sales  reputa- 
tion on  it.”  If  it  matters  a 
damn,  he  added.  But  silently. 

They  entertained  three  cou- 
ples at  their  house-warming 
party.  It  was  a delightful  par- 
ty, a credit  to  Ben,  Betty  and 
the  finest  built-in  house  ro- 
bots the  mind  of  Amalgamat- 
ed could  devise. 

By  ten  o’clock  they  had 
dropped  a dozen  or  more  ran- 
dom hints,  but  never  a sales 
pitch.  Suspense  was  building 
nicely  when  Betty  put  down 
an  empty  glass  and  unobtru- 
sively pushed  the  button  to 
cue  Nana.  Perfect  timing. 


THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


31 


They  apologized  to  the  guests, 
“We’re  ashamed  to  be  so  old- 
fashioned  but  we  feel  better 
if  we  look  in  on  the  boy  when 
he  wakes  in  the  night.  It  keeps 
him  from  forgetting  us.” 
Then  they  floated  off  up- 
stairs together,  ostensibly  to 
see  Nana  and  little  Bennie. 

Fred  Stoddard : “Some  place 
they  have  here,  eh?  Off-beat. 
A little  too  advanced  for  my 
taste,  this  single  dwelling 
idea,  but  maybe — Ben  sure 
must  have  landed  something 
juicy  with  Amalgamated  to 
afford  this.  What  the  devil  is 
he  pushing,  anyway?” 

Scoville  Wilson  (shrug)  : 
“Beats  me.  You  know,  before 
dinner  I cornered  him  at  the 
bar  to  see  if  I could  slip  in  a 
word  or  two  of  sell.  Damned 
if  he  didn’t  sign  an  order  for 
my  Cyclo-sell  Junior  Tape  Li- 
brary without  even  a C level 
resistance.  Then  he  talked  a 
bit  about  the  drinks  and  I 
thought  sure  he  was  pushing 
that  new  model  Barboy.  I was 
all  set  to  come  back  with  a 
sincere  ‘think  it  over’ — -and 
then  he  took  a bottle  from  the 
Barboy,  added  a dash  of  ver- 
mouth to  his  drink  and  walked 
off  without  a word  of  sell.  He 
always  was  an  odd  one.” 
Lucy  Wilson  (turns  from 
woman  talk  with  the  other 
two  wives) : “Oh  no!  I knew 
it  wasn’t  the  Barboy  set.  They 
wouldn’t  have  him  set  so  slow. 
Besides  didn’t  you  hear  the 
way  she  carried  on  about  the 
nursery  and  that  lovely  Nana? 

32 


That  must  have  been  a build- 
up, but  Ben  goofed  his  cue  to 
move  in  on  Sco  and  me  for  a 
close.  Doesn’t  Amalgamated 
handle  those  nurseries?” 

Tom  Bartlett : “Amalgamat- 
ed makes  almost  anything. 
That’s  the  puzzle.  I dunno — 
but  it  must  be  something  big. 
He  has  to  hit  us  with  some- 
thing, doesn’t  he?” 

Belle  Bartlett:  “Who  ever 
heard  of  a party  without  a 
sell?” 

Nancy  Stoddard : “Who  ever 
heard  of  a party  going  past 
ten  without  at  least  a warm- 
up pitch?  And  Betty  prom- 
ised Fred  to  send  both  Ben 
and  Bennie  to  the  Clinic  for 
their  Medchecks.  You  know 
we  have  the  newest,  finest 
diagnosticians — ” 

Fred  Stoddard:  “Nancy!” 
Nancy  Stoddard:  “Oh,  I’m 
sorry.  I shouldn’t  be  selling 
you  folks  at  their  party, 
should  I?  Come  to  think, 
you’re  all  signed  with  Fred 
anyway,  aren’t  you?  Well, 
about  Ben,  / think—” 

Lucy  Wilson : “Sh-h-h ! 

Here  they  come.” 

SMILING,  charming  — and 
still  not  an  order  form  in 
sight  — Ben  and  Betty  got 
back  to  their  guests.  Another 
half  hour.  Barboy  was  pass- 
ing around  with  nightcaps. 
Lucy  Wilson  nervously  put  a 
reducegar  to  her  sophisticated, 
penpermint-striped  lips. 

Quickly  Ben  Tilman  was  on 
his  feet.  He  pulled  a small, 

WILIIAM  W.  STUART 


metal  cylinder  from  his  pock- 
et with  a flourish  and  held  it 
out  on  his  open  palm  toward 
Lucy.  A tiny  robot  Statue  of 
Liberty  climbed  from  the  cyl- 
inder, walked  across  Ben’s 
hand,  smiled,  curtsied  and 
reached  out  to  light  the  re- 
ducegar  with  her  torch,  pip- 
ing in  a high,  thin  voice, 
“Amalgamated  reducegars  are 
cooler,  lighter,  finer.” 

“Ben ! How  simply  darling !” 
“Do  you  like  it?  It’s  a new 
thing  from  Amalgamated  Nov- 
elDiv.  You  can  program  it  for 
up  to  a hundred  selective  sell 
phrases,  audio  or  visio  key. 
Every  salesman  should  have 
one.  Makes  a marvelous  gift, 
and  surprisingly  reasonable.” 
“So  that's  it,  Ben.  I just 
love  it!” 

“Good!  It’s  yours,  compli- 
ments of  Amalgamated.” 

“But — then  you’re  not  sell- 
ing them?  Well,  what  on 
earth—?” 

“Damn  it,  Ben,”  Fred  Stod- 
dard broke  in,  “come  on, 
man,  out  with  it.  What  in  hell 
are  you  selling?  You’ve  given 
us  the  shakes.  What  is  it?  The 
Barboy  set?  It’s  great.  If  I 
can  scrape  up  the  down  pay- 
ment, 1*11 — ” 

“After  we  furnish  a nur- 
sery with  a decent  Nana,  Fred 
Stoddard,”  Nancy  snapped, 
"and  get  a second  soar-kart. 
Ben  isn’t  selling  Barboys  any- 
way, are  you,  Ben?  It  is  that 
sweet,  sweet  Nana,  isn’t  it? 
And  I do  want  one,  the  whole 
nursery,  Playmate  and  all, 

THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


girl-programmed  of  course, 
for  our  Polly.” 

“Is  it  the  nursery,  Betty?” 
Lucy  pitched  in  her  credit’s 
worth.  “Make  him  tell  us, 
darling.  We  have  enjoyed 
everything  so  much,  the  din- 
ner. the  Tri-deo,  this  whole 
lovely,  lovely  place  of  yours. 
Certainly  the  house  wanning 
has  been  perfectly  charming.” 
“And  that’s  it,”  said  Ben 
smiling,  a sheaf  of  paper 
forms  suddenly  in  his  hand. 
“What?  Not — ?” 

"The  house,  yes.  Amalga- 
mated’s Country  Gentleman 
Estate,  complete,  everything 
in  it  except  Bennie,  Betty  and 
me.  Your  equity  in  your  Cen- 
ter co-op  can  serve  as  down 
payment,  easy  three-genera- 
tion terms,  issue  insurance. 
Actually,  I can  show  you  how, 
counting  in  your  entertain- 
ment, vacation,  incidental,  and 
living  expenses,  the  Country 
Gentleman  will  honestly  cost 
you  less.” 

“Ben!” 

“How  simply  too  clever!” 
Ben  let  it  rest  there.  It  was 
enough.  Fred  Stoddard,  after 
a short  scuffle  with  Scoville 
Wilson  for  the  pen,  signed  the 
contract  with  a flourish.  Sco 
followed. 

“There!”  y 

“There  now,  Ben,”  said  Bet- 
ty,, holding  Bennie  a little 
awkwardly  in  her  arms  in  the 
soar-kart.  They  had  moved 
out  so  the  Stoddards  could 
move  right  in.  Now  they  were 
on  their  way  in  to  their  re- 

33 


served  suite  at  Amalgamated’s 
Guest-ville.  “You  were  abso- 
lutely marvellous.  Imagine 
selling  all  three  of  them!” 

“There  wasn’t  anything  to 
it,  actually.” 

“Ben,  how  can  you  say 
that?  Nobody  else  could  have 
done  it.  It  was  a sales  master- 
piece. And  just  think.  Now 
salesmen  all  over  the  hemis- 
phere are  going  to  follow  your 
sales  plan.  Doesn’t  it  make 
you  proud?  Happy?  Ben,  you 
aren’t  going  to  be  like  that 
again?” 

No,  of  course  he  wasn’t.  He 
was  pleased  and  proud.  Any- 
way, the  Old  Man  would  be, 
and  that,  certainly,  was  some- 
thing. A man  had  to  feel  good 
about  winning  the  approval  of 
Amalgamated’s  grand  Old 
Man.  And  it  did  seem  to  make 
Betty  happy. 

But  the  Actual  selling  of  the 
fool  house  and  even  the  two 
other,  identical  houses  on  the 
other  side  of  the  hill — he  iust 
couldn’t  seem  to  get  much  of 
a glow  over  it.  He  had  done 
it;  and  what  had  he  done?  It 
was  the  insurance  and  the 
toothbrushes  all  over  again, 
and  the  old  nervous,  sour  feel- 
ing inside. 

“At  least  we  do  have  a va- 
cation trip  coming  out  of  it, 
hon.  The  O.M.  practicallv 
promised  it  yesterdav.  if  our 
sell  sold.  We  could — ” 

“ — go  back  to  that  queer 
new  ‘Do  It  Yourself’  camp  un 
on  the  lake  you  insisted  on 
dragging  me  to  the  last  week 

34 


of  our  vacation  last  summer. 
Ben,  really !”  He  was  going  to 
be  like  that.  She  knew  it. 

“Well,  even  you  admitted  it 
was  some  fun.” 

“Oh,  sort  of,  I suppose.  For 
a little  while.  Once  you  got 
used  to  the  whole  place  with- 
out one  single  machine  that 
could  think  or  do  even  the 
simplest  little  thing  by  itself. 
So,  well,  almost  like  being 
savages.  Do  you  think  it 
would  be  safe  for  Bennie?  We 
can’t  watch  him  all  the  time, 
you  know.” 

“People  used  to  manage  in 
the  old  days.  And  remember 
those  people,  the  Burleys,  who 
were  staying  up  there?” 
“That  queer,  crazy  bunch 
who  went  there  for  a vacation 
when  the  Camp  was  first 
ooened  and  then  just  stayed? 
Honestly,  Ben!  Surely  you’re 
not  thinking  of — ” 

“Oh,  nothing  like  that.  Just 
a vacation.  Only — ” 

Only  those  queer,  peculiar 
people,  the  Burleys  had  seem- 
ed so  relaxed  and  cheerful. 
Grandma  and  Ma  Burley 
cleaning,  washing,  cooking  on 
the  ancient  electric  stove; 
little  Donnie,  being  a nuisance, 
poking  at  the  keys  on  his 
father's  crude,  manual  type- 
writer, a museum  piece;  Don- 
nie and  his  brothers  wasting 
away  childhood  digging  and 
piling  sand  on  the  beach,  pad- 
dling a boat  and  actually 
building  a play  house.  It  was 
mad.  People  playing  robots. 
And  yet,  they  seemed  to  have 

WILLIAM  W.  STUART 


a wonderful  time  while  they 
were  doing  it. 

“But  how  do  you  keep  stay- 
ing here?”  he  had  asked  Buck 
Burley,  “Why  don’t  they  put 
you  out?” 

“Who?”  asked  Buck.  “How? 
Nobody  can  sell  me  on  .iv- 
ing.  We  like  it  here.  No  robot 
can  force  us  out.  Here  we  are. 
Here  we  stay.” 

THEY  pulled  into  the  Guest- 
ville  ramp.  Bennie  was 
fussy;  the  nursery  Nana  was 
strange  to  him.  On  impulse, 
Betty  took  him  in  to  sleep  in 
their  room,  ignoring  the  dis- 
approving stares  of  both  the 
Nana  and  the  Roboy  with 
their  things. 

They  were  tired,  let  down. 
They  went  to  bed  quietly. 

In  the  morning  Betty  was 
already  up  when  Ben  stum- 
bled out  of  bed.  “Hi,”  she  said, 
nervously  cheerful.  “The 
house  Nanas  all  had  overload 
this  morning  and  I won’t 
stand  for  any  of  those  utility 
components  with  Bennie.  So 
I’m  taking  care  of  him  my- 
self." 

Bennie  chortled  and  drool- 
ed vita-meal  at  his  high-chair, 
unreprimanded.  Ben  mustered 
a faint  smile  and  turned  to  00 
dial  a shave,  cool  shower  and 
dress  at  Robather. 

That  done,  he  had  a bite  of 
breakfast.  He  felt  less  than 
top-sale,  but  better.  Last  night 
had  gone  well.  The  Old  Man 
would  give  them  a pre-paid 
vacation  clearance  to  any  re- 

THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


sort  in  the  world  or  out.  Why 
gloom? 

He  rubbed  Bennie’s  unruly 
hair,  kissed  Betty  and  convey- 
ed over  from  Guest-ville  to 
office. 

Message-sec,  in  tone  re- 
spect-admiration A,  told  him 
the  Old  Man  was  waiting  for 
him.  Susan,  the  human  recep- 
tionist in  the  outer  office,  fa- 
vored him  with  a dazzling 
smile.  There  was  a girl  who 
could  sell ; and  had  a product 
of  her  own,  too. 

The  Old  Man  was  at  his 
big,  oak  desk  but,  a signal 
honor,  he  got  up  and  came 
half  across  the  room  to  grab 
Ben’s  hand  and  shake  it.  “Got 
the  full  report,  son.  Checked 
the  tapes  already.  That’s  sell- 
ing, boy!  I'm  proud  of  you. 
Tell  you  what,  Ben.  Instead 
of  waiting  for  a sales  slack, 
I'm  going  to  move  you  and 
that  sweet  little  wife  of  yours 
right  into  a spankirg  new, 
special  Country  Gentleman 
unit  I had  iivmind  for  myself. 
And  a nice,  fat  boost  in  your 
credit  rating  has  already  gone 
down  to  accounting.  Good? 
artistic  sales  challenge  that  is 
Good.  Now,  Ben,  I have  a real, 
crying  for  your  talent.” 

“§ir?  Thank  you.  But,  sir, 
there,  is  the  matter  of  the  va- 
cation-— ” 

“Vacation?  Sure,  Ben.  Take 
a vacation  anytime.  But  right 
now  it  seems  to  the  Old  Man 
you’re  on  a hot  selling  streak. 
I don’t  want  to  see  you  get 
off  the  track,  son;  your  into 

35 


^ #»V4  • » * * rfTf1  ' " *nrv^#  • ^ ^ 

* *r  *«r  • »^r 


W.  STUAI 


V/ILL'AW 


ests  are  mine.  And  wait  till 
you  get  your  teeth  into  this 
one.  Books,  Ben  boy.  Books! 
People  are  spending  all  their 
time  sitting  in  on  Tri-deo, 
not  reading.  People  should 
read  more,  Ben.  Gives  them 
that  healthy  tired  feeling. 
Now  we  have  the  product.  We 
have  senior  Robo-writers  with 
more  circuits  than  ever  be- 
fore. All  possible  information, 
every  conceivable  plot.  Maybe 
a saturation  guilt  type  cam- 
paign to  start — but  it’s  up  to 
you,  Ben.  I don't  care  how  you 
do  it,  but  move  books.” 
“Books,  eh?  Well,  now.” 
Ben  was  interested.  “Funny 
thing,  sir,  but  that  ties  in 
with  something  I was  think- 
ing about  just  last  night.” 
“You  have  an  angle?  Good 
boy!” 

“Yes,  sir.  Well,  it  is  a wild 
'bought  maybe,  but  last  sum- 
mer when  I was  on  vacation  I 
met  a man  up  at  that  new 
camp  and  — well,  I know  it 
sounds  silly,  but  he  was  writ- 
ing a book.” 

“Nonsense!” 

“Just  what  I thought,  sir. 
But  I rpad  some  of  it  and,  I 
don't  know,  it  had  a sort  of  a 
feel  about  it.  Something  new, 
sir,  it  might  catch  on.” 

“All  right,  all  right.  That’s 
enough.  You’re  a salesman. 
You’ve  sold  me.” 

“On  the  book?”  Ben  was 
surprised. 

“Quit  pulling  an  old  man’s 
leg,  Ben.  I’m  sold  on  your 
needing  a vacation.  I’ll  fill  out 

THE  REAL  HARD  SELL 


your  vacation  pass  right 
now.”  The  Old  Man,  still  a 
vigorous,  vital  figure,  turned 
and  walked  back  to  his  Desk- 
sec.  “Yes  sir,”  said  the  secre- 
tarial voice,  “got  it.  Vacation 
clearai.ce  for  Tilman,  Ben, 
any  resort.” 

“And  family,”  said  Ben. 

“And  family.  Very  good, 
sir.” 

The  Old  Man  made  his  sign 
on  the  pass  and  said  heavily, 
“All  right  then,  Ben.  That’s  it. 
Maybe  if  you  go  back  up  to 
that  place  for  a few  days  and 
see  that  psycho  who  was  writ- 
ing a book  again,  perhaps 
you’ll  realize  how  impractical 
it  is.” 

“But  sir!  I'm  serious  about 
that  book.  It  really  did  have 
— ” he  broke  off. 

The  Old  Man  was  sitting 
there,  face  blank,  withdrawn. 
Ben  could  feel  he  wasn’t  even 
listening.  That  damned  hear- 
ing aid  of  his.  The  Old  Man 
had  cut  it  off.  Suddenly,  un- 
reasoningly,  Ben  was  furious. 
He  stood  by  the  huge  desk  and 
he  reached  across  toward  the 
hearing  aid  on  the  Old  Man’s 
chest  to  turn  up  the  volume. 
The  Old  Man  looked  up  and 
saw  Ben’s  hand  stretching  out. 

A sudden  look  of  Tear  came 
into  his  china  blue,  clear  eyes 
but  he  made  no  move.  He  sat 
frozen  in  his  chair. 

Ben  hesitated  a second. 
“What—?"  But  he  didn’t  have 
to  ask.  He  knew. 

And  he  also  knew  what  he 
was  going  to  do. 


37 


“No!”  said  the  Old  Man. 
“No,  Ben.  I’ve  only  been  try- 
ing to  help  ; trying  to  serve 
your  best  interests  the  best 
way  I know.  Ben,  you  must- 
n’t—” 

But  Ben  moved  forward. 

HE  took  the  plastic  box  on 
the  Old  Man’s  chest  and 
firmly  cut  the  switch. 

The  Old  Man,  the  Robot  Old 
Man,  went  lifeless  and  slump- 
ed back  in  his  chair  as  Ben 
stretched  to  cut  off  the  Desk- 
sec.  Then  he  picked  up  his  va- 
cation clearance. 

“Robots  can’t  sell,  eh?”  he 
said  to  the  dead  machine  be- 
hind the  desk.  “Well,  you 
couldn’t  sell  me  that  time, 
could  you,  Old  Man? 

Clumsily,  rustily,  Ben  whis- 
tled a cheerful  little  off-key 
tune  to  himself.  Hell,  they 
could  do  anything  at  all — ex- 
cept sell. 

“You  can’t  fool  some  of  the 
people  all  of  the  time,”  he  re- 
marked over  his  shoulder  to 
the  still,  silent  figure  of  the 
Old  Man  as  he  left  the  office, 
“it  was  a man  said  that.”  He 
closed  the  door  softly  behind 
him. 

Betty  would  be  waiting. 
Betty  was  waiting.  Her 
head  ached  as  she  bounced 
Bennie,  the  child  of  Ben,  of 
herself  and  of  an  unknown 
egg  cell  from  an  anonymous 
ovary,  on  her  knees.  Betty 
3-RC-VIII,  secret,  wife-style 
model,  the  highest  develop- 
ment of  the  art  of  Robotics 


had  known  instantly  when 
Ben  cut  the  Old  Man’s  switch. 
She  had  half  expected  it.  But 
it  made  her  headache  worse. 

“But  damn  my  program- 
ming!” She  spoke  abruptly, 
aloud,  nervously  fingering  the 
locket  around  her  neck. 
“Damn  it  and  shift  circuit. 
He’s  right ! He  is  my  husband 
and  he  is  right  and  I’m  glad. 
I’m  glad  we’re  going  to  the 
camp  and  I’m  going  to  help 
him  stay.” 

After  all,  why  shouldn’t  a 
man  want  to  do  things  just  as 
much  as  a robot?  He  had 
energy,  circuits,  feelings  too. 
She  knew  he  did. 

For  herself,  she  loved  her 
Ben  and  Bennie.  But  still  just 
that  wasn’t  enough  occupa- 
tion. She  was  glad  they  were 
going  to  the  new  isolation 
compound  for  non-psyehotic 
but  unstable,  hyper-active, 
socially  dangerous  individual 
humans.  At  the  camp  there 
would  be  things  to  do. 

At  the  camp  they  would  be 
happy. 

All  at  once  the  headache 
that  had  been  bothering  her 
so  these  past  months  was 
gone.  She  felt  fine  and  she 
smiled  at  little  Bennie.  “Ben- 
nie-boy,”  she  said,  kissing  his 
smooth,  untroubled  baby  fore- 
head. “Daddy’s  coming.”  Ben- 
nie laughed  and  started  to 
reach  for  the  locket  around 
Mommy’s  neck.  But  just  then 
the  door  opened  and  he  jump- 
ed down  to  run  and  meet  his 
daddy.  END 


38 


WILLIAM  W.  STUART 


IF  • tA (j)velette 

★ 


★ 

The 

Stainless- Steel 

tonight 

BY  JACK  RACKHAM 

illustrated  by  IVIE 

★ 


He  had  everything  a knight  needed s 
gallant  steed , fair  lady 

mid  the  most  unconquerable  little  home-made  dragon 
in  a billion  solar  systems  l 


39 


I 

WHEN  the  twisted  and 
radioactive  wreckage 
screamed  down  out  of  space 
on  to  their  dark  planet,  the 
Shogleet  were  instantly  in- 
trigued. To  that  incredibly  an- 
cient race,  evolved  to  the  point 
whei'e  energy,  matter  and 
form  had  no  more  secrets  to 
hide  and  only  curiosity  re- 
mained, anything  new  was  an 
occasion  for  rejoicing.  And 
this  was  new. 

Metals,  plastics,  physical 
and  chemical  combinations  — 
they  were  familiar  enough. 
But  this  strange  mass  had 
been  formed  into  a particular 
shape.  They  probed  at  once, 
and  at  once  found  that  there 
was  something  more. 

Something  lived,  but  only 
just. 

Using  their  combined  tal- 
ents, they  caught  at  the  fragile 
remnant,  preserved  it,  studied 
it,  reconstructed  it.  From  the 
still  viable  patterns  of  intelli- 
gence, they  deduced  the  whole. 
They  remade  a man.  They 
went  further,  discovering  his 
history  and,  from  that,  some- 
thing of  the  history  of  the 
whole  species.  They  were  un- 
willing to  admit  that  such  a 
monstrosity  could  be  genuine, 
yet  their  probings  could  not 
be  argued.  So  they  remade 
his  ship,  which  had  obviously 
been  only  a small  part  of  the 
whole  tangled  wreckage,  and 
they  sent  it  back  whence  it  had 
came.  And  they  appointed 


one  of  their  number  to  go  With 
it,  and  him,  to  investigate. 

THE  Shogleet  crouched  by 
Lancelot’s  beautiful  boots, 
and  purred.  The  purr  was  not 
a sign  of  pleasure,  but  the  by- 
product of  producing  an  out- 
line-blurring vibration  and  a 
curiosity-damping  field.  The 
corridor  outside  the  Agent- 
Director’s  office  was  a busy 
place,  and  the  Shogleet  had 
no  wish  to  be  observed. 

Yet  it  was  pleased.  These 
things  called  Men  were  even 
more  fantastically  odd  than  it 
had  at  first  imagined.  With  its 
perceptors  extended,  it  was 
listening  to  the  conversation 
on  the  other  side  of  the  wall. 
Voices  were  discussing  Lance- 
lot. 

“ — not  only  made  us  a 
laughing-stock,  but  he’s  get- 
ting to  be  a damned  pest! 
Hanging  about  outside  my  of- 
fice, demanding  to  be  sent  on 
a mission.  I wouldn’t  trust 
him  to  empty  my  waste-bas- 
ket. What  the  hell  am  I going 
to  do  with  him?” 

“Perhaps  we  might  cook  up 
a mission  for  him,  Chief.” 
“Don’t  be  obscene,  Peters. 
That  moron,  on  a mission? 
Don’t  forget,  this  is  the  blast- 
ed idiot  who  tried  to  rescue  a 
disabled  star-ship  with  a one- 
man  raft!” 

“Just  the  same,  Chief,  we 
could  pick  out  something.” 
“But  I can’t  send  a Prime 
G-man  on  a routine  call,  damn 
it.  Not  that  he  is  a Prime, 


40 


JOHN  RACKHAM 


except  on  paper.  But  you  know 
what  I mean.” 

“Ah,  but  wait  until  you  hear 
what  I’ve  dug  up.  It’s  from 
a Vivarium  planet.  We  don’t 
usually  handle  those.  What 
generally  happens  is  that  the 
local  man  goes  in,  disguised, 
and  re-sets  the  alarm,  then 
smoothes  out  the  fuss.  Doesn’t 
affect  us  unless  it’s  a case  of 
external  invasion,  you  know.” 
“All  right,  all  right.  I know 
all  that.  But  what’s  it  to  me? 
Some  inside  problem  on  a Viv 
planet.  So?” 

“Yes.  But  this  planet  is 
called  Avalon.  It’s  static  in  the 
‘pseudo-feudal’  stage,  with  a 
culture  based  on  Arthurian 
legend.  Get  it?” 

The  Shogleet,  recording  all 
this  avidly,  head  a gasp.  Put- 
ting mental  query  marks 
against  the  new  terms,  it  went 
on  listening. 

“Arthurian!”  Hugard 
breathed.  “Peasants.  Knights 
in  armor.  Sword  and  shield 
stuff.  Go  on.” 

"I  thought  we  could  play 
it  up  big,  and  let  him  have  it. 
Make  it  sound  a desperate 
emergency.  Give  him  some- 
thing to  do.” 

“Yes.  Quite  harmless,  of 
course.  But  I like  the  sound  of 
it.  Where  is  this  Avalon?” 
“That’s  the  best  part,  Chief. 
It’s  in  the  Omega  Centaurus 
cluster.  That’s  twenty  thou- 
sand lights  away!” 

“That  settles  it  for  me.  It 
will  take  him  a . month,  real 
time,  just  to  get  there.  I’ll  be 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


shut  of  him  for  a while.  Sure 
we’re  not  treading  on  any  pri- 
vate toes  with  this?” 
“Absolutely.  Strictly  a rou- 
tine call,  on  a waiting  list.” 
“Fine.  Fine!  Get  me  the 
data  so  I can  blow  it  up  big, 
and  then  shoot  him  in  here. 
Peters,  I won’t  forget  this.  To 
think  that  I’m  going  to  be  rid 
of  that  moron,  for  a while  at 
least  — ” 

THE  Shogleet  crept  to  Lan- 
celot’s shoulder,  shivering 
gently  with  anticipation. 
When  the  summons  came,  it 
rode  into  the  office  with  him 
and  saw  him  stiffen  into  a 
stern  salute  before  the  Direc- 
tor’s desk. 

“Ah,  Lake,”  Hugard  nodded 
portentously.  “At  last  I have 
a mission  for  you.  Something 
I cannot  pass  on  to  anyone 
else.  It  will  tax  your  powers 
to  the  utmost.  I am  not  asking 
you  to  volunteer ; I am  order- 
ing you  to  go.  That  is  how 
serious  it  is.  You  understand?” 
“I  do,  sir,”  Lancelot  said, 
sternly.  “Rely  on  me!” 

“Good  man!  I was  count- 
ing on  that.  Now,  you’ll  take 
full  details  with  you  to  study 
en  route,  of  course,  but  I can 
give  you  the  gist.  The  planet 
is  Avalon.  The  alarm  is  ur- 
gent. Avalon  is  a closed  cul- 
ture. No  one,  not  even  we  of 
Galactopol,  can  intervene  in 
a closed  culture,  unless  the 
situation  is  desperately  criti- 
cal.” The  Shogleet  felt  Lance- 
lot stiffen,  saw  the  swell  of 

41 


his  chest  and  the  fire  in  his 
eyes,  and  wondered  anew  at 
these  strange  creatures  who 
thrilled  to  the  prospect  of 
imminent  danger. 

“Most  importantly — ” Hug- 
gard  hushed  his  voice  — 
“As  this  is  a closed  culture, 
I can  only  send  one  man.  You 
will  be  alone.  Single-handed. 
You  will  be  equipped,  of 
course,  as  fully  as  possible, 
compatible  with  the  culture. 
But  everything  else  will  be  up 
to  you.  You’re  on  your  own.” 

“I  understand,  sir,”  Lance- 
lot said  simply.  “Rely  on  me. 
If  it's  called  for,  I’ll  stake  my 
life,  rather  than  let  down  the 
Service.”  Huggard  turned  his 
face  away,  obviously  overcome 
by  some  strong  emotion.  Then, 
coughing,  he  handed  a form 
to  Lancelot  and  stood  up. 

“That’s  your  authorization. 
You’ll  pick  up  the  rest  of  the 
documents  at  the  front  office. 
How  soon  can  you  leave?” 

“At  once!”  Lancelot  snap- 
ped, saluting  crisply.  Hugard 
put  out  a hand. 

“Good  luck,  my  boy.  You’ll 
need  it.” 

“Thank  you,  sir.”  Lancelot 
took  the  hand  with  an  enthu- 
siasm that  made  the  Director 
wince.  “Don’t  worry  about 
me.  I’ll  come  through!”  He 
spun  on  his  heel  and  marched 
from  the  office. 

“You  know,”  he  confided  to 
the  Shogleet,  “Hugard  isn’t 
such  a bad  old  guy,  after  all. 
I thought  he  was  neglecting 
me.  But  I can  see  his  point, 

42 


now.  I’ve  misjudged  him.”  ... 

“Lancelot,”  the  Shogleet 
whispered,  “do  something  for 
me.  Get  a stock  of  visio-tapes 
on  feudal  cultures,  vivarium 
planets  and  the  Arthurian 
legend.” 

“All  right.  Anything  to 
oblige.  But  you  pick  the  queer- 
est things  to  be  curious  about. 
Arthurian  legends,  is  it?  My 
Dad  used  to  be  interested  in 
them.” 

THIS  the  Shogleet  already 
knew,  as  well  as  much 
more.  It  had  learned,  for  one 
thing,  the  truer  version  of 
how  Lancelot  Lake  came  to  be 
cast  away  in  the  first  place. 
This  it  had  picked  up  from 
various  sources,  in  and  about 
Galactopol  headquarters. 

Lancelot  Lake  had  been  a 
humble  technician  in  the  low- 
est grades  of  Galactopol,  serv- 
ing his  time  in  a spaceways 
emergency  - and  - observation 
station,  and  passing  his  time 
in  dreams  of  glamor  and 
glory.  He  shared  the  simple 
faith  of  his  equally  simple 
parents,  that  it  was  just  a 
matter  of  time  before  he  had 
his  big  “break.”  And  Fate  had 
been  very  obliging. 

The  star-class  liner  Orion, 
carrying  wealthy  passengers 
but  very  little  else,  had  devel- 
oped a major  defect  in  her 
main  drive.  Her  skipper,  in 
angry  calm,  warped  out  of 
hyper-drive,  gave  the  order 
“Abandon  Ship!”  and  pointed 
his  lifeboat  cluster  toward  the 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


nearest  E-and-O  station.  It 
had  not  been  an  emergency. 
There  had  not  been  the  least 
danger  — only  nuisance,  and 
the  loss  of  a valuable  ship. 
The  lifeboat  signals  had  plain- 
ly said  so. 

But  Lancelot  had  read  his 
own  special  brand  of  under- 
standing into  those  signals. 
On  the  run,  fired  with  holy 
zeal,  he  had  broken  out  his 
one-man  raft,  designed  purely 
for  short-range  forays  about 
the  surface  of  his  planetoid- 
station.  Linking  in  to  the  pow- 
erful, all  - wave,  sub  - etheric 
emergency  radio  of  the  sta- 
tion and  giving  a blow-by- 
blow  account  of  his  effort,  he 
had  stormed  off  to  rescue  the 
Orion  single-handed. 

No  one  could  hear  the  life- 
boat signals,  after  that.  The 
Orion  company  reached  the 
E-and-0  station  quite  safely. 
There,  in  company  with  every 
other  open  planet  in  the  Gal- 
axy, they  had  listened,  fas- 
cinated, to  the  classic  broad- 
cast that  Lancelot  was  pour- 
ing out. 

Dedicated,  always  brave, 
heedless  of  personal  safety, 
washed  with  the  radiation 
from  a rapidly  disintegrating 
nuclear  drive,  he  kept  on  to 
the  inevitable,  hopeless,  gal- 
lant end.  Like  a gnat  grao- 
pling  a runaway  elephant,  he 
went  spiralling  down  into  the 
great  gravity  sink  of  Antares, 
until  the  thermal  radiation 
from  that  giant  sun  over- 
whelmed his  transmission. 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


The  rest  was  silence. 

Now,  a stupid,  gloriously 
gallant,  dead  hero,  is  one 
thing.  Posthumous  awards  are 
a matter  of  little  consequence. 
It  was  nothing  — the  least 
they  could  do  — to  make  the 
deceased  Lancelot  a Prime  G- 
man.  But  the  same  hero  re- 
turned from  the  dead  was 
something  else  again,  as  the 
Shogleet  had  learned. 

Perhaps,  it  pondered,  they 
had  done  too  good  a job  of  the 
reconstruction.  They  had  made 
him  strictly  according  to  the 
images  in  his  own  brain.  Con- 
sequently, he  was  big,  brawny, 
blue -eyed,  golden-haired, 
handsome,  and  well-nigh  in- 
destructible . . . translating 
literally  the  concept  “You 
can’t  keep  a good  man  down.” 
Had  Lancelot  known  Hamlet, 
he  would  have  agreed  with 
his  description : “What  a piece 
of  work  is  Man ; how  noble  in 
reason;  how  infinite  in  facul- 
ties ; in  form  and  .moving,  how 
express  and  admirable;  in  ac- 
tion how  like  an  angel;  in 
apprehension  how  like  a god !” 
But  Hamlet  was  insane, 
whereas  Lancelot  was  sincere, 
simole,  and  assured  of  the 
reality  of  his  dream.  Hence  — 
as  Hugard  had  said  — a 
damned  pest. 

II 

LANCELOT’S  happy  glow 
lasted  well  into  the  second 
week.  Then  he  grew  bored. 
The  ship,  though  small,  was 

43 


comfortable  and  almost  self- 
directive. There  was  nothing 
to  do. 

He  decided  to  check  his 
equipment.  The  Shogleet,  en- 
grossed in  the  tortuous  lan- 
guage of  Mallory,  was  inter- 
rupted by  its  ward,  who  came 
bearing  a long  and  shining 
rod  tipped  with  a razor-edged 
blade. 

“This  thing,”  he  said.  “It’s 
a lance,  isn’t  it?  And  there’s 
another  thing,  like  a big  blade 
with  a cross-bar  and  a hand- 
grip. A sword?” 

“I  would  think  so.  There 
should  be  armor,  also.  I gather 
you  are  to  masquerade  as  a 
knight.  From  the  literature, 
it  seems  there  actually  was  a 
knight  named  Sir  Lancelot.” 

“That’s  so.  My  Dad  used  to 
tell  about  him.  Oh,  Hugard 
knew  what  he  was  doing  when 
he  picked  me  for  this  mission ! 
Fate,  that’s  what  it  is.”  The 
Shogleet  had  other  views,  but 
kept  discreetly  silent  about 
them.  'v 

“The  concept  of  a vivarium 
culture  interests  me,”  it  said. 
“Apparently  not  all  men  seek 
change,  only  a small  percen- 
tage?" 

“That’s  so,”  Lancelot  nod- 
ded, sagely.  “The  happy  man 
is  the  adjusted  man.  Knows 
what  he’s  good  at  and  where 
he  belongs,  and  gets  on  with 
it.  Like  me,  for  instance.  Nat- 
ural born  adventurer  — and 
here  I am.” 

“But  you  were  originally  a 
station-keeper.  A mistake?” 

44 


“Oh,  no.  Psycho-dynamics 
is  infallible.  That  station- 
keeper  job  was  just  a starter, 
so  that  I could  work  up.” 
The  Shogleet,  knowing  full 
well  that  Lancelot  knew  noth- 
ing at  all  about  the  science  of 
psycho  - dynamics,  wished  it 
had  asked  for  a tape  on  that. 
It  was  curious  to  see  how  the 
technique  would  work  out  on 
a whole  planet  seeded  with 
one  psycho-type. 

Eventually,  warning  bells 
gave  tongue  and  their  little 
ship  went  down,  on  a guide 
beacon,  over  a green  and 
peaceful  world,  dotted  with 
islands,  laced  with  blue  sea, 
into  a small  glade  ringed  with 
rugged  hills.  It  was  just  on 
sunrise,  on  a glorious  spring 
morning. 

Lancelot  breathed  deep  of 
unfiltered  air  and  the  sweet 
scent  of  growing  things,  and 
found  an  immediate  complaint 
to  make. 

E’RE  about  a hundred 
▼V  miles  away  from  the 
chief  city,  Camlan,”  he  said, 
as  he  frowned  at  a map.  “And 
no  transport.  I mean,  that  kit 
I have  to  wear,  it’s  a weight. 
It’s  not  going  to  be  easy  just 
getting  it  on,  much  less  walk- 
ing.” 

“According  to  the  accounts,” 
the  Shogleet  said.  “A  knight 
rode  something.  A steed,  I 
believe,  or  horse.  What  is  a 
horse,  Lancelot?” 

“Damned  if  I know.  I vague- 
ly recall  drawings,  when  I was 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


a kid.  Sort  of  big  animal,If%r 
legs,  head  at  one  end,  tail1*  at 
the  other.  But  stop  a bit,  that 
explains  something  — ” and 
he  lugged  out  some  massive 
pieces  of  metal-work.  ‘These 
had  me  baffled,  but  they  must 
be  horse-armor.  And  this 
thing  is  a seat,  to  go  on  its 
back,  1 guess.” 

“I  shall  have  to  approxi- 
mate,” the  Shogleet  decided. 
“From  your  memories,  and 
what  I have  read,  1 will  trans- 
form myself  into  a horse.” 

“All  right,  but  give  me  a 
hand  with  this  hardware  first. 
I can't  get  it  on  alone.  In  fact, 
I don't  see  how  it  can  all  go 
on  one  man!” 

But,  with  patience  and 
struggling,  trial  and  error, 
they  got  the  pieces  that  a 
skilled  synthesist  had  fabri- 
cated from  the  patterns  of 
museum  relics  buckled,  strap- 
ped and  locked  about  Lancelot. 

His  guess  had  been  good. 
He  could  hardly  hold  upright 
under  the  load  of  metal. 

“How  the  hell  does  any- 
body hop  about,”  he  complain- 
ed, making  a few  labored 
steps,  “and  swing  a sword  in 
this  lot?  It's  not  possible!” 

The  Shogleet  paid  no  atten- 
tion. It  was  busy  on  its  own 
accou nt.  Swallowing  great 
quantities  of  air  and  energy, 
and  speeding  its  metabolism 
to  a great  rate,  it  was  con- 
verting its  mass  to  a some- 
thing that  would  fit  that 
armor.  Lancelot,  shambling 
round,  gave  advice  according 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


to  Els  Blurred  memories.  Then, 
struggling  mightily,  he  hoist- 
ed up  the  pieces  one  at  a time, 
and  then,  the  saddle.  Sweat 
was  dribbling  into  his  boots 
by  the  time  he  was  done. 

“Hell!  This  is  a day's  work 
by  itself,”  he  groaned,  bash- 
ing his  helmet  in  a vain  at- 
tempt to  wipe  away  the  sweat 
from  his  brow.  “There  must 
be  an  easier  way.” 

“I  imagine,”  the  Shogleet- 
horse  guessed,  “that  this  is 
why  the  knight  had  a squire, 
as  it  says  in  the  tapes.”  Lan- 
celot grunted  his  heartfelt 
agreement  at  this,  hung  the 
blank  shield  on  a saddle-hook, 
the  sword  and  sheath  on  the 
opposite  side,  stood  the  long 
lance  by  a handy  tree,  and 
eased  his  visor  down  past  his 
nose,  which  was  already  raw 
from  the  first,  light-hearted 
try. 

Then  he  eyed  the  stirrups. 

“You'll  have  to  kneel,”  he 
said.  “I'll  never  make  it  up 
there.” 

He  climbed  aboard  gingerly, 
and  they  left  the  glade  at  a 
sedate  walk.  “First  thing,”  he 
said  firmly,  “we  get  a squire. 
I'll  never  make  it  to  Camlan 
at  this  rate.” 

“Very  well,”  the  Shogleet 
agreed,  trying  to  work  out  a 
method  of  progress  that  would 
not  unseat  Lancelot.  It  com- 
promised on  a rubber-legged 
shamble  which  carried  them  at 
a smooth  glide  through  what 
it  assumed  was  a “woody 
glen.”  Half  an  hour  of  this 

45 


brought  them  to  a clearing, 
laid  out  in  a chessboard  of 
little  fields,  with  a huddle  of 
timber  shacks  in  the  center. 
Their  arrival  was  the  signal 
for  a bedlam  of  shouts, 
screams  and  f ran  tics  barking 
from  a horde  of  half -wild  dogs. 

The  uproar  lasted  only  a 
second  or  two.  Then  all  was 
silent,  apart  from  furtive  rus- 
tlings in  the  nearby  bushes. 

“Where  did  everybody  go?” 
Lancelot  demanded,  grabbing 
the  saddle-horn.  “How  am  I 
going  to  round  up  a squire, 
if  they  all  run  off  like  that? 
No,  wait  — there’s  one,  over 
by  that  tree.” 

HE  was  an  old  man,  grizzle- 
haired and  cramped  with 
rheumatic  stiffness.  In  his 
simple  brown  smock,  he  clung 
to  the  tree  and  trembled  at 
their  gliding  approach.  Lan- 
celot let  go  the  saddle-horn 
and  tried  to  sit  up,  impres- 
sively. 

“Ho,  there !”  he  called.  “Why 
did  everyone  run  away?” 
“Marry,  fair  sir,”  the  old- 
ster mumbled,  cringing.  “It 
would  have  been  at  sight  of 
the  strange  beast  thou  ridest. 
No  mortal  eye  ever  saw  such 
a mount  before.” 

“What's  wrong  with  me?” 
the  Shogleet  demanded  curi- 
ously. “Isn’t  a horse  like  this?” 
“Now  strike  me  dead!”  the 
peasant  blanched,  clutching 
the  tree.  “It  spoke  like  a 
Christian.  I heard  it!” 

“Naturally,”  Lancelot  said 


grandly.  “’Tis  a magic  steed, 
just  as  I am  a holy  knight.  I 
have  need  of  a squire.  Call  the 
others,  that  I may  choose.” 
“Nay,  noble  sir,  we  are  but 
humble  peasants.  Wilt  find  no 
squire  here.” 

“Oh,  blast!”  Lancelot  re- 
lapsed into  Galactic  in  his  irri- 
tation. Then,  with  strained 
patience,  “Where  then  shall  a 
knight  find  himself  a squire?” 
“The  Baron  Deorham  has 
many  such,”  the  old  man  of- 
fered. “Steeds,  too,  though 
none  such  as  thou  ridest.  But 
he  is  a wonderly  wroth  man, 
and  a great  warrior.  He  will 
surely  attack  thee,  an  thou 
come  near  him.” 

“Fear  not  for  me,  old  man. 
I am  Sir  Lancelot.  I will  to 
Deorham.” 

“Lancelot!  Now  am  I dead 
and  in  hell,  forsooth.  Lancelot 
is  legend!” 

“Never  mind  . that.  Just 
point  the  way,  you  old  fool.” 
The  old  man  cringed  again, 
and  wobbled  a shaky  arm  in 
the  direction  of  a rough  track. 
The  Shogleet  went  into  its 
gliding  run  again. 

“A  pity  I couldn’t  get  him 
to  put  me  right  on  this  shape,” 
it  said.  “I  must  study  a real 
horse  at  the  first  opportunity.” 
“This  feels  all  right,”  Lan- 
celot argued.  “Still,  I suppose 
you’re  right.  It  won't  do  to 
scare  the  locals  out  of  their 
wits  all  the  time  . . . Say,  that 
looks  a likely  place.” 

They  had  broken  clear  of 
trees,  and  before  them  the 


46 


JOHN  RACKHAM 


grass  went  away  in  a slow 
rise  to  a hill,  where  there  was 
a massive  gray  building.  “Just 
let  me  do  the  talking.  Appar- 
ently horses  aren’t  supposed 
to  talk.”  He  clutched  the  sad- 
dle-horn valiantly,  and  they 
went  on  at  a fair  speed. 

Suddenly  the  Shogleet  sens- 
ed life  and  movement  nearby, 
and  swung  round. 

“What  did  you  do  that  for?” 
Lancelot  demanded,  clinging 
desperately.  Then  he  saw  what 
the  Shogleet  had  detected. 
About  seventy  yards  away, 
just  rounding  an  outflung 
clump  of  trees,  came  three  rid- 
ers. On  either  side  the  figures 
were  slight,  but  the  man  in 
the  center  was  gross,  his  steed 
huge,  his  armor  bright  in  the 
sun.  His  shield  bore  the  device 
of  a mailed  fist,  and  his  lance 
carried  a fluttering  blue  plume 
at  its  tip. 

“That’s  what  I want,”  Lan- 
celot muttered.  “A  picture  on 
my  shield  and  a flag  on  my 
stick.  Then  they’ll  know  who 
I am.” 

“So  that,”  the  Shogleet  mur- 
mured, interestedly,  “is  what 
a horse  is  like.”  And  it  dis- 
creetly began  modifying  its 
shape.  “We  should  keep  still,” 
it  advised.  “Let  him  come  to 
us.  I want  to  see  that  creature 
move.” 

As  if  in  answer  to  the 
thought  the  big  man  put  up  a 
mailed  fist.  They  distinctly 
heard  the  click  of  his  visor  as 
it  snapped  into  place.  Then  he 
applied  his  heels  to  his  mount 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


and  began  thundering  at  them 
over  the  turf. 

44T  OOK  at  him  go!”  Lan- 

-L*  celot  said,  admiringly. 
“I  must  learn  to  ride  like 
that.”  The  mighty  figure  thun- 
dered nearer,  and  Lancelot 
grew  uneasy.  “He’ll  never  be 
able  to  stop  in  time,”  he  mut- 
tered. “Not  at  that  clip.  Now 
what’s  the  fool  up  to?”  — for 
the  stranger  had  dropped  his 
lance  to  the  horizontal,  and 
the  point  was  aimed  straight 
at  Lancelot.  The  Shogleet, 
ever  curious,  stood  quite  still. 

“Hey!  You  lunatic!  Point 
that  thing  the  other  way !” 
Lancelot  yelled.  But  it  was 
obvious  even  to  him  that  the 
other  had  no  intention  of  do- 
ing any  such  thing.  At  the  last 
minute,  he  managed  to  fumble 
up  his  shield.  There  was  a 
rending  crash  as  point  met 
shield,  fair  and  square.  Lance- 
lot shot  backwards  over  the 
Shogleet’s  cruppers,  to  land 
with  a jarring  thud  on  the 
ground.  The  Shogleet  spun 
round,  to  watch  as  the  yoilng 
man  groaned,  sat  up  and  then 
struggled  to  his  feet. 

“Art  unhorsed!”  the  stran- 
ger roared.  “Dost  yield?” 

“Yield  nothing,”  Lancelot 
gasped,  indignantly.  “I  wasn’t 
even  fighting.  You  want  to 
give  a bit  of  notice,  next  time 
you  do  something  like  that. 
Charging  up  like  that  without 
so  much  as  a word  . . .”  and 
that  was  as  far  as  he  got.  The 
strange  knight,  backing  up 

47 


and  tossing  away  his  shattered 
lance,  had  yanked  out  his 
sword.  Putting  heels  to  his 
horse  again,  he  tore  up  to 
where  Lancelot  stood.  His 
blade  rose  and  fell  mightily, 
and  a clang  echoed  across  the 
meadow.  Lancelot  went  down 
on  his  knees,  hung  there  a 
moment  and  then  kneeled 
over,  groaning.  The  Shogleet 
trotted  to  where  he  lay  and 
nuzzled  him. 

“You  must  get  up  and  fight,” 
it  murmured.  “I  believe  you 
are  liable  to  be  taken  captive 
otherwise.” 

“Fight !”  Lancelot  mumbled. 
“I’m  half-killed  already.  That 
damned  lunatic  should  be  put 
away.”  He  sat  up  and  banged 
his  mailed  fist  on  his  helmet 
to  clear  his  head.  The  knight 
backed  off  a yard  or  two, 
waiting. 

“Get  up,  quickly,”  the  Shog- 
leet encouraged,  and  knelt. 
This  sent  the  knight’s  horse 
into  a rearing  frenzy,  giving 
Lancelot  time  to  mount  — and 
time  to  get  annoyed,  also. 

“All  right,”  he  growled. 
“Wants  a fight,  does  he?  We’ll 
see  about  that.”  He  unsheath- 
ed his  sword  with  an  effort 
The  strange  knight  crouched, 
setting  his  horse  into  another 
gallop.  At  the  critical  mo- 
ment, he  stood  up  in  his  saddle 
to  give  more  power  to  his 
sword-arm.  Lancelot  heaved 
his  shield  up,  the  shock  numb- 
ing his  arm.  then  swung  blind- 
ly in  riposte. 

“Turn  round,”  he  ordered, 
48 


as  the  knight  charged  past. 
“Let  me  have  another  bash 
at  him.  I only  nicked  him  that 
time.” 

“You  may  kill  him,  you 
know.” 

“And  what  d'you  fancy  he’s 
been  trying  to  do  to  me?  I’m 
black  and  blue  all  over.  Let  me 
have  another  crack  at  him,  I 
said !” 

“Wouldn’t  it  be  wiser  to  ask 
him  to  yield?  In  that  way,  we 
might  get  some  information, 
which  we  sadly  need.”  Lance- 
lot grumbled  under  his  breath, 
but  when  he  saw  that  his  cas- 
ual swipe  had  sheared  the 
knight’s  helmet-spike,  and 
split  his  shield  in  half,  he 
agreed  reluctantly. 

“Ho,  knight,”  he  called,  and 
waved  his  sword.  “Wilt  yield?” 

“To  a foul  fiend  from  the 
pit?”  the  knight  roared,  toss- 
ing away  his  ruined  shield  and 
bent  sword.  “Never!  Pit  thy 
sorcery  against  this !”  And  he 
unhooked  from  his  saddle  a 
short  length  of  heavy  chain, 
ending  in  an  iron  ball  studded 
with  vicious  spikes.  Once 
again,  he  came  thundering 
forward. 

“There!”  Lancelot  gasped. 
“I  said  the  man  was  raving. 
If  he  catches  me  with  that 
thing,  I'm  a dead  duck.” 

He  put  up  his  shield  and 
peered  round  it  warily.  The 
spiked  ball  flailed  through  the 
air  and  crashed  full  on  the 
shield,  slamming  the  young 
man  over  to  an  extreme  angle. 
In  sudden,  blind  rage,  he 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


swung  back,  lashed  out  with 
the  sword,  felt  it  bite  into 
something.  Then,  as  the  Shog- 
leet  bridled  off,  he  looked  back, 
and  his  stomach  squirmed. 

The  super-hard,  razor-keen 
blade  had  sliced  through  ar- 
mor and  knight,  from  shoul- 
der to  groin.  There  was  blood 
everywhere. 

Ill 


44npHE  fool  would  have  it,” 
A he  muttered.  “Now 
there’ll  be  trouble.” 

But  the  body  was  hardly 
flopped  to  rest  before  the  two 
attendants  rode  up,  slid  from 
their  mounts  and  went  down, 
each  on  a knee,  heads  bowed. 

“Spare  me,  Sir  Knight,” 
they  said,  in  unison.  “I  am 
thy  servant.” 

“They’re  only  kids,”  Lance- 
lot said,  surprised.  “What  are 
your  names?” 

“I  am  hight  Alaric,”  said 
the  ginger  one,  on  the  left. 

“And  I,  Ector,”  the  other 
added,  shaking  his  long  yel- 
low locks.  “How  shall  we  call 
thee,  Lord?”  The  Shogleet  felt 
Lancelot  brace  up  and  stiffen. 

“I  am  Sir  Lancelot!”  he 
announced.  They  promptly 
flat  on  their  faces.  “Oh,  get 
up!”  he  said,  irritably.  “I’m 
not  going  to  eat  you.  Now, 
one’s  to  be  my  squire,  and  the 
other  to  look  after  my  horse. 
Which  way  do  you  want  it?” 
“The  horse!”  they  said,  to- 
gether and  at  once. 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


“That  won’t  be  necessary,” 
the  Shogleet  said,  forgetting. 
“I  can  look  after  myself  quite 
well.”  Again  the  two  youths 
fell  to  the  ground,  shaking  and 
white. 

“Get  up !”  Lancelot  shouted. 
“How  can  I get  anything  done 
if  you  keep  passing  out,  all 
the  time?  Now,  what  happens 
about  him?” 

“Thy  liege-men  will  attend 
to  it,  Lord,”  said  Alaric,  in  a 
shaky  voice. 

“My  liege-men?” 

“But  certainly.  Hast  slain 
Deorham.  That  which  was  his 
is  now  thine.” 

“Oh !”  Lancelot  looked  round. 
“Castle  and  all?  Well,  that’s 
handy.  And  that  was  Deor- 
ham, was  it?  All  right,  one 
of  you  nip  off  and  tell  the  gang 
the  boss  is  coming  home,  hun- 
gry . . . and  bruised,  too !” 

“I  will.  Lord!”  Alaric  fled 
for  his  horse  and  raced  on 
ahead. 

The  Shogleet  contented  it- 
self with  a modest  canter, 
finding  the  new  movement  in- 
triguing. Lancelot  was  not  im- 
pressed. 

“You’re  shaking  me  to  a 
jelly,”  he  groaned.  “Can’t  we 
go  back  to  the  other  way?” 

“This  is  more  accurate.  You 
had  better  learn.  You/  may 
have  to  ride  a real  horse  some 
day.”  Lancelot  forgot  to  grum- 
ble as  they  reached  the  court- 
yard of  the  castle,  and  he 
could  appreciate  the  size  of 
the  place.  He  slid  off,  and 
stood  agape  at  high  rough- 

49 


scone  walls  and  towers,  their 
slit-windows  innocent  of  glass, 
but  with  gay  cloths  trailing 
from  every  vantage  point.  Ec- 
tor approached,  unwillingly, 
to  take  the  Shogleet’s  bridle. 
Lancelot  objected  at  once. 

“You  can’t  go  off  and  leave 
me,  not  now.  What’ll  I do?  I 
mean,  you  know  more  than 
me  about  all  the  customs  and 
things.’’ 

“It  will  be  quite  all  right,” 
the  Shogleet  consoled  him  in 
Galactic,  ignoring  the  flabber- 
gasted stares  of  the  men-at- 
arms  who  had  drawn  near. 
“Just  give  orders.  Tell  them 
what  you  want.  I will  join 
you  as  soon  as  I can.” 

It  went  with  Ector  to  a 
great  low  stable,  where  there 
were  many  half-wild  horses 
and  a great  smell.  As  soon  as 
it  could  be  alone^  it  cast  off 
the  horse-shape.  It  had  given 
a degree  of  thought  to  this, 
and  decided  it  was  best  to  as- 
sume some  human-like  form. 
So,  on  its  rapid  transit  through 
the  stables,  courtyard  and  into 
the  great  hall,  it  settled  into 
a small,  dark-hued,  manikin 
shape,  thinking  to  be  less  im- 
pressive and  thus  less  fright- 
ening in  that  guise. 

Trotting  through  the  serfs 
who  were  busy  scattering 
fresh  rushes  on  the  stone-slab 
floor,  it  found  Lancelot  seated 
at  the  head  of  a long,  rude 
table,  on  which  more  serfs 
were  arranging  platters  heap- 
ed with  hot  food.  He  was  deep 
in  conversation  with  an  old, 

50 


rugged-looking,  gray-bearded 
man,  but  looked  up  as  the 
Shogleet  came  close  and 
scrambled  on  to  the  arm  of 
his  chair. 

WrpHIS  is  Gildas,”  he  said. 

-I  “Calls  himself  a senes- 
chal. Sort  of  head-man.  Been 
telling  me  all  about  the  prop- 
erty.” 

Gildas  backed  off  warily. 

“Now,  sooth,”  he  muttered. 
“I  do  believe  thou  art  Lance- 
lot, and  this  thy  familiar. 
What  is  it,  a troll?” 

“Lancelot,”  the  Shogleet 
said,  in  Galactic.  “Have  you 
forgotten?  We  are  on  a mis- 
sion? You  should  be  asking 
Gildas  for  news  of  the  emer- 
gency.” 

“Say,  that’s  right.  I’d  for- 
gotten. It’s  not  every  day  a 
man  gets  a barony.”  He  turn- 
ed in  his  chair.  “Draw  near, 
Gildas.  There  is  nothing  to 
fear.” 

“Thou  sayest  it  well,  Lord,” 
Gildas  growled,  “but.  I like  it 
not.  A troll  that  stands  and 
parleys  like  a man.  Still,  it  is 
but  part  and  parcel  with  the 
strange  things  that  have  come 
on  this  land  but  lately.” 

“Ah,  now,  that’s  what  I 
wanted  to  know  about.  What’s 
going  on?  I have  to  know, 
because  I'm  here  to  stop  it.” 
Gildas  stepped  back,  trans- 
formed from  a sullen  gray- 
beard  into  an  angry  enemy. 

“I  knew  it!”  he  roared.  “I 
knew  thou  wert  false!  I will 
hail  the  men-at-arms,  that 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


they  may  cut  thee  down.  Nay, 
strike  me  dead  an  thou  canst, 
but  I will  say  it.” 

“Oh,  lord!”  Lancelot  mut- 
tered. “What  now?  For  heav- 
en's sake,  man,  I’m  not  going 
to  strike  anybody  dead.  Not 
again.  I’ve  had  enough  of  that 
for  one  day.  Just  get  a grip 
on  yourself  and  tell  me  what 
it’s  all  about.” 

“Methinks  yon  troll  doth 
already  know,  and  the  ques- 
tion is  but  a trap.  Natheless, 
I will  tell.  Ye  wit  well  there 
is  but  one  great  sin  in  this 
land.  It  is  hight  ‘Change.’  The 
wise  ones  tell  us  this  is  the 
best  of  all  worlds,  and  that  it 
is  sin  to  think  otherwise.  So 
all  say,  where  it  can  be  heard. 
But  who  can  say  what  a man 
thinketh  in  his  heart?  To  la- 
bor and  sweat  and  garner  the 
fruits  of  the  land  is  the  old 
way,  the  honest  way.  But  who 
will  labor  and  sweat  when  his 
fields  may  be  ploughed,  sown, 
aye,  and  garnered  into  his 
barn,  without  he  turn  a hand? 
This  be  a change  that  many 
welcome.” 

“I  haven’t  the  foggiest  idea 
what  you’re  going  on  about,” 
Lancelot  confessed.  “Don’t  tell 
me  the  sky  is  going  to  fall 
over  a few  ploughed  fields? 
I was  thinking  of  gathering 
some  of  those  lads  out  there 
to  ride  with  me  to  Camlan  — ” 

“Camlan !”  Gildas  leaped 
back  again,  surprisingly  spry 
for  one  of  his  age.  “Again  I 
say  ye  are  false !”  And  he  had 
his  mouth  open  to  shout  as 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


Lancelot  jumi>ed  up  and  seiz- 
ed him. 

“Stop  it!”  he  yelled.  “I’m 
getting  sick  of  this  double- 
talk.  Why  the  hell  can’t  you 
come  right  out  and  say  what 
you  mean?”  He  turned  to  the 
Shogleet,  with  Gildas  dangling 
chokingly  from  his  mailed 
fists.  “Can  you  make  any  sense 
out  of  it?  I think  they’re  all 
stark  raving  mad  here.” 

The  Shogleet  eyed  Gildas. 
“Put  him  down,”  it  said. 
“Now,  what  land  is  this,  and 
who  is  your  king?” 

“This  is  Brython,”  Gildas 
said,  squeakily,  “and  our  king 
hight  Cadman.  Soon  to  be 
Cadman  of  the  Fiery  Dragon, 
in  sooth.  He  dwells  in  Alban, 
twenty  miles  south.  If  ye  be 
the  wise  troll,  advise  this  your 
master  to  ride  to  Cadman  and 
plead  to  aid,  on  our  side!” 
“I’m  beginning  to  get  it,” 
Lancelot  sighed  “What’s  Cam- 
lan then?” 

“Camlan  is  for  Bors,  King 
of  the  Kellat,  and  our  deadly 
foe.  Even  now  doth  he  call  an 
army  of  knights,  to  invade  our 
land  and  seize  our  dragon.  To 
destroy  it,  he  claims,  but  many 
suspect  it  is  but  to  capture  it 
for  his  own  use.” 

“Oh,  come  now.  A real  dra- 
gon?” 

“It  is  sooth,  Lord.  I myself 
have  seen  it,  and  my  eyes  were 
weak  for  a day  after.  It  is 
truly  a fearsome  thing  for  an 
enemy.  But  for  us  it  be  great 
good.  It  is  strange,  and  we  all 
fear  it,  but  who  can  argue 

51 


against  a full  barn  and  tilled 
fields,  all  without  labor?" 

66  A DRAGON  which  labors 
-rV  in  the  field?  That  would 
be  something  really  worth  see- 
ing, Lancelot.  The  tapes  said 
nothing  of  this.” 

“A  dragon!"  Lancelot  mur- 
mured, dreamily.  “That  would 
be  right  up  my  street.  All 
right,  Gildas,  we’ll  leave  the 
question  of  politics  for  a bit. 
Shove  some  of  that  grub  my 
way,  would  you?  And  pass 
some  tools.”  Gildas  frowned 
at  this. 

“There  are  no  eating  imple- 
ments in  this  culture,  Lance- 
lot," the  Shogleet  advised, 
drawing  on  its  studies.  “Dag- 
ger and  fingers  only.” 

Before  Lancelot  could  voice 
his  grumble,  Gildas  said,  “Wilt 
permit  thy  wives  now,  Lord?" 

“My  what?  How  do  I come 
to  have  wives?” 

“They  were  Deorham's,  are 
now  thine.  They  wait  thy  leave 
to  come  to  table." 

"Good  grief!  Now  I have  a 
couple  of  wives." 

“Nay,  Lord.  Six." 

Lancelot  shrank  into  his 
glittering  armor.  He  cast  an 
appealing  eye  on  the  Shogleet. 
“What  do  I do  now?  Six 
wives!  One  w'o'uld  be  too 
many.” 

“Ask  Gildas,"  the  Shogleet 
advised.  “He  will  know.  There 
was  nothing  in  the  tapes  about 
such  a situation,  so  I cannot 
help  you." 

“Here  a minute,”  Lancelot 
THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


gulped.  “I  have  been  long  in 
the  grave  and  forget  many 
customs  of  this  land.  What 
shall  I do  with  these  — wo- 
men? What  are  they  all  for, 
anyway?  And  why  six?” 
“Marry,  Lord,  but  I under- 
stand thee  not.  A man  may 
take  as  many  wives  as  he 
needs  and  can  support,  if  he 
be  a knight.  And  what  would 
a wife  be  for,  but  to  serve? 
Still,  it  matters  not,  now.  If 
thou  art  truly  for  our  cause, 
then  must  eat  and  depart 
forthwith.  All  is  to  hand.  We 
can  fetch  Alban  by  nightfall.” 
“What,  right  away?” 

“All  is  to  hand,”  Gildas  re- 
peated firmly.  “Even  this  day 
did  Deorham  make  ready  for 
the  journey,  to  join  Cadman 
and  all  the  other  great  knights 
of  this  land,  against  the  Kel- 
lat.  Else  thou  wouldst  not  have 
found  him  in  the  meadow, 
where  he  did  but  try  out  his 
armor  and  steed.”  Lancelot 
groaned  and  looked  about  fe- 
verishly. The  Shogleet,  watch- 
■ ing,  saw  him  shudder. 

“I’m  up  a tree  this  time.  I 
can’t  face  a twenty-mile  drag, 
not  after  what  I’ve  just  had 
from  the  Baron.  I ache,  I tell 
you.  But  I don’t  fancy  all  these 
women  hanging  about  either. 
I’m  caught  both  ways.” 

“The  Lady  Phillipa  hath  the 
healing  touch,”  Gildas  offer- 
ed. “If  thou  wilt  shed  thy 
mail,  Lord,  she  will  attend 
thee.”  And  he  clapped  his 
hands  before  Lancelot  could 
stop  him. 


53 


They  came  in  at  once.  The 
Shogleet  suspected  they  had 
been  close  at  hand,  listening. 
At  any  rate,  there  was  no  need 
to  warn  the  Lady  Phillipa  that 
her  services  were  needed.  A 
large  and  robust  woman  of 
some  thirty  years,  she  made  at 
once  for  the  hapless  knight 
and,  with  Gildas  assisting,  had 
him  out  of  his  mail  as  readily 
as  a mother  undresses  a child, 
and  with  as  little  concern. 

It  was  the  Shogleet’s  first 
contact  with  women  at  close 
quarters  and  it  was  intensely 
interested  in  this  new  phe- 
nomenon. What  it  found  par- 
ticularly puzzling  was  Lance- 
lot’s obvious  awkwardness,  as 
if  he  was  afraid  the  females 
might  see  the  body  that  had 
been  built  for  him.  This  was 
not  the  behavior-pattern  that 
it  had  traced  in  Lancelot  in  the 
beginning.  According  to  that, 
he  was  lordly  and  quietly 
compelling  in  the  presence  of 
the  opposite"  sex.  It  began  to 
suspect  that  this,  too,  had 
been  part  of  the  young  man’s 
fantasies.  It  was  all  very 
strange. 

HALF  an  hour  later,  on  a 
real  horse,  into  the  saddle 
of  which  Lancelot  had  been 
hoisted  by  a primitive  block- 
and-tackle  arrangement  and 
three  sweating  serfs,  the 
young  man  led  a great  rout 
from  the  castle  courtyard.  On 
his  arm,  the  Shogleet  listened 
keenly  to  the  chatter  of  the 
men  around.  A few  were 

54 


mounted,  most  were  afoot,  and 
they  all  were  filled  with  en- 
thusiasm for  the  battle  ahead. 
But,  of  the  dragon,  there 
were  divided  opinions.  Some 
thought  it  a blessing,,  a gift 
from  the  gods  to  a deserving 
country,  but  they  were  in  a 
minority.  The  rest  devoutly 
believed  that  it  was  evil.  The 
right  and  proper  thing  for  a 
man  was  to  work  or  to  fight, 
they  declared.  What  man  could 
do  either,  when  a dragon  did 
both  so  much  better  than  any 
man?  Not  so,  they  said,  and 
this  legendary  knight  was 
come,  for  sure,  to  rid  them 
of  it. 

Lancelot,  jogging  along  in 
his  armor,  was  acting  and 
talking  in  anything  but  a 
knightly  manner,  but  the 
Shogleet  paid  him  little  heed. 
Disguished  under  the  mini- 
strations of  Lady  Phillipa,  it 
had  managed  to  help  him  with 
doses  of  carefully  tuned  ener- 
gy. The  young  man  was  as 
good  as  new,  except  in  spirit, 
in  which  region  he  was  badly 
bruised. 

“I  shall  never  keep  this  up 
for  twenty  miles,”  he  groan- 
ed, as  his  teeth  jarred  and 
clicked  at  every  pace.  “I’m  a 
nervous  wreck,  I tell  you.  If 
this  is  knivht  errantry,  then 
I’ve  had  it.”  They  made  a 
good  twenty  miles  an  hour, 
and  should  have  fetched  Al- 
ban in  two  hours.  But  it  was 
nearer  five,  and  the  sun  low- 
ering in  the  sky,  before  the 
roofs  of  the  city  came  in  sight. 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


Then  the  Shogleet  recalled, 
from  its  studies,  the  low  level 
of  education  consistent  with 
this  culture.  Few  of  these  peo- 
ple could  count  as  far  as  twen- 
ty. For  them,  forty  was  well- 
nigh  an  infinite  number. 

Over  the  bridge  and  into 
the  narrow  streets  of  Alban, 
Lancelot  was  pushed  into  the 
lead.  The  Shogleet  sharpened 
its  senses  for  more  informa- 
tion about  the  dragon.  There 
were  whispers  on  all  sides 
about  the  “knight  with  the 
naked  shield”  and  “how  his 
armor  doth  glitter,  like  sil- 
ver,” but  not  a mention  of  the 
mysterious  beast.  In  the  cen- 
ter of  the  city  they  came  to 
the  castle.  The  crowd  of  idle 
sightseers  gave  way  to  a 
great  throng  of  men-at-arms, 
knights,  squires. 

They  came  to  the  foot  of  a 
great  flight  of  steps. 

“That’s  it,”  Lancelot  said, 
with  resigned  conviction. 
“Just  let  me  fall  off  right  here. 
I’m  through." 

But  Alaric  had  spurred  his 
mount  forward,  just  as  a 
tall,  gray-headed  man,  with  a 
heavily  - lined,  strong  face, 
came  to  the  head  of  the  steps. 

“ Your  Majesty,”  the  squire 
cried  in  a high  but  quite  audi- 
ble voice.  “I  am  squire  to  this 
knight.  This  day  hath  he  slain 
Deorham  in  a great  battle. 
Whereupon,  and  without  stay 
for  rest,  hath  he  ridden  right 
speedily,  with  this  great  com- 
pany, to  offer  service  with 
thee  against  thine  enemy. 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


Your  Majesty,  this  is  Sir 
Lancelot!” 

The  Shogleet  could  hear  the 
great  gasp  which  ran  through 
the  crowd  at  this  awesome 
name.  Even  the  King  himself 
seemed  to  shrink  a little. 

“It  is,  indeed,  a great  hon- 
or,” he  said  uneasily,  “to  have 
such  a great  one  return  from 
the  shades  to  serve  in  our 
cause.  Dismount,  Sir  Lance- 
lot. Approach  and  be  welcom- 
ed to  our  presence.”  Lancelot 
crawled  wearily  fronvthe  sad- 
dle. He  stood  on  shaky  legs, 
looked  up  the  steps  and  began 
to  climb. 

But  the  Shogleet,  with  its 
razor-keen  senses,  had  caught 
something  highly  irregular. 
Alaric  had  gone  on,  to  keep 
one  pace  to  the  rear  of  Lance- 
lot, while  Ector  stayed  to  hold 
the  horse. 

“Ector!”  the  Shogleet  hiss- 
ed, becoming  part-visible  for 
the  purpose.  “See  you  that 
man  in  the  brown  jerkin  and 
the  cap  over  his  eyes,  there 
close  by  the  knight  in  the  fal- 
con shield?”  Ector  peered,  and 
nodded. 

“Mark  him.  Discover  what 
you  can.  When  the  moment  is 
ripe,  have  word  with  him.  and 
say  Lancelot  has  need  of  him. 
Have  him  come.” 

“And  if  he  will  not  come. 
Lord?” 

“Whisper  in  his  ear  this 
word.  It  is  a great  magic,  so 
forget  it  not.  The  word  is 
‘Galactopol.’  Hearing  it,  he 
will  come.” 


55 


IV 


ECTOR  repeated  the  word 
fearfully,  and  went  off 
with  the  horse.  The  Shogleet 
scurried  up  the  steps,  its  curi- 
osity-damping field  going  full 
blast.  Lancelot  was  wearily 
explaining  to  King  Cadman 
that  he  had  travelled  far  and 
fast,  and  that  all  he  wanted 
to  do,  right  then  and  there, 
was  to  rest. 

“They  must  be  made  of 
steel  and  leather,”  he  com- 
plained bitterly,  in  the  cham- 
ber that  had  been  assigned  to 
him,  as  Alaric  helped  him  un- 
buckle his  armor.  “Believe  it 
or  not,  but  that  crowd  down 
there  are  just  getting  set  for 
an  all-night  session.  Drinking, 
carousing  and  eating.  Moun- 
tains of  food.  Entertainers 
standing  by.  Women  all  over 
the  place.  Don’t  they  ever  get 
tired?”  The  squire  was  sent 
off  for  bread  and  wine  and  a 
bowl  of  hot  water,  and  the 
Shogleet  soon  had  Lancelot 
easier  in  body.  But  his  spirits 
were  well  down. 

“I’m  a flop  at  this  game,” 
he  gloomed.  “All  right,  I’ve 
turned  up  a dragon.  But  sup- 
pose I can’t  fight  it?  And  sup- 
pose I do?  I still  don’t  know 
what  the  emergency  is  all 
about,  and  I’ve  no  idea  how  to 
start  looking.  I’m  a duff,  I tell 
you.  Best  thing  I can  do  is  go 
back  to  Director  Hugard  and 
turn  in  my  badge.” 
“Patience,”  the  Shogleet 
counseled.  “I  think  Ector  may 
have  news  for  us.  Ah,  here 
he  is  now.” 

56 


ECTOR  had  found  his  man. 

Lancelot  looked,  indiffer- 
ently. 

“Who  might  you  be?”  he 
asked. 

“That’s  a good  question,” 
the  stranger  replied  crisply. 
“I  was  going  to  ask  the  same 
thing.  Who  the  hell  are  you? 
And  what’s  the  big  idea  of 
riding  around  in  that  fake 
chrome  - silicon  - steel  armor, 
hey?” 

“That’s  it,”  the  Shogleet 
nodded,  shimmering  into  full 
visibility.  “That’s  what  I 
heard  you  say,  down  there  by 
the  steps.”  The  man  in  brown 
stepped  back  carefully,  blinked 
a time  or  two  and  swallowed. 

“I  don’t  believe  it,”  he  said. 
“I  see  it.  I hear  it.  A little 
brown  pixy,  with  red  eyes, 
talking  Galactic.  But  I don’t 
believe  it.” 

“Hey!”  Lancelot  sat  up, 
painfully.  “That’s  a point,  too. 
You’re  talking  Galactic.  Who 
are  you,  anyway?” 

“He  is  obviously  a Galacto- 
pol  agent,”  the  Shogleet  said 
patiently.  “The  real  point  is, 
why  is  he  here?  Why  would 
they  send  two  agents?” 

“Two  agents?”  The  stran- 
ger stared,  then  pushed  his 
cap  back.  “I'm  beginning  to 
get  it,  I think.  Heard  of  you, 
haven’t  I?  Lancelot  Lake?” 
“That’s  right.  And  you?” 
“Oh,  I’m  just  a third-level 
sector  man.  Name’s  Alfred 
North.  Pass  myself  off  as  a 

' JOHN  RACKHAM 


journeyman  blacksmith  here. 
It’s  a living,  with  all  the  armor 
about.  That’s  how  I could  spot 
your  stuff.  Nothing  here  to 
even  scratch  that.  You’d  be  a 
pay-off  bet  in  a tourney.” 

“No  fear!”  Lancelot  said, 
hastily.  “I’ve  had  all  I want  of 
that.  But  what  is  this  all  a- 
bout?  What’s  the  emergency?” 
“It’s  a dilly,  all  right.” 
North  fished  out  a case,  of- 
fered it.  “Smoke?” 

“Thanks!”  Lancelot’s  eyes 
shone,  until  he  recalled  the 
squires.  “How  about  them, 
then?  Won’t  they  mind?” 
“It'll  scare  them,  but  they’ll 
write  it  off  as  magic.  That’s 
a handy  way  to  cover  up  any- 
thing you  don’t  understand. 
That’s  why  they  can  take  the 
dragon  so  easily.” 

“There  really  is  a dragon, 
then?” 

“But  surely.  You  mean  you 
didn’t  know?  It’s  had  me  stop- 
ped, I can  tell  you.  I was 
thinking  of  screaming  for  spe- 
cial aid.  How  come  you’re 
here,  if  you  don’t  know  about 
it?” 

“I  gues3  I’m  your  special 
aid.  I only  got  here  this  mor- 
ning, and  I can’t  seem  to  keep 
still  long  enough  to  find  out 
anything  that  makes  sense.” 
North  frowned,  then  shrug- 
ged resignedly.  “I  suppose  you 
special  boys  have  your  own 
methods.  Anyway,  I’d  say  you 
have  the  right  approach  in 
this  case.  We  usually  work 
under  cover,  but  this  one  isn't 
like  that  at  all.  When  the 


alarm  went  off,  I wasn’t  both- 
ered — ” 

“That  alarm,”  the  Shogleet 
interrupted.  “I  am  curious 
about  that.  Is  it  some  form 
of  automatic  device?” 

North  sighed.  “I  was  hop- 
ing you’d  go  away,  if  I didn’t 
pay  any  attention.-  Ah,  well.” 
He  inhaled  thoughtfully.  “You 
see,  when  these  planets  are 
colonized,  they  implant  the 
compatible  beliefs  as  a dogma. 
But,  just  to  take  care  of  any 
sports,  there’s  a ritual,  a form 
of  exorcism,  that  is  triggered 
off  by  any  major  change.  And 
that  fires  the  alarm.  Doesn’t 
happen  very  often.  It’s  usu- 
ally a gene-twist.  Some  kid 
gets  curious  about  the  stars 
up  there,  or  begins  to  fiddle 
about  with  experiments  in 
steam-pressure.  That  kind  of 
thing.  But  this  one  is  dif- 
ferent.” 

“A  real  dragon?”  Lancelot 
asked,  wide-eyed. 

64nnHAT  would  be  the  day,” 
A North  grinned.  Then  he 
sneaked  a look  at  the  Shogleet, 
and  his  grin  slipped  a little. 
“No,”  he  said,  stubbing  out 
his  smoke-tube.  “If  you  think 
back  a couple  of  hundred 
years,  when  they  were  terra- 
forming this  planet,  they  used 
machinery.  Big  stuff.  One  gad- 
get was  a combined  cultivator- 
harvester.  Thorium  powered, 
and  just  about  everlasting. 
They  used  hundreds  of  ’em. 
And  somebody  goofed.  One  got 
left  behind,  in  a cave  they 


THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


57 


were  using  for  storage  space. 
Now,  after  all  these  years,  one 
of  the  local  boys  has  found  it. 
He’s  using  it.” 

“Hold  on,”  Lancelot  object- 
ed. “He  wouldn’t  know  how.” 

“That’s  the  hell  of  it.  He 
wouldn’t  have  to;  I’ve  check- 
ed. The  thing  is  run  from  a 
mentrol  — a sort  of  head- 
band,  with  trimmings.  You 
put  it  on,  and  think  your  or- 
ders, like  ‘stop,’  ‘go,’  ‘right,’ 
‘left,’  ‘fast,’  and  ‘slow.’  And 
what  more  do  you  want?  The 
way  I figure  it,  somebody  must 
have  found  the  mentrol  and 
tried  it  on  for  size,  and  that 
started  the  whole  thing  off.” 

“Yeeow!”  Lancelot  gasped. 
“He  must  have  had  the  hell 
of  a fright  when  it  came  rum- 
bling out  of  its  cave.  But  it 
all  fits.  The  way  they  lap  up 
magic  here,  it  wouldn’t  be  any 
trouble  for  them  to  spot  that 
whoever  wears  the  mentrol 
controls  the  beast.  Which  is 
right,  anyway.  Who  owns  it 
now?” 

“That's  Sir  Brian  de  Boyce. 
Next  to  old  Cadman,  he’s  the 
big  boy  in  these  parts.  The 
way  I heard  it,  one  of  his 
freemen  found  the  mentrol,  so 
Sir  Brian  eliminated  him,  and 
took  charge.  And  it’s  ruining 
the  economy.  There  isn’t  a 
peasant  in  miles  who’s  put  his 
back  into  his  job  in  months. 
I’m  stymied.  I’m  only  a free- 
man here.  I can’t  just  charge 
in  and  tell  Sir  Brian  what  to 
do.  But  you  can.  You’re  a 
knight.” 

58 


“That’s  all  right,”  Lancelot 
mused,  “but  how  do  I get  it 
from  him?” 

“You’ll  fight  him  for  it,  of 
course.”  Lancelot  fell  back. 

“Oh,  no ! I’m  not  having  any 
more  of  that,”  he  groaned. 
“You  didn’t  see  what  Deor- 
ham  did  to  me.  I can  show  you 
the  bruises  — ” 

“Come  off  it.”  Noah  was 
curt.  “If  you  took  a stroll 
down  to  the  main  hall  right 
now,  you’d  find  that  they’re 
working  out  the  list  for  the  big 
fight,  in  the  morning.  No,  not 
against  Bors  and  his  boys. 
Against  each  other.” 

“Eh?  What  for?” 

“It’s  the  culture  pattern. 
Trial  by  combat.  Knights  fight 
for  rank,  prestige.  Cadman 
wouldn’t  dream  of  leading  a 
field  of  knights  unless  they 
had  all  been  graded  by  prow- 
ess. That’s  how  it’s  done.  The 
winners  qualify;  the  losers 
flunk  out.  I’ll  bet  you  there’s 
a dozen  down  there  right  now, 
just  aching  to  have  a crack 
at  you.  You  can  call  yourself 
Sir  Lancelot.  But  they’ll  want 
you  to  prove  it.  And  you  can’t 
refuse,  either;  if  you  chicken 
out,  your  name  will  smell. 
Even  a serf  will  spit  on  you.” 
“Oh  lord !”  Lancelot  sat  up, 
jmd  r»nt  his  head  in  his  hands. 
“I  wish  I’d  never  seen  this 
place.  What  the  hell  am  I go- 
ing to  do?” 

“Your  best  bet  is  to  lash  out 
with  a challenge  to  Sir  Brian, 
rio'ht  away.  If  you’re  lucky, 
and  he’s  free  to  take  you  on, 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


then  all  you  have  to  do  is  chop 
him  down,  and  you’re  top  man 
— and  the  mentrol  is  yours. 
You’d  better  be  quick.  The 
competition  is  fierce.” 


1MTASQUERADING  as  a 
■L*-!-  horse  again,  the  Shogleet 
carried  Lancelot  through  the 
busy  streets,  early  the  next 
morning.  It  was  of  the  opinion 
that  Lancelot  had  been  rea- 


sonably fortunate.  He  had 
drawn  one  strange  knight 
from  the  far  west,  called 
Gnut,  an  unknown  about 
whom  fantastic  stories  were 


rife. 


“Discounting  the  tales,”  it 
argued,  “for  these  people  have 
only  the  vaguest  ideas  of  accu- 
racy, you  are  fortunate.  You 
will  defeat  Gnut,  then  Sir 


Brian,  and  the  mentrol  will 
be  yours.” 

Lancelot  refused  to  be  cheer- 


ed. “I’m  sick  of  this  knight 
business,”  he  muttered.  “I 
spend  all  my  time  in  this 
blasted  metal  strait- jacket, 


jogging  my  guts  out  on  a 
horse,  people  bashing  me 
about.  Now  I’ve  got  to  fight  a 
couple  of  guys  I’ve  never  seen 
before.  And  if  I win  what  hap- 
pens? Every  knight  for  miles 
around  will  be  waiting  to  have 
a bash  at  me  to  show  how  good 
he  is.  And  they  talk  about 
competition  in  a dynamic  cul- 
ture! They  don’t  know  what 
they’re  talking  about.” 

They  were  turning  the  cor- 
ner, by  a high-roofed  house. 
The  Shogleet  was  pondering 


on  the  unspoken  implication 
in  Lancelot’s  words.  He  was 
actually  so  low  in  spirit  as  to 
entertain  the  thought  that  he 
might  not  win!  Then  there 
came  a gentle  hail  from  the 
balcony,  and  a gay-colored 
scrap  of  silk  fluttered  through 
the  sunlight,  to  catch  on  the 
tip  of  Lancelot’s  lance. 

“Tis  a troth.  Lord,”  Alaric 
said.  “Wouldst  have  me  seek 
out  its  owner?”  Then  he  ex- 
plained, as  Lancelot  was  com- 
pletely fogged.  He  would  enter 
the  house  find  out  who  had 
tossed  the  silk,  ask  for  her 
glove,  and  Lancelot  would  car- 
ry it  into  battle.  “An  thou  art 
victorious,  Lord,  the  hand 
which  fits  the  glove  is  thine. 
It  is  the  custom.” 

“But  I’ve  got  six  wives, 
now!” 

“What  of  that?”  Alaric  de- 
manded. “Who  knoweth  what 
treasures  may  hap,  today?  I 
know  not  of  Gnut,  but  Sir 
Brian  is  a wonderly  rich  man 
— and  all  can  be  thine.” 
“Good  grief!”  Lancelot 
shuddered.  “Doesn’t  a man 
ever  settle  down  with  just  one 
wife  here?” 

“To  wed,  thou  meanest? 
Marry,  that  is  a different  mat- 
ter. That  is  the  way  of  a man 
who  is  old,  and  would  put  an 
end  to  glory  and  adventure.” 
“Precious  few  of  these  lads 
will  live  so  long,”  Lancelot 
mumbled.  “The  way  they  go 
at  it.  What  do  you  call  ‘old’?” 
Alaric  frowned.  “I  can  but 
guess,  sire.  A great  many 


THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


59 


years,  certainly.  As  many  as 
thirty." 

The  Shogleet  was  amused 
by  Lancelot’s  sudden  silence. 
It  knew  he  was  thirty-three. 
But  there  was  food  for 
thought,  too.  If  it  was  rare  for 
a knight  to  live  longer  than 
thirty  years,  then  this  would 
be  a self-control  mechanism 
tjo  keep  down  the  numbers  of 
the  non-productive  to  within 
the  capacity  of  an  agricultural 
community.  Knighthood,  it 
seemed,  served  the  multiple 
function  of  entertainment, 
hazard,  prestige  and  the  skim- 
ming off  of  the  restless  few. 

But  the  wives  were  an  en- 
igma. The  Shogleet  determine 
ed  to  question  North  at  the 
first  opportunity. 

THE  tournament  field  was 
riot  of  color.  Gay  streamers 
flirted  with  the  breeze  from 
the  pavilions  at  either  end. 
Each  pennant  was  a knight. 
Tabarded  heralds  carried  ros- 
ters. The  chattering  populace 
was  accommodated  on  rude 
plank  seats  along  either  length 
of  the  field.  In  the  privileged 
center  of  one  side  was  the 
royal  stand,  thick  with  drapes. 

Alaric  was  kept  busy  point- 
ing out  the  various  celebrities, 
reeling  off  their  reputations, 
their  possessions,  their  pedi- 
grees, until  even  the  Shogleet 
marvelled  a little  at  such  a 
memory.  Then  the  boy  saw  Sir 
Brian’s  pennant.  He  indicated 
it. 

“His  lands  are  the  most  spa- 

60 


cious  in  Brython,  second  only 
to  the  King.  Vast  herds,  great 
forests  and  three  castles.”  _ 

“How  many  wives?" 

“As  I heard  it  last,  sire, 
eleven.” 

“Oh,  great!"  Lancelot  sag- 
ged. “That’s  a hell  of  an  in- 
centive to  win.  But  if  I don’t 
kill  him,  then  he’ll  kill  me!" 

Bugles  rent  the  chatter,  and 
set  the  pennants  rising  and 
falling.  The  contest  began. 
Lancelot  watched  gloomily. 

“Look  at  that!"  he  mutter- 
ed to  the  Shogleet.  “Ton  and 
a half  of  raving  insanity,  trav- 
elling at  about  thirty  miles  an 
hour.  Double  it,  because  the 
other  lunatic  is  doing  the 
same.  No  wonder  they  count 
you  out  if  you  fall.  By  the 
time  you  stop  that  with  your 
belly  and  fall  about  five  feet 
onto  hard  ground,  plus  all  the 
hardware,  it’s  no  wonder  they 
don’t  get  up  to  argue.” 

The  pennants  rose  and  fell. 
Trumpets  blared.  Brass-lung- 
ed heralds  told  the  tally  of 
victor  and  vanquished.  Then 
up  went  a barred  black  pen- 
nant, with  a gold  spot.  A her- 
ald roared. 

“Sir  Gnut,  of  the  Westland 
. . . to  meet  Sir  Lancelot!” 

Alaric  broke  out  a pure 
white  pennant,  and  the  chal- 
lenge was  shouted  back. 

“Sir  Lancelot  to  meet  Sir 
Gnut!" 

The  great  surf-roar  of  the 
crowd  was  stilled  as  that  fab- 
ulous name  spread  from  lip  to 
lip.  Lancelot  settled  himself  in 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


the  saddle,  and  put  out  a hand 
for  the  lance  which  Alaric 
held  ready.  But  the  Shogleet 
had  already  spotted  Gnut,  at 
the  other  end.  A smallish  man, 
in  all-black  mail,  on  a small, 
wiry  stallion,  he  looked  fast. 

“Leave  the  lance,”  it  order- 
ed. “Prepare  to  use  your 
sword.”  It  cantered  on  to  the 
field  before  Lancelot  could  ar- 
gue “Now  sit  firm.  Fend  off 
his  point  with  your  shield, 
then  cut  him  down  with  your 
sword.” 

“Who,  me?”  Lancelot  chat- 
tered. “How  the  blazes  can  I, 
with  you  bouncing  me  about 
like  that?”  A great  yell  went 
up  from  the  crowd  as  the  gal- 
lant knight  flung  his  arms 
about  the  neck  of  his  steed  to 
keep  from  falling  off. 

The  Shogleet  halted.  The 
warden’s  flag  fell.  Sir  Gnut 
went  into  his  gallop  at  once, 
head  well  down,  crouching 
over  his  crouched  lance.  Lan- 
celot fumbled  for  his  sword. 
The  Shogleet  braced  itself. 
Lance  met  shield  with  a rend- 
ing crash,  and  splintered  into 
matchwood.  The  Shogleet 
pranced  backward  and  round, 
to  keep  Lancelot  in  the  saddle. 
Gnut  was  equally  nimble,  toss- 
ing away  the  ruined  lance  and 
whipping  out  his  blade.  In  and 
out  like  a snake,  he  battered 
Lancelot,  again  and  again, 
rocking  him  in  his  saddle  until 
he  was  good  and  angry. 

“All  right!”  he  roared.  “You 
asked  for  it!”  And  he  stood 
in  his  stirrups,  waiting  for  the 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


black  knight  to  charge  in  just 
once  more.  Then  the  Shogleet 
felt  him  slash  down,  viciously 
. . . and  there  was  a shocked 
Aaah!  from  the  crowd. 

“Serve  him  right,”  Lance- 
lot growled  as  they  trotted 
from  the  field,  and  the  serfs 
ran  on  to  carry  off  the  sliced 
remains  of  Sir  Gnut.  “Let’s 
hope  that  made  Sir  Brian  stop 
and  think  a bit.” 

V 

BACK  in  his  tent  there  was 
a surprise  waiting  for 
Lancelot. 

The  Shogleet,  poking  its 
horse-head  through  the  tent 
flap,  saw  a slim,  girlish  fig- 
ure, with  her  glossy  gold  hair 
done  in  gleaming  braids  about 
her  head.  This  was  the  young- 
est female  it  had  seen.  It  stud- 
ied her  with  great  interest. 
Her  complexion  was  curiously 
translucent,  so  that  the  flush 
of  blood  in  her  cheek  was 
clearly  visible.  And  her  voice 
was  soft  and  low,  as  she  greet- 
ed Lancelot.  Alaric,  as  usual, 
was  on  hand  with  explana- 
tions. 

“This  is  the  Lady  Jessica, 
sire.  She  who  threw  thee  the 
silk  which  thou  accepted.” 

“I  pray,”  she  said,  softly, 
“that  thou’rt  willing  to  ac- 
cept my  glove  as  a gage,  Sir 
Knight.”  Timidly  she  held  out 
a slim  hand.  Lancelot  took  it 
as  if  it  was  an  eggshell.  The 
Shogleet  was  completely  baf- 
fled by  his  beet-red  face  and 

61 


the  glazed  look  in  his  eye.  This 
was  a side  to  Lancelot  that  it 
had  not  seen  before. 

The  Lady  Jessica  had  to 
stand  on  tiptoe  to  put  her  face 
to  Lancelot's.  Then  she  went 
even  more  red  in  the  face,  and 
whispered,  “I  pray  that  thou 
wilt  be  triumphant,  Sir 
Knight  — for  my  sake!” 

Then  she  was  gone,  leaving 
Lancelot  staring  into  vacancy 
and  rubbing  his  cheek.  North 
pushed  his  way  into  the  tent, 
grinning. 

“Nice  work,  Lake,”  he  said. 
“Not  much  style,  but  you 
chopped  him  down  quick.” 

“Here  — ” Lancelot  said, 
abstractedly.  “Something  I 
wanted  to  ask  you.  This  busi- 
ness about  wives.  I mean,  I 
won  six  from  Deorham.  Lord 
knows  how  many  Gnut  had, 
but  Sir  Brian  has  eleven. 
What  do  I do  with  all  them?” 

“Ah!”  North  chuckled. 
“You’re  a bit  mixed,  there. 
The  word  should  rightly  be 
‘housewives.’  They’re  a kind 
of  high-class  servant.  When 
you  think  about  it,  there  isn’t 
much  else  a high-born  lady 
can  do,  except  run  the  domes- 
tic side,  while  the  menfolk 
are  busy  battling.  They  have 
their  duties,  you  see,  like 
keeping  track  of  the  hired 
help,  tending  to  the  kitchen, 
the  bedchamber,  the  linen  — 
that  sort  of  thing.  They  tend 
to  the  man  of  the  house,  too, 
of  course,  and  entertain  his 
guests.  But  they’re  strictly 
property.  No  need  to  be  both- 

62 


ered,  if  that's  what  you’re 
worried  about.” 

Lancelot’s  face  went  red 
again.  “So  there  isn’t  any  reg- 
ular getting  married  and  set- 
tling down,  then?” 

“Oh,  sure,  but  that’s  a dif- 
ferent thing.  For  the  knight 
who  is  past  his  prime  and 
wants  to  settle  down.  Retire. 
You  know.  He  usually  selects 
some  old  place  out  in  the 
sticks,  turns  in  the  rest  of  his 
property  to  the  King,  to  be  a 
prize  for  some  contender,  and 
settles  in  to  raise  a family. 
More  squires  and  ladies,  and 
the  whole  thing  starts  all  over 
again.  Not  many  get  that  far. 
It’s  too  dull  for  them.  Why?” 
Lancelot  was  saved  his 
stammering  explanation  by 
the  sound  of  a herald  from  the 
field.  Sir  Brian’s  pennant  had 
gone  up. 

“Take  the  lance  this  time,” 
the  Shogleet  decided,  studying 
Sir  Brian. 

“Good  grief!”  Lancelot  had 
been  looking,  too.  “See  the  size 
of  him!  No  wonder  he’s  the 
top  man  in  these  parts.  He’s 
going  to  take  a bit  of  knocking 
out.” 

The  Shogleet  pricked  up  its 
ears  at  the  sudden  change  in 
Lancelot’s  tone,  but  it  had 
more  urgent  matters  to  con- 
sider. “Couch  your  lance  firm- 
ly,” it  advised.  “Aim  for  his 
midriff.”  The  flag  fell.  They 
began  to  go  forward,  from  a 
canter  into  a gallop,  Lancelot 
manfully  sitting  forward  and 
forgetting  to  complain.  The 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


mighty  Sir  Brian  thundered 
toward  them,  his  lance  glitter- 
ing in  the  sun.  At  the  very 
moment  of  impact,  the  Shog- 
leet  stiffened,  rearing  on  its 
haunches  to  keep  Lancelot  in 
the  saddle.  There  was  a deaf- 
ening double  clang  from  the 
shields,  a wheeze  from  Lance- 
lot as  the  wind  was  punched 
out  of  him,  the  screech  of  tor- 
tured metal  and  a gruesome 
gargle  from  Sir  Brian. 

Then,  despite  all  the  Shog- 
leet  could  do,  it  felt  Lancelot 
lifted  and  dragged  from  the 
saddle. 

SKIDDING  furiously  to  a 
stop,  it  wheeled  to  look. 
There  was  Lancelot,  on  foot, 
dazedly  clutching  the  haft  of 
the  lance.  The  other  end,  with 
its  razor  tip,  had  stabbed 
through  Sir  Brian’s  shield,  his 
armor  and  Sir  Brian  himself, 
and  stuck  out  a hand’s  breadth 
on  the  far  side. 

With  a grunting  effort,  Lan- 
celot tore  the  lance  free.  He 
staggered  back  as  the  Shogleet 
cantered  up,  to  kneel  so  that 
he  csould  remount.  The  crowd 
was  stunned  into  momentary 
silence.  Then  it  went  wild. 

Even  King  Cadman  looked 
shaken,  as  they  cantered  pa^t 
the  royal  stand  for  the  salute 
and  accolade.  Back  in  the  tent, 
Lancelot  eased  himself  out  of 
his  helmet  and  sat. 

“That’s  me,”  he  said  flatly. 
“I’m  through,  done,  finished.” 
North  pushed  through  the 
tent-flap  just  in  time  to  dis- 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


agree  with  the  last  word. 

“There's  still  the  dragon,” 
he  said.  “That  shouldn’t  be 
too  hard,  now  that  you've  won 
the  mentrol.  Nice  bout,  that 
was.  Just  as  well  you’re  not 
staying  in  these  parts.  The 
rest  of  the  boys  don’t  stand  a 
chance  against  you.” 

“It’s  the  superior  metal, 
of  course,”  the  Shogleet  com- 
mented, poking  itsJhorsehead 
into  the  tent.  North  jumped  a 
clear  foot  off  the  ground, 
knocking  his  head  on  the 
wooden  spar  of  the  tent. 

“Talking  horses,  now,”  he 
breathed.  “Is  this  routine 
equipment  for  you  Prime  G- 
men?” 

“Forget  that,”  Lancelot 
snapped.  “What  about  this 
dragon?  Let’s  get  it  over  with, 
and  we’ll  see  whether  I’m 
staying  here  or  not.” 

North  eyed  him  thoughtful- 
ly. “I  suggest  you  play  it  this 
way.  There  should  be  a coffee- 
break,  soon.  You  get  an  audi- 
ence with  Cadman.  Tell  him 
this  dragon  is  a great  evil. 
You’ve  come  to  kill  it  and, 
once  done,  you'll  return  to  the 
shades.  That  way,  everybody’ll 
be  shut  up.  All  right?” 
“Sounds  simple  enough.  But 
tan  I kill  the  thing?” 

“I'll  fix  that,”  North  said 
briskly,  “once  I have  the  men- 
trol.” He  glanced  out  of  the 
tent  and  chuckled.  “Here  they 
come  now.” 

“Who?” 

“Sir  Brian’s  crowd.  His 
lieges,  turning  themselves  in. 


63 


You  want  the  lad  with  the 
gadget.  Never  mind  the  rest.” 

“Suppose . . said  Lancelot, 
in  a tone  that  made  the  Shog- 
feet  prick  up  its  ears  at  once. 
“Suppose  I was  staying  here, 
and  I didn’t  want  all  these 
retainers  hanging  about  — 
what’s  the  routine  proced- 
ure?” 

“Nothing  to  it.”  North  gave 
him  that  thoughtful  look 
again.  “You  just  manumit 
them.  Give  ’em  their  freedom. 
They’ll  just  go  off  and  sign 
up  with  somebody  else.  It’s 
not  wise,  though,  because  you 
couldn’t  run  an  estate  without 
staff,  and  they  work  for  their 
keep.” 

“That’s  a point,”  Lancelot 
admitted.  He  went  to  receive 
his  spoils  with  a pensive  air. 

Late  that  afternoon,  with 
the  awed  populace  keeping  a 
safe  distance,  the  Shogleet 
bore  Lancelot,  following  North 
who  was  on  foot,  to  the  mead- 
ow where  the  monster  “slept.” 
North  had  the  mentrol  in  his 
hand. 

“This  shouldn’t  be  any 
trouble,”  he  said.  “A  bit  of 
expert  sabotage,  and  it  will  be 
all  over.  There  she  is,  folks.” 

IT  was  easy  to  see  why  the 
peasants  had  dubbed  it  a 
dragon.  Its  sectioned  body,  all 
of  fifty  feet  long,  hugged  the 
ground,  rising  to  a twenty- 
foot  high  hump  in  front. 
There  a single  head-lamp  grave 
it  a one-eyed,  evil  look. 

“That  front  scoop,”  North 

64 


explained,  “can  be  set  to  any 
level  you  like,  and  there  are 
controls  which  can  be  adjusted 
so  that  the  stuff  is  processed, 
inside.  Got  a rudimentary 
‘brain’  — enough  to  identify 
and  reject  organic  matter 
that’s  still  alive.  It  wouldn’t 
touch  a man,  even  if  you  tried 
to  make  it.  Not  that  any  of  the 
locals  would  have  the  nerve 
to  chance  it.  Nor  do  I blame 
them.  Incidentally,  it  proc- 
esses wastes  and  makes  its 
own  bags  and  fertilizer,  all  in 
one  operation.  That’s  not  do- 
ing the  economy  any  good, 
either,  believe  me.  I’ve  been 
stuck  because  I couldn’t  lay 
my  hands  on  this  little  gadget. 
But  now  I have  it,  I know 
that  it’s  immobile.  Nothing 
can  happen  until  I put  it  on 
my  head.  Come  on.” 

. But  the  Shogleet  had  other 
idcES 

“Lancelot,”  it  said.  “You 
had  better  go  back.  Warn  the 
audience  not  to  come  too  near. 
And  there  is  someone  you 
would  wish  to  see,  I think?” 

“That’s  right.”  Lancelot 
slid  down  eagerly,  and  went 
clanking  back. 

“You’re  a smart  animal,” 
North  said,  shrewdly.  “What’s 
on  your  mind?” 

“Answer  me  a question, 
first.  I gather  that  there  is 
a sort  of  personal  polarity,  an 
attraction  and  an  attachment 
between  humans  of  opposite 
sexes,  if  certain  other  factors 
are  favorable.  It  involves  such 
activities  as  marrying,  set- 

JOHN  RACKHAM 


tling  down,  raising  a family 
— all  of  which  are  concepts 
which  I do  not  quite  under- 
stand. But  I believe  such  re- 
lationships are  not  amenable 
to  reason.  Yes?” 

“If  you  mean  that  there’s 
neither  sense  nor  reason  in  a 
guy  who’s  in  love,  that’s  dead 
right,”  North  chuckled.  “Love 
makes  a fool  of  a man.  There’s 
never  been  a cure  for  it  yet.” 
“That  is  what  I thought. 
Thank  you.  Now,  it  is  not 
enough  that  the  dragon  be 
destroyed.  It  must  be  seen  to 
be  destroyed.  Impressively.” 
“It’s  a good  point.  What’s 
on  your  mind?” 

The  Shogleet  proceeded  to 
tell  him,  in  rapid,  explicit  de- 
tail. North’s  eyes  widened. 

“I  can  do  it,  sure,  if  that’-s 
the  way  you  want  it.  I hope 
you  know  what  you’re  doing, 
that's  all.” 

He  hurried  off  across  the 
meadow,  to  disappear  into  the 
gaping  jaws  of  the  cultivator. 
Lancelot  came,  clanking  back. 
He  had  already  mounted  by 
the  time  North  returned. 

“Let’s  get  it  over  with,”  he 
said  impatiently,  dropping  his 
visor.  “I  might  as  well  tell 
you  that,  as  soon  as  I’ve  fin- 
ished with  this  thing,  I’m  re- 
tiring from  Galactopol.  I’m 
through.  Now,  what  do  I do?” 
“It’s  all  fixed,”  North  said 
dryly.  “I’ll  get  well  clear,  then 
I’ll  put  this  on  and  make  it 
look  as  if  you  two  are  battling. 
When  you’ve  had  enough,  you 
bash  it  with  your  sword.” 

THE  STAINLESS  STEEL  KNIGHT 


“Fat  lot  of  good  that’s  go-  . 
ing  to  do !” 

“I  told  you,  it’s  all  fixed. 
Keep  an  eye  out  for  a yellow 
danger-plate.  It’s  marked 
‘DRIVE  - UNIT  SAFETY 
COVER.'  Just  hit  that.  That’s 
all.” 

The  Shogleet  broke  into  a 
gentle  canter.  Lancelot  drew 
his  sword.  The  long,  gleaming 
machine  suddenly  broke  into 
loud  and  grumbling  life,  its 
great  jaws  agape.  With  a 
growl  of  gears,  it  moved  and 
swung  its  great  head  round, 
like  a humped  serpent  seeking 
prey.  Then  the  headlight  lit 
up,  sending  out  a bright  beam. 

“You  know,”  Lancelot  jerk- 
ed, as  the  Shogleet  swerved 
to  chase  the  lumbering  ma- 
chine, “this  isn’t  such  a bad 
place,  after  all.  I mean,  once 
you  get  away  from  this  armor- 
plated  business.  I think  I’ll 
retire.  I own  all  Sir  Brian’s 
lands  now.  I could  settle  down, 
take  life  easy — ” 

“But  you  are  a Prime  G- 
man,  Lancelot.  It  is  your  duty 
to  return  to  Headquarter’s 
and  report  the  successful  com- 
pletion of  your  mission.” 

“North  will  take  care  of 
that  for  me.” 

“But  you  don’t  really  belong 
here.” 

“What’s  that  got  to  do  with 
it?  It’s  a free  country,  isn’t 
it?”  Lancelot  waved  his  sword 
valiantly,  and  the  Shogleet 
swerved  suddenly,  so  that  the 
tip  of  the  blade  struck  the 
yellow  panel. 

65 


THE  bang  was  enough  to 
impress  even  the  Shogleet. 
It  was  very  busy,  for  a few 
fractionated  seconds,  warding 
off  blast,  radiation  and  chunks 
of  flying  debris.  Then  there 
was  a ringing  silence.  In  a 
thick  haze  of  settling  dust,  it 
turned,  scrambled  up  out  of 
the  hole  and  crept  over  the 
torn  and  ruptured  earth  to 
where  North  was  peering, 
open-mouthed,  from  a shelter- 
ing bankside.  Of  the  Brythons 
there  was  nothing  to  be  seen 
but  the  puffs  of  dust  from 
their  flying  heels. 

“You  look  all  right,”  North 
gasped,  “but  what  about  him?” 
“He  is  stunned,  and  in  tem- 
porary fugue.  It  will  pass.  If 
you  would  hang  the  mentrol 
on  my  saddle,  we  will  be  leav- 
ing. You  can  clear  up  the  odd 
details?” 

“Sure,  I can  handle  those. 
You’re  leaving  right  now?” 
“I  think  it  would  be  wise. 


Lancelot  seems  to  have  formed 
one  of  those  attachments,  for 
a certain  young  lady.  He  in- 
tended to  remain  here  per- 
manently. That  would  have 
been  unwise,  I understand?” 

“Dead  right,”  North  grin- 
ned, but  there  were  grim  un- 
dertones. “With  what  he’s  got, 
and  you  along,  he  would  be 
‘Change’  in  a big  way.  That 
wouldn’t  do.  I’d  have  to  inter- 
fere. And  that  might  be 
nasty.” 

“Yes,  that  is  what  I thought. 
It  is  better  this  way.” 

“Just  what  are  you,  any- 
way — a sort  of  guardian 
angel?” 

“You  might  say  that,  yes,” 
the  Shogleet  nodded,  and  set 
off  to  gallop  the  long  trail, 
back  to  the  ship. 

But  it  was  still  curious.  It 
wondered  just  what  Director 
Hugard  would  say  when  Lan- 
celot got  back. 

END 


Kangaroo  Quiz 

This  is  a quiz  with  something  in  its  pocket.  Try  the  prob* 
lem  below,  then  hop  to  p.  108  for  the  answer.  There  you’ll 
find  some  surprising  information  about  the  quiz  — and  about 
you . 

o o o 

o o o 

o o o 

Problem:  Without  raising  your  pencil  from  the  paper,  con* 

nect  all  the  above  points  with  four  straight  lines. 

66  JOHN  RACKHAM 


IF • Short  Story 


I 

HATED  TO  SEE 
THAT  FELLOW 
KIDNAP  OUR  GIRLS, 
STEAL  OUR  MONEY, 
WRECK  OUR  HOMES 
— IT  WAS  ALL 
I COULD  DO  TO  KEEP 
FROM  SCOLDING 
HIM  ABOUT 
IT 

DOORMAT  WORLD 

by  j.  t.  McIntosh 


After  w a t c h i n g the 
stranger  drag  Rosie  Ash- 
win  the  length  of  Main  Street, 
screaming  her  head  off,  Bill 
Garland,  the  town’s  Law  En- 
forcement Officer,  turned  to 
his  cronies  and  said : “Did  you 
see  that?  I don’t  mind  telling 
you,  it  was  all  I could  do  to 
stop  myself  going  right  out 
there  in  the  street  and  telling 
the  stranger  to  let  Rosie 
alone!” 


68 


“He  doesn’t  mean  any 
harm,”  said  Taft  Barker  un- 
easily. There  were  still  a lot 
of  people  in  Winsafton  who 
preferred  to  ascribe  anything 
the  stranger  did  to  mere  ex- 
uberance. 

“Sooner  or  later,  Bill  Gar- 
land,” said  Sam  Basch,  who 
didn’t,  “you’re  going  to  have 
to  do  something  about  that 
guy.  You’re  the  LEO.” 

Garland  pretended  not  to 
hear  that. 

The  stranger  had  Winsaf- 
ton pretty  near  the  end  of  its 
tether.  Gradually  he  had 
taken  complete  control  of  the 
town.  Now  he  seemed  to  spend 
most  of  his  time  thinking  up 
new,  more  capricious,  more 
outrageous  ways  of  exercis- 
ing his  power. 

The  stranger  had  a perfect- 
ly good  name,  Ed  Ramsay, 
but  nobody  in  Winsafton  ever 
used  it  except  to  his  face. 
“Stranger”  meant  “colonist” 
these  days.  There  were  seldom 
enough  colonists  around  for  it 
to  be  necessary  to  specify  the 
one  you  meant. 

Few  colonists  returned  to 
Earth.  When  they  did  they 
usually  came  to  some  town 
where  they  had  family  ties, 
where  cousins,  uncles,  aunts, 
nephews  and  nieces  still  lived. 
But  the  stranger  apparently 
had  no  connections  on  Earth, 
certainly  not  in  Winsafton. 
Every  day  a dozen  people 
asked  resentfully:  “What  did 
he  have  to  come  here  for,  any- 
way?” It  must  have  been  a 

OOORMAT  WORLD 


rhetorical  question.  There  was 
never  any  answer. 

At  first  he  merely  pushed 
people  around  the  way  re- 
turned colonists  always  did. 
When  he  began  to  realize  just 
how  push-aroundable  the  peo- 
ple of  Winsafton  were,  how- 
ever, he  began  to  make  his 
early  behavior  look  like  old- 
fashioned  gallantry. 

He  picked  on  the  best  house 
in  Winsafton,  the  Goodman 
place,  and  just  moved  in.  Well, 
what  could  the  Goodmans  do? 
They  could  hardly  throw  him 
out  bodily.  They  just  had  to 
put  up  with  him.  And  at  first 
everybody  but  the  Goodmans 
snickered  and  said  it  served 
the  Goodmans  right  for  hav- 
ing the  showiest  plaee  in 
town. 

People  snickered  even  more 
when  it  became  known,  as 
such  tilings  always  become 
known  in  nothing  flat,  that 
the  stranger  had  pulled  Sally 
Goodman  into  his  bedroom  one 
night  and  kept  the  door  lock- 
ed until  next  morning. 

There  was  no  jealous  lover 
to  get  mad  about  it.  Sally  was 
well  on  in  her  thirties  and 
hadn’t  been  pretty  even  at 
eighteen.  It  seemed  a good 
joke  on  the  Goodmans  that  the 
stranger  had  not  only  elected 
to  use  their  house  as  his  own 
but  also  regarded  their  daugh- 
ter as  part  of  the  furnishings. 

THEY  stopped  snickering 
when  the  stranger  casually 
tossed  Sally  aside  and  started 

69 


helping  himself  to  any  pretty 
women  who  caught  his  eye. 
And  to  anything  else  he  fan- 
cied. After  all,  you  never  knew 
it  wouldn’t  be  your  own  wife 
next.  Or  it  might  even  be  your 
car  or  your  house. 

It  was  Hank  Hawk’s  new 
Chrysler  that  the  stranger 
eventually  took,  only  two 
hours  after  dragging  Rosie 
Ashwin  into  his  lair  at  the 
Goodman  place  and  slamming 
the  door.  Hawk’s  complaints 
to  the  Law  Enforcement  Offi- 
cer were  bitter. 

“Well,  we  don’t  want  to  go 
off  half-cocked  about  this, 
Hank,”  said  the  LEO  cau- 
tiously. “Maybe  he’s  only  bor- 
rowed your  car.” 

“I  didn't  say  he  could  bor- 
row it.  He  stole  it.” 

“Now,  you  can’t  go  around 
saying  things  like  that.  Hank, 
even  about  a stranger.  He  nev- 
er even  spoke  to  you,  did  he? 
So  maybe  he  thought  you 
wouldn’t  mind.” 

“I  want  my  car  back !”  said 
Hank  obstinately. 

“Then  why  don’t  you  just 
take  it  back?” 

,“How  can  I do  that?  The 
stranger  knocked  Bob  Good- 
man all  the  way  downstairs 
once,  when  he’d  ordered  fried 
chicken  for  dinner  and  got 
steak  instead.  I doift  want  to 
take  any  chances.  I don’t  see 
why  I should.  You’re  the  Law 
Enforcement  Officer,  not  me.” 
“Sure,  Hank,”  said  Garland 
soothingly,  “but  I can’t  do  a 
thing  until  I know  a law’s 

70 


been  broken.  As  of  now,  all  I 
know  is,  the  stranger  borrow- 
ed your  Chrysler.  That  ain’t 
against  the  law.” 

“I  want  my  car  back !”  Hank 

Qrrpamprf 

“Then  take  it  back,  Hank.” 
“You’re  scared  of  the  stran- 
ger,” Hank  said  bitterly. 

“Now,  there’s  no  call  to  be 
abusive.  Hank.  Run  along 
now,  and  come  to  me  when 
you  have  a genuine  complaint.” 
Hank  raised  his  fists  to 
heaven  in  frustration. 

IN  this  way  the  LEO  man- 
aged for  a long  time  to  do 
nothing  whatever  about  the 
stranger  and  his  actions.  How- 
ever, as  time  went  on,  Gar- 
•and  became  uneasily  conscious 
that  sooner  or  later  he  might 
be  forced  to  speak  severely  to 
the  stranger.  This  he  was  re- 
luctant to  do.  The  stranger 
was  all  too  liable  to  spit  to- 
bacco juice  at  him.  It  wasn’t 
good  for  a LEO’s  prestige  and 
authority  to  have  tobacco  juice 
spat  at  him. 

Yet  more  and  more  people 
were  starting  to  talk  like 
Hank  Hawk.  There  was,  for 
example,  the  storekeeper  who 
said  the  stranger  now  owed 
$3,216.58  and  had  shown  nei- 
ther inclination  nor  ability  to 
pay  a cent.  There  was  Wesley 
Coleman,  who  bumped  into  the 
stranger  as  Coleman  emerged 
from  his  own  front  gate.  The 
stranger  immediately  threw 
stones  at  Coleman’s  house, 
breaking  every  single  front 

j.  t.  McIntosh 


window.  There  was  the  truck 
driver  who  was  unable  to  pre- 
vent the  stranger  denting 
Hank  Hawk's  Chrysler  against 
his  truck.  The  stranger  not 
only  knocked  the  truck  driver 
down,  he  found  a can  of  yel- 
low paint  on  the  truck,  tore 
the  truck  driver’s  pants  to 
ribbons  and  poured  the  paint 
on  his  naked  belly.  Everybody 
agreed  that  this  was  rude. 

As  Law  Enforcement  Offi- 
cer, Garland  was  sheriff,  po- 
lice chief,  police  force,  district 
attorney  and  public  prosecu- 
tor rolled  into  one.  There  was 
no  one  to  whom  to  pass  the 
buck.  If  anybody  did  anything 
about  the  stranger,  it  would 
have  to  be  the  LEO. 

Garland  was  so  concerned 
over  this  that  he  seriously 
considered  emigrating.  He  got 
as  far  as  reading  pamphlets 
about  sixteen  of  the  forty- 
three  available  colonies.  Then 
he  realized  something  he  should 
have  seen  at  once.  On  any  one 
of  those  forty-three  pioneer 
worlds  the  entire  population 
would  consist  of  people  like 
the  stranger. 

He  dismissed  the  possibility 
of  emigrating  from  his  mind. 
There  remained,  of  course, 
suicide  . . . 

The  trouble  was,  the  stran- 
ger got  worse  every  day. 
Although  he  didn’t  appear  to 
give  a damn  for  anybody  or 
anything,  the  pattern  of  his 
behavior  showed  clearly 
enough  that  from  the  moment 
he  arrived  in  Winsafton  he 


had  been  trying  things  to  see 
if  he’d  get  away  with  them. 
When  he  did,  he’d  try  some- 
thing a little  more  extreme. 

At  first  when  he  took  things 
on  credit  there  had  been  at 
least  a pretense  that  he  was 
going  to  pay  eventually.  Later 
he  bullied  people  into  saying 
they’d  presented  the  things  to 
him  as  gifts.  Eventually  he 
simply  took  what  he  wanted 
without  explanation  or  prom- 
ise. 

His  caveman  tactics  witr 
women,  too,  started  quietly 
with  Sally  Goodman,  extended 
to  young,  unmarried  girls  who 
were  far  too  timid  to  describe 
publicly  and  in  detail  exactly 
what  had  happened  to  them 
and  complain  about  it,  and 
gradually  spread  to  any  fe- 
male the  stranger  happened 
to  fancy. 

TIE  limit  was  reached  when 
the  stranger  arrived  at  a 
wedding  and  carried  off  the 
bride,  pretty  little  Lucy  Smith, 
the  instant  she  became  Lucy 
Jaffray.  It  was  no  good  talk- 
ing about  droit  de  seigneur 
to  citizens  of  Winsafton.  This, 
they  felt,  was  going  too  far. 

Unable  to  stall  any  more, 
Garland  organized  a posse  of 
all  the  men  who  had  least 
reason  to  love  the  stranger 
— Lucy’s  father  Tom  Smith, 
Harry  Jaffray,  Hank  Hawk, 
the  truck  driver,  the  store- 
keeper, Wesley  Coleman,  half 
a dozen  others.  They  called  at 
the  Goodman  place. 


DOORMAT  WORLD 


71 


The  stranger  came  out  to 
stand  on  the  porch  and  look 
at  them. 

He  was  a big  man,  but  no 
bigger  than  Garland  or  the 
truck  driver.  A stronger  sun 
than  Sol  had  burned  his  face 
so  brown  it  was  almost  pur- 
ple. He  was  untidily  dressed 
in  an  off-the-peg  suit  he  had 
taken  from  the  local  tailor — 
without,  of  course,  paying  for 
it — and  there  was  egg  on  his 
chin. 

“Well?”  he  said,  grinning 
wolfishly  at  them.  His  act 
could  be  as  corny  as  he  liked. 
Nobody  was  going  to  laugh 
at  him. 

Garland  cleared  his  throat. 
“Mr.  Ramsay,”  he  said,  “Win- 
safton  is  a peaceable  little 
town.  In  my  ten  years  as  Law 
Enforcement  Officer,  all  I’ve 
ever  had  to  deal  with,  except 
for  the  Saturday  night  drunks, 
has  been  one  case  of  justifiable 
homicide  and  three  of  theft. 
We’re  proud  of  this  record, 
and—” 

“Why  was  the  homicide  jus- 
tifiable?” the  stranger  asked, 
suddenly  interested. 

“Husband  shot  a man  who 
assaulted  his  wife.  You  rea- 
lize, Mr.  Ramsay,  that  if  any 
one  of  six  or  seven  men  shot 
you  dead,  they’d  go  free.” 

“Six  or  seven!”  the  stran- 
ger roared  suddenly,  affront- 
ed. “Hell,  I been  here  a month ! 
It  must  be  at  least  thirty.” 

As  he  yelled  at  them,  the 
whole  posse  took  an  involun- 
tary step  backwards.  The 

72 


stranger  took  a step  forward. 
“Say,  if  anybody  has  any  com- 
plaint against  Ed  Ramsay, 
he’s  come  to  the  right  place. 
Let’s  hear  what  you’ve  all  got 
to  say.” 

He  stepped  down  from  the 
porch.  The  group  hurriedly 
rearranged  itself,  everybody 
trying  to  get  as  far  away  from 
the  stranger  as  possible.  Cole- 
man was  unlucky.  He  bumped 
into  the  truck-driver  and 
couldn’t  get  any  further  back. 

“You,”  said  the  stranger, 
standing  so  close  to  Coleman 
that  their  breaths  mingled. 
“Have  you  got  something 
against  me?” 

Coleman  took  a deep  breath. 
His  voice  came  out  in  a high 
whine.  “You  broke  all  my 
windows !” 

“Well,  it’s  summer,  ain’t  it?” 

“Yes,  but—” 

“You  want  plenty  of  fresh 
air,  don’t  you?” 

“Yes,  but  — " 

“Want  me  to  sue  you  for 
deliberately  running  into  me 
and  trying  to  knock  me  down?” 

“I  didn’t  deliberately — ” 

“I  say  you  did.  And  no- 
body’s going  to  disagree  with 
me.” 

Coleman  gulped  and  made 
no  answer. 

“Would  you  like  to  with- 
draw your  complaint?”  the 
stranger  asked,  clenching  his 
large,  knotted  right  hand  and 
brandishing  it  under  Cole- 
man’s nose. 

“I  would,”  said  Coleman 
hastily.  “Very  much.” 

j.  t.  McIntosh 


“Okay,”  said  the  stranger. 
“Your  apology’s  accepted.  Get 
the  hell  out  of  here.” 

Coleman  scuttled  off,  his 
ears  red,  not  looking  back. 

NEXT  the  stranger  stepped 
up  to  the  truck-driver. 
“Have  you  something  you 
want  to  say?” 

“I’ve  still  got  patches  of 
yellow  paint  on  my  stomach !” 
said  the  truck-driver  indig- 
nantly. 

“What  do  you  want,  the 
second  coat?” 

“No,  I . . . No,  I . . . I just 
wanted  to  tell  you  . . .” 
“You’ve  told  me.” 

The  truck-driver  made  off 
rapidly  after  Coleman. 

Garland  saw  what  was  hap- 
pening but  was  powerless  to 
prevent  it.  The  posse  had  felt 
strong  and  resolute  when  there 
were  more  than  a dozen  of 
them.  Now  as  men  left,  one 
after  another,  those  who  re- 
mained became  more  and  more 
uneasy  and  less  willing  to 
stand  up  to  Ramsay. 

"You.  Who  are  you?”  the 
stranger  demanded. 

“I’m  Harry  Jaffray.  It  was 
my  wife  you  — ” 

The  stranger  ehuckled.“Sure 
boy,  I know  what  you  want 
to  know.  Very  natural.”  He 
winked,  slapped  Jaffray’s 
shoulder,  whispered  into  his 
ear  and  pushed  him  away. 

Curiously  enough,  it  was 
Sam  Basch,  who  had  never 
had  any  direct  cause  to  hate 
Ramsay,  who  stood  up  to  him. 

DOORMAT  WORLD 


“We  don’t  like  you,”  he  said 
bluntly.  “Go  away.” 

“You  want  me  to  push  your 
nose  out  of  the  back  of  your 
head,  maybe?” 

“No.  That  wouldn’t  make 
me  like  you  any  better.” 

The  stranger  looked  Sam 
Basch  over.  Once  Sam  had 
been  a very  powerful  man, 
but  Sam  was  sixty-one  now. 
He  was  beginning  to  stoop  a 
little  and  he  limped  slightly. 

“Old  man,”  said  the  stran- 
ger, “you  know  what’ll  hap- 
pen when  I hit  you  ?” 

“No,”  Sam  admitted. 

“You  do  now,”  said  the 
stranger,  and  shot  out  his  fist 
like  a piston.  Sam  Basch  took 
it  right  on  the  belly-button, 
and  shut  up  like  a jackknife. 

That  was  the  end  of  the 
discussion.  The  three  who  re- 
mained picked  Sam  up,  dusted 
him  off,  and  wouldn’t  let  him 
go  after  the  stranger,  who  had 
disappeared  into  the  house. 

"If  I was  only  thirty -years 
younger  . . .”  Sam  gasped, 
holding  his  middle. 

“But  you’re  not,”  said  Gar- 
land regretfully.  For  a mo- 
ment of  wild  hope  he  had 
thought  he  was  going  to  be 
able  to  pass  the  buck  to  Sam 
Basch  (who,  he  now  remem- 
bered, had  nearly  emigrated 
once).  But  Sam  was  too  old. 
And  the  stranger  was  too 
tough. 

No,  there  was  nothing  for 
it  now  but  to  keep  out  of  the 
stranger’s  way  and  not  catch 
him  at  anything.  So  long  as 

73 


the  LEO  did  that,  he  could 
pretend  that  Ramsay  hadn’t 
done  anything. 

WHEN  the  second  colonist 
arrived  in  Winsafton,  the 
town  for  a few  hours  was 
close  to  panic. 

It  was  very  rare  indeed  for 
colonists  to  visit  Earth.  The 
emigration  regulations  were 
strict  and  unequivocal.  Any- 
body who  wanted  to  emigrate 
was  told  bluntly  that  he  could 
either  go  or  stay,  but  he  had  to 
make  up  his  mind  one  way  or 
the  other  once  for  all  time. 
And  in  all  the  colonies  there 
was  so  much  to  do,  and  so 
much  more  opportunity  than 
there  had  been  on  Earth  for 
centuries,  that  few  people  had 
any  time  to  be  homesick  and 
bemoan  the  fact  that  the  emi- 
gration authorities  wouldn’t 
let  them  go  back  to  Earth. 

Inter-galactic  travel  was  so 
expensive  and  demanded  so 
much  organization  that  no  in- 
dividual could  actually  pay  for 
his  passage,  any  more  than 
any  one  person  could  pay  for 
a country’s  national  defense 
Consequently  individuals  did 
not  decide  for  themselves  that 
they’d  leave  Earth  for  the  col- 
onies or  return  from  a colony 
to  Earth.  They  submitted 
their  cases  to  a board  which 
considered  each  case  on  its 
merits. 

Since  Earth  was  still  the 
leading  manufacturing  planet 
Earth  made  most  of  the  gal- 
axy’s spaceships.  They  left 

74 


Earth  crammed  with  emi- 
grants, and  not  one  of  them 
in  ten  ever  returned.  They 
were  used  thereafter  for  inter- 
galactic  trade,  not  for  ferrying 
back  malcontents  to  Earth. 

The  case  of  the  stranger  in 
Winsafton  was  therefore  un- 
usual; and  the  arrival  of  a 
second  colonist  in  the  same 
small  town  at  the  same  time 
was  even  more  unusual. 

The  people  of  Winsafton 
weren’t  worried  for  long,  how- 
ever. It  soon  got  around  that 
the  newcomer  was  Jim  Arlen, 
Hugh  Arlen’s  youngest  boy, 
who  had  been  born  and 
brought  up  in  Winsafton. 

That  made  all  the  differ- 
ence, of  course.  Everybody 
remembered  Jim  Arlen,  a 
tough  but  likeable  youngster 
who  had  been  chased  out  of 
every  fruit  orchard  in  the  dis- 
trict at  one  time  or  other. 

“Let’s  see,”  people  said, 
scratching  their  heads,  “young 
Jim  must  be  — why,  he  must 
be  thirty-five  now.” 

“All  of  that,”  others  agreed. 
“Time  flies,  doesn’t  it?” 

It  was  Sam  Basch,  not  Bill 
Garland,  who  went  to  see  Jim 
Arlen  at  the  town’s  one  hotel. 

“Hi,  Jim,”  he  said.  “Re- 
member me?  I shot  you  full 
of  buckshot  once.” 

“Nobody  ever  shot  me  full 
of  buckshot,”  Jim  replied.  “If 
you  shot  at  me,  you  missed.” 
Basch  sighed.  “I  never  was 
much  of  a shot.  Pity.  There’s 
somebody  in  town  who  needs 
shooting  right  now.” 

j.  t.  McIntosh 


“You  mean  Ed  Ramsny?” 
Jim  grinned.  “I’ve  heard 
about  him.” 

Sam  Basch  wanted  to  know 
one  thing  before  he  talked  to 
Jim  Arlen  about  Ramsay. 
“Why’d  you  come  back,  Jim?” 

Jim  was  as  big  as  Ed  Ram- 
say, a little  younger  and  not 
so  heavily  tanned.  He  still  had 
the  easy  grin  Sam  remem- 
bered. 

“It  seems  my  father  still 
owns  a big  plot  of  land  north- 
east of  town,”  Jim  said.  “We 
never  gave  it  much  thought 
when  we  emigrated.  We  tried 
to  sell  it,  but  nobody  would 
buy.  Now  it  seems  there’s 
some  trouble  over  this  land. 
The  board  on  Zukeen  sent  me 
back  to  straighten  out  the 
mess  and  report  on  some  new 
agricultural  equipment  while 
I’m  here.” 

Basch  nodded.  “So  you’ll  be 
going  back  soon?” 

“In  a couple  of  months,  I 
reckon.” 

“You've  heard  about  Ram- 
say? You  know  him,  maybe?” 

“Hell,  no.  He  comes  from 
Benvice  and  I’m  from  Zukeen. 
Never  met  anybody  from  Ben- 
vice. Don’t  know  much  about 
the  place.” 

“The  fact  is,  Jim,  Ramsay’s 
been  terrorizing  the  town.” 

“I’ve  heard  that.  I don’t  see 
how.” 

SAM  explained.  As  he  did 
so,  Jim’s  smile  became  a 
puzzled  frown. 

“I  don’t  get  it,”  he  said  at 

DOORMAT  WORLD 


last.  “You  mean  he  did  all  this 
and  nobody  stopped  him?” 
“Nobody  tried  to  ’cept  me. 
He  gave  me  a poke  in  the  guts 
and  that  was  that.” 

“I  still  don’t  get  it.  He’s 
just  one  man.  How  can  one 
man  have  a whole  town  lick- 
ing his  boots?” 

“You  were  pretty  young 
when  you  left  here,  Jim.  You 
weren’t  old  enough  to  look 
around  you  and  do  any  think- 
ing. Don’t  you  know  Earth’s 
been  sending  out  colonists  for 
hundreds  of  years?” 

“Sure,  but  what’s  that  got 
to  do  with  it?” 

“You  were  a pretty  tough 
family,  Jim,  you  and  your 
folks  and  your  brother.  I 
bailed  your  father  out  of  jail 
two  or  three  times,  and  as  for 
your  mother  . . . well.  We 
won’t  go  into  that.  Point  is, 
you  were  all  pretty  hard  to 
handle.  Tell  me,  Jim,  are  you 
known  as  a tough  family  on 
Zukeen?” 

Jim  grinned.  “Hell,  no. 
Solid  citizens,  the  Arlens. 
Hardly  ever  in  jail,  any  of  us. 
The  old  man’s  a counselor. 
Even  my  brother  hasn’t  been 
in  any  trouble  since  he  shot 
his  father-in-law,  and  that 
was  five  years  ago.” 

“Well,  Jim,  Earth  isn’t  like 
the  colonies.  For  centuries 
anybody  with  any  courage, 
determination  or  imagination 
has  emigrated.  It’s  still  pos- 
sible to  make  a fortune  in  the 
colonies.  It  hasn't  been  pos- 
sible here  on  Earth  since  the 

75 


early  twentieth  century.  Nat- 
urally anybody  with  any  initi- 
ative emigrates.  And  this  has 
been  going  on  for  hundreds 
of  years.” 

Jiln  nodded  slowly.  “I’m  be- 
ginning to  see  what  you’re 
getting  at.” 

“Natural  selection,  Jim. 
People  without  courage,  de- 
termination, imagination  and 
initiative  tend  to  beget  chil- 
dren without  courage,  deter- 
mination, imagination  and 
initiative.  ’Course,  they  don’t 
always  succeed.  Even  now,  a 
lot  of  fellows  like  you  are 
growing  up  here  on  Earth. 
That’s  why  the  flow  of  emi- 
grants to  the  colonies  never 
dries  up.  See?” 

“Yes,  I guess  I do.” 

“Earth’s  a doormat  world, 
Jim.  People  here  ask  to  be 
stepped  on.  Mind,  I don’t  say 
they  like  it.  But  if  you  apolo- 
gize every  time  somebody 
wipes  his  feet  on  you,  it’s  not 
surprising  if  you  get  stepped 
on  a lot.  Still,  we  get  on  all 
right  when  there  aren’t  any 
colonists  around.  It’s  only 
when  men  like  Ed  Ramsay  are 
here  that  people  get  stepped 
on.  What  can  you  expect, 
when  there’s  nobody  in  Win- 
safton  with  enough  guts  to 
say  boo  to  a goose?” 

“I  seem  to  remember  that 
you  were  always  ready  to  say 
boo  to  a goose.” 

"Maybe,  Jim,  but  do  you 
remember  something  else?  I 
always  wanted  to  emigrate. 
Only  my  wife  wouldn’t  go.” 

76 


Jim  nodded.  “I  remember.” 
“Well,  look,  Jim.  You  were 
born  here.  But  you’re  a colon- 
ist. You’re  not  scared  of  Ed 
Ramsay.  You  can  get  rid  of 
him.  Do  that  for  us,  and  we’ll 
be  grateful.” 

Jim  grinned  but  shook  his 
head.  “Hell,  Sam,  Ramsay’s 
nothing  to  me.  He  never  did 
me  any  harm.” 

“Wait  around,”  said  Sam 
meaningly.  "I  guess  it  won't 
be  long  before  you  change 
your  mind.” 

SAM  was  wrong.  A month 
passed  and  there  was  no 
clash  between  Ed  Ramsay  and 
Jim  Arlen.  Whether  by  chance 
or  by  design,  Ramsay  avoided 
antagonizing  Jim  in  any  way. 
Although  he  didn’t  stop  tak- 
ing anything  he  wanted,  from 
whisky  to  women,  Ramsay  did 
nothing  new  during  this  peri- 
od. He  didn’t  seek  Jim’s  com- 
pany either.  When  the  two 
colonists  met  in  the  street  they 
merely  nodded  to  each  other 
and  passed  on. 

Meanwhile  Jim  Arlen  was 
finding  out  for  himself  how  it 
had  been  possible  for  Ed  Ram- 
say to  subjugate  the  whole 
town  so  that  whenever  he  ap- 
peared, doors  and  windows 
slammed,  loungers  scuttled  off 
down  side  streets  and  women 
ran  like  startled  does. 

Resistance  had  been  bred 
out  of  Terrans.  They  weren’t 
scared  of  each  other,  and  con- 
sequently when  no  colonists 
were  around  they  acted  like 

j.  t.  McIntosh 


any  human  society  anywhere. 

But  when  somebody  who 
did  have  a strong  will  said: 
“Do  this,”  everybody  in  Win- 
safton — except  Sam  Basch — 
meekly  did  as  he  was  told. 

Out  in  the  square  on  a 
hot  day,  Jim  experimentally 
handed  his  coat  to  a man  he’d 
never  seen  before.  “Take  that 
to  the  hotel,  please,”  he  said 
firmly. 

The  other  didn’t  say  a word. 
He  simply  took  the  coat  to  the 
hotel. 

Gradually  Jim  began  to 
understand  the  situation,  and 
realize  what  was  happening 
to  Ed  Ramsay.  All  power  cor- 
rupts, someone  had  said,  and 
absolute  power  corrupts  abso- 
lutely. If  it  wasn’t  absolute 
power  that  any  colonist 
wielded  in  Winsafton,  it  was 
something  very  dose  to  it. 

Seeing  Wesley  Coleman  one 
day  with  an  expensive  cigar- 
ette case,  Jim  tried  another 
experiment. 

“That’s  a nice  case,”  he  said 
casually 

“You  like  it?”  said  Coleman 
guardedly. 

“Sure  do.  Let  me  look  at  it, 
will  you?” 

Silently  Coleman  handed 
the  case  to  him. 

“I  sure  would  like  a case 
like  this,”  Jim  said. 

He  knew  perfectly  well  that 
if  he  took  it,  Coleman  would 
say  nothing.  He  also  knew 
that  if  he  told  Coleman  to  give 
it  to  him,  Coleman  would  do 
so.  What  he  wondered  was  if 


Coleman  could  be  made  appar- 
ently voluntarily  to  offer  him 
the  case. 

Coleman  could.  It  took  a 
while,  and  Jim  had  to  admire 
the  case  very  pointedly  before 
Coleman  said  reluctantly  that 
he  could  have  it  if  he  liked. 
Satisfied,  Jim  shook  his  head 
and  handed  it  back,  to  Cole- 
man’s obvious  relief. 

That  was  power.  If  you  had 
to  break  the  law  to  get  what 
you  wanted,  you  might  find 
yourself  in  real  trouble  even- 
tually, even  when  the  law  was 
represented  only  by  a spine- 
less figurehead  like  Bill  Gar- 
land. Among  people  like  this, 
however,  you  didn’t  even  have 
to  break  the  law.  You  did 
what  you  liked  and  then  made 
anybody  else  concerned  say 
you  had  their  full  permission. 

Ramsay  was  still  using 
Hank  Hawk’s  Chrysler,  and 
Hank  was  still  complaining 
about  it  to  Garland.  But  every-- 
body  knew,  including  Garland 
and  Hank,  that  if  the  L.E.O. 
ever  brought  himself  to  the 
point  of  charging  Ramsay 
with  theft,  Ramsay  would 
make  Hank  say  he’d  lent  him 
the  Chrysler.  Or  even  that  he’d 
given  it  to  him. 

Almost  involuntarily,  Jim 
found  himself  ordering  people 
about.  After  all,  when  he  was 
sitting  down  comfortably  and 
suddenly  wanted  something, 
why  should  he  go  for  it  when 
there  were  others  around? 
When  he  wanted  to  go  out  of 
town  and  look  round  the  prop- 


DOORMAT  WORLD 


77 


erty  his  father  owned,  why 
shouldn’t  he  tell  somebody  to 
drive  him  out  and  show  him? 

He  knew  that  Ramsay  was 
simply  waiting  for  him  to 
leave  before  turning  the  screw 
still  harder  on  the  citizens  of 
Winsafton.  He  knew  also  that 
Sam  Basch  hadn’t  been  the 
only  one  who  had  hoped  that 
Jim  Arlen  would  fix  Ed  Ram- 
say for  them.  But  now,  after 
a month,  they  were  getting 
worried.  If  Ramsay  could 
avoid  a clash  with  Jim  Arlen 
for  a month,  couldn't  he  go 
on  doing  it  for  another  month? 
Would  Jim  Arlen  go  away 
from  Winsafton,  his  business 
completed,  leaving  Ed  Ram- 
say to  extend  his  power  until 
the  whole  town  literally 
crawled  at  his  feet? 

There  had  been  efforts  to 
make  Jim  stay  longer,  but  he 
had  pointed  out  that  the  only 
ship  from  Earth  to  Zukeen  in 
the  next  two  years  left  on 
August  7. 

He  was  sorry  for  the  Win- 
snftonians  and  from  what  he’d 
heard  of  him  he  didn’t  think 
much  of  Ed  Ramsay.  How- 
ever, in  the  colonies  your  own 
business  took  all  your  time 
and  effort,  and  you  got  out  of 
the  habit  of  meddling  in  other 
people’s. 

If  Ed  Ramsay  tangled  with 
him,  okay,  he  and  Ramsay 
would  settle  the  business  be- 
tween them.  If  Ramsay  didn’t 
tangle  with  him,  Jim  Arlen 
h^d  no  intention  of  interfer- 
ing. 


WALKING  one  day  in  the 
square — which  was  oval 
— Jim  Arlen  became  aware  of 
something  different,  without 
knowing  what  it  was.  It  took 
him  a couple  of  minutes  to 
realize  that  the  statue  in  the 
center  of  the  grass  patch  was 
missing.  It  was  no  great  loss. 
The  statue  had  been  of  some 
gloomy,  long  - faced  pioneer 
who  had  lived  long  before 
space  travel. 

Turning  from  the  empty 
plinth  Jim  saw  Lucy  Jaffray, 
who  was  undoubtedly  the  pret- 
tiest girl  in  town.  Another  ex- 
periment instantly  suggested 
itself  to  him. 

“Lucy!”  he  called. 

She  started,  and  seemed 
only  moderately  relieved  to 
find  that  it  was  Jim  Arlen  and 
not  Ed  Ramsay  who  had 
shouted.  She  came  submissive- 
ly enough. 

“Look,  the  statue’s  gone,” 
Jim  said. 

She  nodded.  “It’s  being 
cleaned,”  she  said  guardedly. 

“I  think  you’d  make  a lovely 
statue,  Lucy.” 

“Me?” 

“Yes,  you,  Lucy.”  He  put 
his  hands  on  her  waist  and 
lifted  her  to  stand  on  the 
empty  plinth. 

“Please  let  me  come  down,” 
she  begged,  blushingly.  Al- 
ready a hundred  spectators 
had  gathered. 

Jim  looked  up  at  her  ad- 
miringly. She  certainly  made 
a very  attractive  statue. 
“Statues  don’t  wear  clothes,” 


78 


j.  t.  McIntosh 


he  said.  “Anyway,  girl  statues 
don’t.  If  you’re  going  to  be  a 
statue,  I guess  you’ll  have  to 
take  yOur  clothes  off,  Lucy.” 
“But  I don’t  want  to  be  a 
statue !” 

“You  can’t  help  it,  Lucy. 
You’re  pretty  enough  to  be  a 
statue,  and  we  can’t  leave  the 
plinth  empty,  can  we?  Take 
your  clothes  off,  Lucy.” 
Blushing  still  more  violent- 
ly she  unzipped  her  dress  and 
dropped  it  to  the  ground. 

“Now  when  did  you  see  a 
statue  wearing  a girdle?”  said 
Jim.  “It  isn’t  right,  Lucy.  It 
isn’t  right  at  all.” 

Slowly  and  reluctantly  she 
took  off  her  underclothes, 
stockings  and  shoes  and 
crouched  on  the  plinth,  cover- 
ing herself  with  her  arms. 

“Really,  Lucy,  you  don’t 
seem  to  have  the  idea  at  all. 
I don’t  think  you’ve  ever  seen 
a statue.  Stand  straight  up — 
that’s  better.” 

The  crowd  was  huge  now. 
It  stayed  at  a respectful  dis- 
tance, however,  and  nobody 
snickered  or  said  anything 
loud  enough  for  Jim  Arlen  to 
hear. 

Poor  Lucy  went  white,  then 
red,  then  white  again.  It 
seemed  to  her  as  if  all  the  eyes 
in  the  world  were  fixed  on  her. 

“Okay,”  said  Jim  at  last, 
“you  can  come  down  now.” 
“Stay  where  you  are,”  said 
a voice  behind  them. 

Ramsay  was  looking  at  the 
naked  girl  with  frank  lust  in 
his  eyes.  “I  must  have  been 


crazy,”  he  said,  “taking  you 
home  only  once.” 

“I  said  you  could  come 
down,  Lucy,”  Jim  said. 

“And  I said  stay  where  you 
are,”  said  Ramsay. 

Jim  lifted  the  girl  down,  ig- 
noring Ramsay.  Ramsay  spat 
tobacco  juice  and  bellowed  like 
a bull.  Jim  turned,  and  in  an 
instant  Winsafton  had  what  it 
wanted — a fight  between  the 
two  colonists. 

LUCY  picked  up  her  things 
and  ran.  Nobody  else  went, 
however. 

It  was  a fight  the  like  of 
which  hadn’t  been  seen  on 
Earth  for  centuries.  Such  a 
fight  would  have  been  impos- 
sible between  two  Earthmen, 
or  between  a colonist  and  an 
Earthman.  Both  fighters  were 
down  at  least  a dozen  times, 
and  no  Earthman  would  have 
kept  getting  up. 

The  winner  of  any  tough, 
even  scrap  is  not  so  much  the 
man  who  can  take  more  as  the 
man  who  does  take  more.  Be- 
fore half  the  population  of 
Winsafton,  neither  contestant 
was  prepared  to  be  beaten. 
Both  knew  that  the  loser 
would  be  finished  in  the  town. 

Ramsay’s  nose  was  bleed- 
ing copiously,  making  him 
look  much  more  badly  hurt 
than  he  was.  Jim  Arlen’s  left 
eye  was  closing  rapidly  and 
his  shirt  was  torn  half  off. 

For  the  tenth  time  Ramsay 
rushed  at  Jim  and  both  men 
rolled  on  the  ground.  Both 


79 


DOORMAT  WORLD 


rose  and  Ramsay  went  down. 
Ramsay  leapt  to  his  feet  and 
Jim  went  down.  Now  one  of 
Ramsay’s  eyes  was  cut  and 
Jim  spat  out  a tooth. 

For  a long  time  there  was 
nothing  in  it.  Then  Ramsay 
went  down  three  times  in  a 
row.  He  was  slower  each  time 
he  got  up.  And  the  crowd 
watched  him  realize  that  al- 
though he  could  still  take  a 
lot  more,  he  couldn’t  take 
enough. 

The  fourth  time  he  went 
down  in  a row  he  stayed  down. 
Perhaps  he  could  have  made 
another  try.  The  fact  was  that 
he  didn’t. 

“I  don’t  want  to  see  you  in 
town  again,  Ramsay,”  Jim 
said. 

“You  won’t,”  Ramsay  mut- 
tered. 

They  had  both  forgotten  the 
crowd,  since  everybody  had 
kept  a very  respectful  dis- 
tance away.  But  at  this  every 
citizen  of  Winsafton  let  out 
such  a yell  of  delight  that 
Ramsay,  still  on  the  ground, 
jerked  convulsively. 

In  a moment  Jim  was  sur- 
rounded by  hundreds  of  people 
who  wanted  to  shake  him  by 
the  hand.  In  the  intoxicating 
joy  of  the  moment,  Wesley 
Coleman  accidentally  trod  on 
Ramsay’s  face.  . . 

They  heard  later  that  Ram- 
say went  back  to  Benvice. 

Jim  Arlen  was  feted  for 
days.  He  was  a public  hero. 
No  one  who  saw  that  fight 
ever  forgot  it.  What  amazed 

80 


the  spectators  was  the  dogged 
courage  of  men  who  could  be 
knocked  down  time  after  time 
and  come  back  for  more.  In 
the  exceedingly  rare  physical 
arguments  which  still  took 
place  on  Earth,  it  was  always 
taken  for  granted  that  if  a 
man  hit  the  ground,  that  was 
the  end  of  the  fight.  Often  the 
first  blow  was  the  last. 

Curiously  enough,  it  was 
less  than  a week  before  Win- 
safton’s  attitude  changed  dra- 
matically. The  start  of  the 
change  was  when  Jim  made 
Wesley  Coleman  give  him  his 
cigarette  case.  Then  Jim  bor- 
rowed Hank  Hawk’s  Chrysler, 
which  Hank  had  had  for  four 
days  altogether.  Then,  sines 
it  was  obviously  the  most  com- 
fortable house  in  town,  Jim 
moved  in  with  the  Goodmans.  - 
And  finally  Jim  Arlen,  not  sq^ 
polygamous  as  Ramsay,  took 
Lucy  Jaffray  in  to  live  with 
him. 

He  was  not  unaware,  him- 
self, of  what  had  happened. 
.4/1  power  corrupts,  he  told 
himself  ruefully,  pulling  Lucy 
to  him,  and  absolute  power 
corrupts  absolutely. 

Winsafter  relied  desperately 
on  one  thing — Jim  Arlen’s 
spaceship  blasted  off  on  Au- 
gust 7. 

With  the  warmth  of  Lucy 
against  him,  Jim  was  wonder- 
ing vaguely  if  it  might  not  be 
possible  to  miss  his  ship. 

He  decided  it  wouldn’t  mere- 
ly be  possible.  It  would  be 
easy.  END 


j.  t.  McIntosh 


IF  • Feature 


By:  THEODORE  STURGEON 


THE  BEM  CALLED 

WINDIGO 


What  do  you  do 
when  you  KNOW 
you're  insane? 


44C  O she  ordered  her  b^oth- 

O er-in-law  to  strait-jack- 
et her,  stun  her  with  an  axe 
and  then  set  fire  to  her  tent. 
While  this  was  done,  her  hus- 
band and  children  looked  on, 
for  she  had  an  undisputed 
right  to  dispose  of  herself  as 
she  chose.” 

So  reads  one  of  the  high 
points  — and  they  are  many 
— in  an  extraordinary  report 
recently  published  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  American  Eth- 
nological Society,  and  written 
by  Dr.  Morton  I.  Teicher,  a 
dean  at  Yeshiva  University. 

Many  years  ago  — 71,  to  be 
exact  — one  James  George 
Frazer  wrote  down  a similar 
brief  anecdote  (a  suspenseful 
description  of  a priest  in  an 
olive  grove,  naked  sword  in 


hand,  moving  about  among 
the  shadows,  sleeping  in  sec- 
l'et,  brief  snatches,  watching, 
watching  every  waking  sec- 
ond for  the  man  who  would 
murder  him  to  take  his  place, 
as  he  had  murdered  and  re- 
placed his  predecessor.  Ex- 
plaining who,  where  and  es- 
pecially why  this  happened 
took  Sir  James  a quarter  of  a 
century  and  twelve  monu- 
mental volumes.  The  result 
was  The  Golden  Bough. 

Such  anecdotes,  out  of  con- 
text, are  provocative  in  the 
extreme,  and  this  kind  of  pro- 
vocation is  just  what  nudges 
the  best  science  fiction  out 
of  the  best  science-fiction 
writers. 

What  these  two  anecdotes 
have  in  common  is  the  note  of 


81 


social  acceptance  they  carry, 
for  in  one  the  brother-in-law 
does  the  dirty  work  while  the 
family  looks  on,  and  in  the 
other  the  murderer/victim  is 
a priest. 

BUT  back  to  Dr.  Teicher 
and  his  work.  His  special 
field  is  the  Algonkian-speak- 
ing  group  of  northeast  Ameri- 
can Indians  — the  Cree,  Ojib- 
wa,  Beaver  and  others  — and 
their  strange  and  ancient 
monster,  the  windigo. 

There  are  few,  if  any,  draw- 
ings or  sculptures  of  the  wind- 
igo, mainly  because  these  peo- 
ple have  never  gone  in  for  the 
graphic  arts.  But  their  myths 
are  very  specific.  The  windigo 
has  (rather  like  the  Abomin- 
able Snowman)  yard-long  feet 
with  only  one  toe  and  long 
pointed  heels.  His  eyes  are 
bloody  and  bulging,  and  you 
can  hear  his  hissing  breath 
for  miles.  His  lipless  mouth, 
jagged  teeth  and  terrible 
clawed  hands  are  used  to  pack 
the  monster  full  of  swamp 
moss,  rotten  wood  and  mush- 
rooms, but  only  when  he  can’t 
get  human  flesh. 

Now,  these  Indians  are  not 
cannibals,  and  have  a rather 
unusually  strong  taboo 
against  the  practice.  Yet  fre- 
quently— in  42  out  of  the  70 
cases  here  documented  — can- 
nibalistic acts  were  com- 
mitted, usually  against  rela- 
tives or  close  friends.  And  in 
every  one  of  the  cases,  which 
must  be  termed  “insanity”, 

82 


the  windigo  was  involved.  Dr. 
Teicher  calls  them  “windigo 
psychoses”,  having  used  the 
windigo  element  in  them  to 
tie  together  a whole  collection 
of  case  histories  which  range 
right  across  the  clinical  spec- 
trum, from  mild  neurosis  to 
the  most  advanced  psycho- 
pathological  states.  These  In- 
dians are  as  familiar  with  the 
presence  of  the  windigo,  and 
its  ability  to  cause  such  a 
variety  of  disorders,  as  we  are 
with  the  presence  of  a virus- 
group  which  can  cause  every- 
thing from  sniffles  to  epidemic 
influenza.  They  too  have  their 
therapies.  One  of  these  is  the 
ceremonial  murder  of  the  in- 
fected person,  even  before  he 
has  committed  a cannibalistic 
act. 

Which  brings  us  to  the  case 
of  the  bound,  axed,  doomed 
woman  in  the  burning  tent, 
and  the  solemn  husband  and 
children  who  passively  wit- 
nessed the  scene.  She  had  felt 
that  she  was  becoming  a win- 
digo. It  got  worse;  it  got  so 
bad  that  the  people  around 
her  began  to  look  like  beavers; 
she  wanted  to  eat  them.  She 
therefore  ordered  her  own 
death. 

This  is  undoubtedly  insan- 
ity, but  one  must  remark  in 
passing  that  it  startlingly 
lacks  the  “I’m  all  right”  ra- 
tionalization of  so  many  ma- 
jor psychoses.  She  knew  she 
was  insane.  And  isn’t  that  the 
traditional  proof  of  sanity? 

END 


THE  BEM  CALLED  WINDIGO 


IF*  V^oyelette 


The  rubber  plant  was  only  a symbol  but  it  was 
dangerous.  It  might  endanger  a planet— or  it 
might  take  a human  life! 

i 


IN  2212,  when  Walt  Onegh 
died,  Arm  Brewer,  Direc- 
tor of  Staff,  recommended 
Tom  Calloway  to  fill  the  emp- 
ty position  as  Director  of 
Crews  at  Midwest  Construc- 
tion. The  board,  of  course, 
confirmed. 

One  of  Tom’s  first  acts  was 
to  drop  by  Arm’s  office  and 
thank  him. 

“I’d  hoped—”  he  said. 
“But  not  so  soon.” 

Arm  clapped  his  big  hand 
on  Tom’s  shoulder.  His  crop- 
ped white  hair  aureoled  his 
healthy  pink  face. 

“Not  a moment  too  soon,” 
he  said.  “You’re  management 
material,  Tom.  A man  of  prin- 
ciples is  rare  in  this  cutthroat 
world  of  ours.” 

“You  overestimate  me,” 
said  Tom.  But  he  glowed  in- 
side. It  was  true  he  had  hop- 
ed; but  not  quite  as  modestly 
as  he  implied  to  Arm.  Fifty 
was  not  old  these  days.  But 


neither  was  it  younj*.  And 
he  would  be  fifty-one  m three 
weeks.  And  with  people  knif- 
ing each  other  in  the  back  for 
every  little  job  or  advan- 
tage. . . 

“Run  along  and  take  over 
your  offices,”  said  Arm  geni- 
ally. “You  inherit  from  Walt, 
lock,  stock  and  barrel.  Suite 
312.” 

“Suite  312,”  echoed  Tom,  sa 
voring  it.  For  the  three  hun- 
dreds were  third  level.  Exe- 
cutive. 

THE  meaning  of  lock,  stock 
and  barrel  became  more 
apparent  when  he  actually 
stood  in  the  outer  room  of  his 
two-office  suite,  however.  It 
obviously  included  Christine 
Nyall  and  the  plant. 

It  was  the  plant  which,  of 
the  two,  struck  him  more 
strongly  at  first  glance. 
Among  the  silver  and  opale- 
scences, the  businesslike  glit- 
ter of  the  office,  it  stood  out 
like  a drab  of  nature,  its 


A TASTE  OF  TENURE 

By  GORDON  R.  DICKSON  niu«toi«d  by  wood 


83 


thick,  shiny  green  leaves 
spread  out  flatly  above  the 
crystal  pot. 

“Why,  what  is  it?”  Tom 
asked,  forcing  a smile. 

“A  sort  of  rubber  plant,” 
Christine  Nyall  replied.  She 
ducked  her  head  above  her 
stenomachine,  then  added, 
with  almost  a touch  of  defi- 
ance, “Mr.  Onegh  liked  a 
touch  of  green  about  the 
place.” 

She  did  not  meet  his  eye 
when  speaking.  It  was  this 
more  than  anything  else  that 
disturbed  Tom,  who  had  tak-. 
en  pride  all  his  life  in  meet- 
ing everyone  with  a level  gaze 
and  a clear  conscience.  It  was 
painfully  obvious  to  him  at 
this  moment  that  Christine 
■was  being  turtle-cautious. 
That  was  what  came  from  be- 
ing formerly  Walt’s  secretary, 
and  thus  now  a holdover. 

The  plain  fact  of  the  mat- 
ter was  that  there  was  now 
no  job  for  her,  with  Walt 
dead.  In  the  glutted  labor 
market  of  overpopulated 
Earth,  there  was  not  any 
other  position  available  for 
her  within  the  company — un- 
less Tom  made  one.  And  Tom 
did  not.  His  own  secretary, 
Bera  Karlson,  had  been  with 
him  twenty  years.  He  had  no 
intention  of  replacing  her 
with  this  old  woman.  On  the 
other  hand,  by  virtue  of  her 
age  and  length  of  service, 
Christine  was  Class  A Secre- 
tarial. She  had  tenure.  She 
could  not  be  discharged  short 

84 


of  the  legal  retirement  age. 

It  was  an  uncomfortable 
situation,  with  its  only  possi- 
ble solution  lying  in  Chris- 
tine’s voluntary  retirement. 
And  it  was  clear  she  had  no 
present  intention  of  that. 

“Um,”  said  Tom,  stepping 
over  to  the  plant.  He  looked 
down  at  it.  It  was  not  a pret- 
ty thing,  he  thought;  and  on 
one  broad  and  fleshy  leaf  a 
small  spot  showed  whitely. 

“It  seems  to  have  a touch 
of  blight,”  he  said; 

“Oh  no,”  said  Christine, 
swiftly.  “That’s  just  a little 
bald  spot.” 

“I  see,”  said  Tom.  He  turn- 
ed away  and  went  on  into  the 
private  office  to  examine  that 
which  would  be  his. 

Afterwards,  he  took 

the  problem  of  Christine 
home  with  him.  It  was  still 
obsessing  him  after  dinner, 
when  he  woke  to  the  realiza- 
tion that  his  wife  had  been 
speaking  to  him  and  he  had 
not  been  listening  at  all. 

“What?”  he  asked.  And 
looked  at  her  contritely.  “Sor- 
ry, Josi.  I had  my  mind  on 
the  office.” 

She  smiled  at  him  forgiv- 
ingly, this  slim,  amazingly 
youthful  woman  to  whom  he 
had  been  married  for  the  last 
nineteen  years.  He  had  mar- 
ried late  and,  as  he  firmly  be- 
lieved, for  love.  And  all  that 
had  come  out  of  his  marriage, 
including  his  two  young  sons 
— one  fifteen  and  one  eleven 


GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


— had  made  him  idyllically 
happy. 

“What’s  bothering  you?” 
she  asked. 

“No,”  he  said.  “Tell  me 
what  you  were  talking  about, 
instead.”  She  shook  her  head. 

“I'll  save  it,”  she  said.  “You 
first.” 

He  stretched  and  straight- 
ened up  on  his  couch,  look- 
ing across  to  where  she  sat 
half-curled  upon  an  overstuff- 
ed hassock,  brown  against  the 
white  of  it,  her  long  limbs 
and  the  slight  angularity  of 
her  body  softened  by  the 
lounging  pajamas  tightbelted 
around  her  slim  waist. 

“It’s  Christine  Nyall,”  he 
said.  “She’s  not  retiring.” 

“Oh?”  said  Josi.  “But  that 
doesn’t  affect  you,  does  it?” 

“I’m  afraid  so.”  He  gri- 
maced slightly.  “She’s  a hold- 
over. And  with  no  place  to  go 
she’ll  be  staying  in  my  outer 
office.  You  see — ” He  ex- 
plained the  holdover  system, 
and  tenure. 

“But  can’t  you  make  her 
do  her  sitting  around  some- 
place else?”  asked  Josi. 

“Not  without  risking  a writ 
of  prejudice  and  a work  fine, 
if  a court  convicts  me,”  he 
said  unhappily.  “The  tenure 
law  reads  she  must  be  kept 
‘on  the  job’.  And  the  job  is 
that  of  being  secretary  to  the 
Director  of  Crews.” 

“Oh,”  said  Josi.  There  was 
silence.  Finally  he  broke  it  by 
asking  what  had  been  on  her 
mind. 


“I  shouldn’t  bother  you 
with  it  now,”  she  said. 

“Nonsense.  I shouldn’t 
bring  the  office  home  with 
me,  anyway.  Go  ahead.” 

“ — Can’t  you  talk  her  into 
retiring?” 

Tom  sighed. 

“The  only  thing  I can  do  is 
make  life  in  the  office  a liv- 
ing hell  for  her,”  he  said. 
“I’ve  known  it  done  before 
by  other  men  with  the  same 
problem.  Only  I’m  just  not 
built  to  do  something  like 
that.” 

“No,”  she  answered,  look- 
ing at  him. 

“No.”  He  looked  down  at 
his  hand,  which  had  closed 
itself  into  a fist.  He  opened 
it,  wiggled  the  fingers,  then 
looked  again  at  Josi. 

“We’ll  forget  it,”  he  said. 

“Now,  what  was  it  you 
wanted  to  talk  about?” 

SHE  got  up  from  the  has- 
sock and  came  over  to  sit 
down  beside  him.  He  looked 
curiously  at  her. 

“Something  important?” 
he  asked. 

“Yes.  Tom — ” 

“What?* 

“You’re  class  A manage- 
ment now,”  she  said.  “You’ve 
got  tenure.  You  don’t  have 
to  work  any  more.  We  don’t 
need  to  go  on  living  close  to 
the  Company  Offices.” 

“No — ” He  still  looked  at 
her,  slightly  puzzled.  “But 
what  about  it?  Where  would 
you  want  to  live?” 


A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


85 


“Away  from  the  city.” 

He  looked  at  her  in  aston- 
ishment, convinced  that  she 
must  be  joking.  But  her  face 
was  unsmiling. 

“But  there  is  no  away  from 
the  city,”  he  said.  “Not  now- 
adays. You  know  that,  Josi. 
There’s  no  unimproved  land 
left  anywhere  in  the  world.” 
“There’s  the  Preserves,” 
she  said. 

“The  Preserves!”  He  blink- 
ed. “But  you  can't  live  in 
them.  They’re  parks.  De- 
liberately restricted  — you 
know  that — by  the  govern- 
ment, so  we’ll  have  a few 
scraps  of  open  country  to 
look  at  and  remember  the 
past.” 

“Oh  yes,”  she  said.  “But 
they  have  tourist  lodges.” 

He  smiled  with  sudden  un- 
derstanding. He  reached  out 
for  her  hands.  Josi  let  him 
take  them,  but  they  lay  limp 
and  quiet  in  his  grasp. 

“Honey,”  he  said.  “I  hate 
to  disappoint  you,  but  these 
cabins  and  things  might  as 
well  be  on  Pluto  as  far  as  you 
and  I are  concerned.  I know 
it  looks  like  you  can  live 
around  the  Preserves.  But 
you  can’t.  Those  tourist  quar- 
ters have  all  been  bought  up 
years  in  advance  by  the  big 
travel  agencies.  To  get  them 
you’d  have  to  sign  up  for 
what  they  call  perpetual  tours 
— all-expense  luxury  set-ups. 
And  the  prices  are  fantastic. 
Why,  for  you  and  me  and  the 
boys,  just  the  four  of  us,  it’d 

86 


be  twenty  or  thirty  thousand 
a year.”  He  smiled  at  her  con- 
solingly. 

She  still  refused  to  smile 
back.  Her  face  was  calm  and 
still. 

“Forty,”  she  said. 

“Forty?"  He  frowned. 

“Forty  thousand  a year, 
Tom,  for  the  four  of  us.” 

He  shook  his  head.  Her 
words  seemed  to  buzz  in  his 

6£IX*S. 

“Forty  thousand?”  he  ech- 
oed. “How  do  you  know?” 

“I've  been  checking  up.” 

“But  Josi — ” He  ran  out  of 
words,  trying  not  to  think 
what  he  could  not  help  think- 
ing. “You  didn’t  suppose,  ser- 
iously— ” 

“I’ve  never  supposed  any- 
thing else,”  she  replied.  And 
he  wondered  then  how  she 
could  look  him  in  the  eye  and 
say  it.  “I’ve  been  waiting  for 
this  for  a long  time,  Tom — 
longer  than  you’d  believe. 
Since  my  first  baby  was 
born.” 

HE  shook  his  head  again, 
unbelievingly. 

“We  can  do  it  now,”  she 
said.  “With  your  increase  in 
salary  and  if  we  use  the  sav- 
ings and  borrow  against  your 
pension.  We’ll  have  enough 
for  five  years;  and  by  that 
time  you’ll  have  got  another 
income  boost.” 

“Josi!” 

“Oh,  stop  staring  like  that!” 
she  snapped,  suddenly.  “Did 
you  think  I’d  let  my  boys  miss 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


out  on  a chance  at  what  the 
real  world  once  was,  if  there 
was  any  way  at  all  to  give 
them  even  a taste  of  it?” 

He  sat  back  on  the  couch, 
dazed.  “It  isn’t  like  you.” 

“Because  I’ve  been  a good 
wife  all  these  years  and  done 
what  you  wanted,  and  lived 
where  you  wanted?  You 
thought  I never  had  a selfish 
desire  of  my  own?  Oh,  Tom, 
Tom!”  She  clutched  his  hands 
with  a strength  that  shocked 
him.  “How  long  are  you  go- 
ing to  go  on  pretending  that 
people  are  still  like  they  were 
in  the  old  days?  There’s  no 
civilization  left  now.  You 
ought  to  know  that!  It’s 
claw,  tooth  and  nail ! And  I’m 
looking  after  my  children!” 

“Josi,”  he  said. 

She  shook  her  head  at 
him.  “Tom,”  she  said,  “Do 
you  know  how  many  people 
there  are  on  Earth  now  ?” 

“Yes,”  he  said.  “And  I 
know  they’re  considering  laws 
to  control  the  population  ex-, 
pansion.” 

“Control  it!”  She  laughed 
like  someone  lie  had  never 
seen  before.  “If  they’d  talk- 
ed of  controling  it  fifty  years 
ago,  it  might  have  helped  us. 
What’s  going  to  help  us  now? 
It’s  my  babies  that  have  to 
grow  up  in  a world  where 
there’s  ten  people  for  every 
job  and  no  future  for  even  the 
ones  who  get  it.  The  only  way 
they  can  live  is  if  they  make 
the  right  friends.  And  the 
only  way  they  can  meet  the 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


right  friends  is  to  go  where 
they  are.  And  that’s  the  Pre- 
serves !” 

“Josi!”  said  Tom.  “Noth- 
ing like  that’s  necessary.  1 
hope  I’ve  made  a moderate 
success  of  myself  in  the 
world.  And  I can  truthfully 
say  I’ve  done  it  by  decent, 
honorable  methods!” 

“You !”  she  cried.  “Oh,  you! 
The  great  anachronism !” 

“Josi — ” But  she  was  Be- 
yond all  reasoning. 

n 

AS  Tom  came  in  through 
his  outer  office  on  his 
way  to  his  desk  the  following 
morning,  the  rubber  plant 
took  his  eye  again.  It  grated 
on  his  overwrought  nerves 
like  a shabby  challenge.  He 
was  on  the  verge  of  bursting 
out  at  Christine  to  get  rid  of 
it,  when  he  became  suddenly 
aware  of  its  extraordinarily 
protected  position  on  a new 
little  ledge,  hugging  the  wall 
by  her  desk — now  pushed  to 
the  farthest  possible  distance 
from  the  desk  of  Bera  Karl- 
son,  who  had  moved  her  own 
equipment  in  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  room.  Abruptly  he 
realized  that  he  had  been  on 
the  verge  of  taking  out  his 
own  unhappiness  on  an  un- 
derling— a thing  he  had 
never  before  allowed  himself 
to  do.  He  nodded  to  both  wo- 
men ; and  made  himself  smile. 
“Good  morning,”  he  said. 
They  answered  together — 

87 


88 


WILLIAM  W.  STUART 


Bera  with  a tinge  of  tension 
in  her  voice,  Christine  almost 
in  a whisper.  He  went  on  into 
his  own  private  office,  the 
door  sucking  gently  closed  be- 
hind him. 

He  dropped  in  the  chair  at 
his  own  desk;  and  for  a min- 
ute he  sat  limply,  his  eyes 
closed.  The  long,  unfinished, 
unclear,  unrewarding  argu- 
ment with  Josi  the  evening 
before  had  left  him  drained  of 
energy  and  clogged  with  bit- 
terness. He  had  gained  noth- 
ing but  her  promise  to  let  him 
think  this  matter  of  the  Pre- 
serves over  for  a few  days  be- 
fore talking  of  it  again. 

He  straightened  with  an  ef- 
fort and  glanced  at  his  ap- 
pointment screen.  The  name 
of  Orval  Lasron  glowed  at 
him  from  its  gray,  opaque 
surface.  He  stared  at  the  two 
words,  troubled  by  some 
slightly  ominous  echo  at  the 
back  of  his  mind,  which  they 
evoked.  Surely,  he  did  not 
know  the  man?  After  a mo- 
ment, he  gave  up.  Buzzing 
Bera  to  admit  Lasron,  he  got 
up  and  crossed  over  to  the  one 
wall-wide  window  that  looked 
down  to  the  Executive  Wait- 
ing Lounge,  three  floors  be- 
low. 

He  heard  Bera’s  voice  speak 
out  over  the  annunciator  down 
there  and  a stocky,  short  man 
in  middle  age,  with  lumpy 
features,  rose  from  a table. 
He  crossed  over  to  where  the 
angle  of  the  wall  below  cut 
him  off  from  Tom’s  sight. 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


After  a second,  the  man 
rose  into  sight  on  a floating 
magnetic  disk,  which  came  to 
a stop  outside  the  window. 
Tom  touched  the  dissolve  but- 
ton and  extended  his  hand. 
Lasron  stepped  through  the 
now  non-existent  window.  His 
handshake  was  brisk  and  im- 
personal. 

“I  interrupted  your  drink 
down  there,”  said  Tom.  ‘‘May 
I—” 

“No,  thanks,”  said  the 
other. 

TOM  led  the  way  back  to 
his  desk  and  both  men 
seated  themselves.  Face  to 
face,  Lasron  was  somewhat 
more  impressive  than  he  had 
been  at  a distance.  There  was 
a hardness  to  his  bunchy  fea- 
tures and  his  eyes  seemed  to 
show  the  light  of  a constant, 
buried  anger. 

“And  what  can  I do  for  you, 
Mr.  Lasron?” 

“You  don't  know  me,”  stat- 
ed Lasron.  He  crossed  one 
thick  leg  over  the  knee  of  the 
other. 

“No.” 

“I’m  the  local  agent  for  the 
Secretarial  Code,”  said  Las- 
ron. “I  didn’t  know  you,  eith- 
er. You  were  in  Sales  before, 
were  you  ?” 

“That’s  right.  Our  labor 
relations  were  all  handled 
higher  up.” 

“Yes.”  Lasron  shifted  in 
his  chair  with  an  abrupt,  im- 
patient movement.  “Well, 
you’ve  got  a holdover.  Chris- 
tine Nyall.” 


89 


“I  know,”  said  Tom,  sober- 
ing. “A  shame  that — ” 

“I  don’t  think  so,”  inter- 
rupted Lasron.  “Christine 
doesn’t  think  so.v  She  intends 
to  remain  on  the  Job.  Quite 
happy  in  it.  It’s  standard  pro- 
cedure in  these  cases  to  drop 
around  on  the  one  in  Man- 
agement responsible.  Just  as 
a reminder.”  He  paused.  “You 
understand.” 

“No,”  answered  Tom,  sit- 
ting straighter.  “I  don’t  think 
I do.” 

Lasron  sighed. 

“All  right,”  he  said.  “Any 
evidence  of  prejudice  and 
we’ll  slap  a writ  on  you  for  a 
fine.  Deal  with  an  illegal  out- 
fit and  we’ll  spend  half  the 
money  in  the  treasury,  if 
necessary,  to  get  a felony  rap 
to  stick  to  you.” 

“Now,  wait!  Now,  look 
here,”  said  Tom.  “Just  a min- 
ute, Lasron.  Just  what  do  you 
think  you’re  insinuating?  My 
record  is  perfectly  clean  and 
fair.  I know  some  people  on 
Management  Level  have  the 
popular  reputation  of  pulling 
dirty  tricks  in  cases  like  this. 
But  for  your  private  informa- 
tion—” 

Lasron  waved  one  hand, 
wearily. 

“I  have  a code  of  ethics!” 
snapped  Tom.  “No,  I don’t 
pretend  I wouldn’t  like  to  see 
Christine  happily  retired.  But 
— ” He  became  suddenly 
aware  that  he  was  talking  to 
a man  who  was  staring  out 
the  window,  humming  a small 

90 


tune  nervously  to  himself,  his 
fingers  beating  small,  jerky 
time  on  the  arm  of  his  chair. 

“Good,”  said  Lasron,  when 
Tom  stopped.  He  got  to  his 
feet.  His  eyes  of  buried  an- 
ger burnt  briefly  and  imper- 
sonally on  Tom,  as  if  the  man 
across  the  desk  was  some- 
thing mechanical,  trouble- 
some and  potentially  danger- 
ous. “I  won't  take  up  any 
more  of  your  time.” 

Tom  rose  also,  and  punched 
the  dissolve  button. 

“Drop  by  any  time,”  he 
said,  defiantly.  “You  don’t 
have  to  make  an  appointment. 
Just  walk  in.” 

Lasron  looked  at  him  brief- 
ly. He  appeared  to  be  about 
to  say  something,  then  turn- 
ed away.  He  nodded  his  head 
and  stepped  through  the  dis- 
solve window  onto  the  disk 
which  wafted  him  down  and 
out  of  sight. 

Tom  was  left  standing  with 
a feeling  of  ugly  inadequacy. 
He  half-turned  to  his  interof- 
fice with  the  intention  of  call- 
ing Arm  Brewer,  to  report  the 
agent’s  threats.  But  it  would 
be  a bad  beginning  in  the  new 
position  to  go  running  for  help 
right  off  the  bat.  He  turned 
away  again. 

Then  he  thought  of  calling 
in  Christine  and  challenging 
her  about  the  agent’s  behavi- 
or. But  that  was  not  strictly 
fair,  either.  Time,  he  thought, 
sitting  down  at  his  desk  again 
— time  would  iron  matters  out 
automatically. 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


TWO  days  later  Josi  re- 
minded him  of  his  prom- 
ise to  consider  the  move  to 
the  Preserves.  He  put  her 
off,  saying  he  had  not  had 
the  chance  to  think,  pleading 
the  situation  at  the  office. 

“Just  don’t  take  too  long, 
Tom,”  she  said. 

She  said  it  in  such  an  odd, 
unusual  tone  that  he  looked 
at  her  startled,  and  then  look- 
ed away  again  before  she 
could  catch  him  staring.  He 
wanted  to  ask  her  what  she 
meant;  but  discovered  sud- 
denly he  was  afraid  to. 

That  night  he  slept  badly, 
and  when  he  did  get  to  sleep 
he  slept  late. 

It  was  later  than  usual 
when  he  stepped  through  the 
entrance  to  his  outer  office. 
He  could  feel  immediately 
that  there  was  something 
wrong.  As  she  answered  his 
good  morning,  Christine  kept 
her  eyes  fixed  on  the  surface 
of  her  desk ; while  Bera,  glan- 
cing deliberately  at  him,  gave 
him  a look  of  peculiar  out- 
rage, features  set  and  a little 
pale.  Tom  shouldered  past 
them  both  into  the  security  of 
his  own  office,  hoping  to 
avoid  the  matter,  whatever 
it  was. 

He  was  given  no  choice.  On 
his  appointment  screen,  Bera’s 
name  stood  out  brilliantly,  in 
the  space  where  his  first  ap- 
pointment should  have  been. 
Tom  hesitated  for  a moment, 
to  put  a small  barrier  of  time 
between  his  entrance  and 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


Bera’s  admission;  and  then 
pressed  her  button  and  sum- 
moned her  in. 

She  came  and  sat  down  op- 
posite him.  It  was  abundant- 
ly clear  that  a crisis  point  had 
been  reached,  for  as  she  sat 
on  the  edge  of  her  chair  her 
body  was  rigid  with  the  glass- 
brittle  tension  of  a woman  on 
the  verge  of  explosion. 

THEY  began  calmly  enough, 
but  Bera’s  low  voice  quick- 
ly climbed  the  scale  toward 
hysteria.  She  did  not  want  to 
complain.  He  knew  that  she 
never  complained;  but  — she 
reminded  Tom  of  all  the  years 
she  had  worked  for  him.  She 
asked  him  if  he  had  ever  had 
any  reason  to  complain.  She 
thought  that  over  the  years — 
and  so  on.  Inevitably  came 
the  tears. 

She  sat  in  the  big  visitor’s 
chair  and  cried,  a large-boned, 
not  unlovely  woman  at  the 
end  of  her  thirties;  but  past 
the  point  where  tears  could 
look  good  on  her.  Tom  gave 
her  a drink  and  waited  until 
the  emotion  was  controlled. 

He  was  shocked  to  discover 
the  whimpering  fear  that  un- 
derlay her  outburst. 

“Why,  Bera,”  he  said,  as 
soon  as  she  was  in  fit  shape  to 
listen,  “what  makes  you  think 
I’d  ever  get  rid  of  you?  Why, 
I could  no  longer  get  along 
without  you  than — ” he  hunt- 
ed for  an  enormous  metaphor 
and  could  think  of  nothing 
but— “my  right  arm.” 


91 


Bera  gulped,  “But  She  has 
tenure  and  I haven’t,  and  you 
only  need  one  of  us.” 

“Then  I’ll  just  have  to  put 
up  with  both  of  you,”  he  said, 
in  a poor  attempt  to  be  jocu- 
lar. “Anything  else  is  ridicu- 
lous.” He  frowned.  “Besides, 
I think  after  a while  she’ll  get 
tired  of  not  having  a real  job 
to  do  around  here,  and  retire.” 
“No,  she  won’t — the  old  bid- 
dy!” said  Bera  with  sudden 
viciousness.  “She  wants  to 
hang  on  forever.” 

“Now,  you  know  that’s  not 
true,”  said  Tom.  “She  just 
liked  her  job.  All  of  us  do.” 
“Well,  I don’t  care.  She 
doesn’t  belong  in  our  office. 
Why  doesn’t  she  just  go?” 
“Where  do  you  want  her  to 
go?”  asked  Tom,  reasonably. 

“I  don’t  care.  It  isn’t  as  if 
she’d  starve  to  death.  You 
make  as  much  money  retired 
nowadays  as  you  do  working.” 
“Well,  she’s  not  going  to  get 
your  job,”  said  Tom.  “Now 
straighten  up,  Bera,  and  for- 
get this  nonsense.  As  far  as 
I’m  concerned,  Christine  has 
already  retired.” 

"Then  she  shouldn’t  be  al- 
lowed to  clutter  up  the  office 
with  things  like  that  plant  of 
hers.” 

“Why,  it’s  not  a bad  look- 
ing plant,”  said  Tom.  “I  think 
it’s  rather  a nice  idea,  having 
it  there.  Hardly  anyone  keeps 
flowers  or  plants  around  now- 
adays.” 

“It  gets  in  my  way,”  said 
Bera,  sullenly.  Tom  felt  it 

92 


was  time  to  put  his  foot  down. 

“I’m  sure  you  can  work 
around  it,”  he  said.  “Try  it 
for  a few  weeks,  anyway.  If 
Christine  is  still  here  after 
then,  and  the  plant  still  inter- 
feres around  the  office,  we’ll 
see  about  getting  rid  of  it. 
All  right?” 

Tom  got  to  his  feet,  which 
forced  her  to  rise  as  well. 
“Try  and  get  along  with 
Christine,  then,  Bera.  I’m 
leaving  now.  I just  dropped 
by  today  to  take  a look  at 
things.  You  can  tell  anyone 
who  calls  that  I won’t  be  back 
before  tomorrow.  Handle 
them  as  you  like.” 

“Yes.”  She  wiped  her  eyes. 

“So  long,  then.”  He  went 
out,  closing  the  door  on  her 
answering  good-by.  In  the 
outer  office,  Christine  was  sit- 
ting at  her  desk,  her  face  ex- 
pressionless and  a sheet  of 
paper  filled  with  aimless  dood- 
lings  before  her. 

“Well,  I’m  off  for  the  rest 
of  the  day,  Christine,”  he 
said. 

“Good  morning,  Mr.  Callo- 
way,” she  replied,  without 
looking  up. 

He  went  out  the  door. 

WHEN  the  tension  in  the 
outer  office  did  not  im- 
prove, he  took  a trip  to  the 
other  side  of  the  building  to 
talk  to  Arm. 

“Tom !”  Arm  jumped  to  his 
feet  as  Tom  entered,  and  came 
forward  bouncily,  his  heavy 
face  smiling  under  its  white 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


hair.  , “How’s  our  newest 
member  upstairs  here?  Have 
a drink?" 

“No  thanks,”  said  Tom. 
“How’ve  you  been,  Arm?” 
“How  could  I be?  Eighty- 
seven  and  sound  as  the  Com- 
pany’s credit  rating!”  Arm 
slapped  his  wide  chest.  “Why 
don’t  you  and  Josi  step  out 
with  me  one  of  these  nights 
and  find  out  for  yourselves? 
See  if  the  old  bachelor  can’t 
outdo  you  yet?” 

“I  wouldn’t  doubt  it.  I’ll 
talk  to  Josi  about  it,”  said 
Tom,  smiling.  “Arm,  I hate 
to  come  funning  to  you  with 
troubles  right  away,  but  I’ve 
got  stuck  in  a situation.” 
“That  the  straight  sheet?” 
Arm  punched  for  a drink  and 
set  it  on  the  edge  of  his  desk. 
“What  is  it?” 

“Christine  Nyall.  Old  Walt’s 

oppppfurv  99 

“Christine — ? Oh,  the  hold- 
over!” Arm  looked  at  Tom, 
pulled  a long  face  and  rocked 
abruptly  with  hearty  laugh- 
ter. “Now,  that  is  rough.  If 
only  she’d  been  some  young 
bounce,  huh,  Tom?” 

Tom  smiled  agreeably,  if 
perfunctorily. 

“Well,  well.”  Arm  sobered. 
“So  you’ve  got  old  Walt’s  girl 
on  your  hands.  You  knew 
about  her  and  Walt?  Yes,  I 
see  you  did.  Well,  now,  what’s 
the  problem?” 

“Well,  since  I brought  Bera 
up  with  me.  I’ve  really  no 
need  for  Christine.  But  she’s 
trying  to  stick  it  out.” 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


“They  all  do.” 

“For  myself,  I don’t  mind 
too  much — after  all,  she’s 
bound  to  retire  eventually. 
But  it  crowds  the  office,  you 
know  how  we  are  for  space. 
And,  worst  of  all,  she’s  upset- 
ting Bera.” 

“Well,  now,  that  is  serious,” 
said  Arm.  “A  good  secretary, 
broken  in  over  the  years.  I 
can  see  why  you  wouldn't 
want  her  disturbed.  Why 
don’t  you  do  something  about 
it?” 

“But  that’s  the  point.  What 
can  I do?”  said  Tom.  “She’s 
got  tenure.  The  representa- 
tive of  the  Secretarial  Code 
was  around  just  a week  or  so 
ao-o  to  remind  me  of  that. 
What  can  I do?” 

Arm  looked  across  the  desk 
at  him  with  a curious  expres- 
sion on  his  big  face. 

“You  haven’t  been  ap- 
proached yet,  then?”  he  said, 
slowly. 

“Approached?  By  who?” 

Arm’s  drink  had  been  sit- 
ting unnoticed  all  this  time. 
He  picked  it  up  now  and  sip- 
ped at  it. 

“There’s  people,”  he  said, 
“who  make  a point  of  being 
useful  in  just  such  situa- 
tions.” 

“There  are?”  Tom  search- 
ed his  expression  for  a clue. 
“In  the  face  of  the  tenure 
law?  What  can  they  do?  Who 
are  they,  anyway?” 

“They  contact  you.” 

“But  I mean — oh,”  said 
Tom.  “Oh,  oh  I seel” 


93 


“I  don’t  know  anything 
about  them  myself,”  Arm 
said,  sipping  on  his  drink. 
“Nothing  whatsoever.  I’ve 
just  heard  about  them.” 

“Of  course,”  said  Tom. 
There  was  a fumbling  mo- 
ment of  silence. 

“Sure  you  won’t  have  a 
drink,  after  all?” 

“Thanks,”  said  Tom  auto- 
matically. Arm  had  already 
punched  for  a full  glass  with- 
out waiting  for  an  answer. 
Now  he  handed  the  drink 
over.  Tom  took  it,  his  eyes 
staring  unseeingly  through 
the  wall  of  Aim’s  office. 

Will !”  said  Josi,  meeting 
him  at  the  front  door, 
when  he  arrived  at  home. 

“Hello,  honey.”  He  kissed 
her.  They  went  inside. 

“You’ve  been  drinking,”  she 
said. 

“I  had  a few  at  the  office 
with  Arm,”  he  answered,  as 
they  sat  down.  “He  wants  us 
to  go  out  with  him  one  of 
these  nights.” 

“That’s  nice,”  said  Josi. 
“You  don’t  sound  very  en- 
thusiastic,” he  said. 

“No,  I suppose  not.” 
“Josi!”  he  burst  out.  “Josi, 
will  you  snap  out  of  it?  Can’t 
you  understand  I’ve  got  a cri- 
sis brewing  in  that  office  of 
mine?  If  I don’t  handle  this 
right,  what  do  you  think  my 
chances  of  promotion  will 
be?” 

“I’m  just  waiting,”  she 
said. 

94 


“Here  I am  up  to  my  ears 
in  business  troubles — ” 

“And  spending  the  morn- 
ing getting  drunk  with  Arm.” 
It  developed  into  a first 
class  fight. 

Ill 

THE  outer  office  had  be- 
come an  armed  camp. 
There  was  no  disguising  the 
atmosphere  of  antagonism 
that  existed  there.  Tom  dodg- 
ed through  it  as  quickly  as 
he  could,  and  remained  buried 
in  the  inner  office  during  the 
hours  of  his  working  day. 

But  this  was  no  solution. 
Bera  became  more  and  more 
unreliable  until  it  became  ob- 
vious, even  to  Tom,  that  her 
work  had  become  clearly  sec- 
ondary to  her  feud  with 
Christine.  On  Tuesday,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  third 
week,  Tom  was  disturbed  at 
his  desk  by  what  could  only 
be  the  sounds  of  a scuffle. 

He  went  swiftly  to  the  door 
of  the  outer  office  and  jerked 
it  open.  The  two  women  were 
standing  facing  each  other, 
breathing  hard,  and  the  jar 
which  held  the  plant  was 
clutched  with  fierce  protec- 
tiveness in  the  arms  of  Chris- 
tine. As  the  door  opened,  she 
turned  to  look  at  Tom  for  a 
single  moment,  then  turned 
back  and  put  down  the  plant 
once  more  in  its  accustomed 
place.  She  reseated  herself, 
silently.  Bera  turned  and 
walked  jerkily  back  to  her 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


own  desk  and  also  sat  down. 
Neither  one  said  a word. 

He  waited  until  they  were 
ostensibly  busy  again,  then 
walked  through  the  office  and 
out  of  the  front  door.  He  did 
not  say  a word  to  Bera;  and 
the  back  of  his  neck  was 
aware  that  she  stared  after 
him  with  bitter,  fearful  eyes, 
while  the  woman  across  from 
her  sat  silent  and  depressed, 
her  head  down  and  her  eyes 
hopelessly  fixed  on  her  desk. 

Feeling  as  if  he  was  chok- 
ing, Tom  made  his  way  out  of 
the  building.  He  avoided  the 
lobby  lounge  below  and  took 
an  aircab  to  a rooftop  bar 
neart>y — the  Parisien,  it  was 
called.  Its  small  round  tables 
and  wire  chairs  were  imita- 
tive of  an  old-fashioned  side- 
walk cafe.  He  ordered  a tall 
scotch  and  tried  to  relax. 

Things,  he  thought,  could 
not  go  on  like  this.  Twenty- 
four  hours  had  been  the  limit 
on  family  quarrels  between 
Josi  and  himself  for  years 
now.  But  the  present  one 
about  the  move  to  the  Pre- 
serves seemed  to  renew  itself 
daily.  Softly,  he  pounded  on 
the  white,  slick  surface  of  the 
table  with  his  fist.  Trouble 
at  the  office.  Trouble  at  home. 
And  the  two  things  feeding 
on  each  other  to  keep  them- 
selves alive.  The  tension  be- 
tween Josi  and  himself  was 
blurring  his  usual  decisive- 
ness so  that  he  was  fumbling 
the  office  problem.  And  the 
office  problem  wore  his 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


nerves  thin  so  that  one  word 
from  Josi  was  enough  to  set 
him  off.  Why  couldn’t  Josi  be 
a help  instead  of  a hindrance 
at  a time  like  this?  And  why 
couldn’t  Christine  be  sensible 
and  retire? 

THE  scotch  came.  He  ac- 
cepted it  automatically, 
indifferent  to  the  anachronism 
of  a live  waiter  instead  of  the 
usual  delivery  panel  set  in  the 
table.  The  truth  was,  he  had 
started  out  with  a sneaking 
sympathy  for  Christine.  It 
was  not  impossible  for  him  to 
put  himself  in  her  shoes,  to 
feel  an  empathy  with  her.  He 
had,  therefore,  been  half-in- 
clined to  let  things  drift,  to 
let  her  sit  out  her  remaining 
days  in  his  office — perhaps 
even  in  time  to  give  her  small 
bits  and  pieces  of  work  to 
make  her  feel  necessary.  He 
had  never  imagined  such  a 
violent  reaction,  however, 
from  Bera.  Who  would  have 
supposed. . . 

A shadow  fell  abruptly 
across  his  table. 

He  looked  up  and  saw  gaz- 
ing .down  at  him  a distin- 
guished looking  man  of  his 
own  age.  A handsome  fellow, 
slim,  writh  a touch  of  easy 
amusement  at  the  corners  of 
his  thin  mouth. 

“Well,  Mr.  Calloway,”  said 
the  man,  “you’re  a hard  per- 
son to  get  in  touch  with.” 

He  sat  down.  Tom  stared 
at  him  in  astonishment. 
“Hard?”  He  looked  more 

95 


closely  at  the  man.  “Do  I 
know  you?” 

“May  I introduce  myself?” 
He  put  the  question  with 
such  unnatural  stilted  for- 
mality that  for  a second  Tom 
did  not  realize  that  it  was  an 
actual  question,  and  not  a 
rhetorical  one. 

“Is  there  any  reason  why 
you  shouldn’t?”  asked  Tom. 

“Joe  Smith,”  said  the  other, 
taking  this  as  permission  and 
offering  his  hand.  “Utility 
Services.” 

Tom  shook  hands  automa- 
tically. 

“Utility  Services?” 

“Of  course  you  don’t  know 
us.  We  aren’t  listed.  In  fact,” 
Joe  Smith  turned  to  signal 
the  anachronistic  waiter,  “le- 
gally we  don’t  exist.” 

A bell  rang  in  Tom’s  mind. 
He  sat  up  straight  behind  his 
scotch  and  looked  penetra- 
tingly  at  his  visitor. 

“And  illegally?”  he  asked. 
The  man  laughed. 

“We  understand  you  have  a 
problem,  Mr.  Calloway — 
thanks—”  he  accepted  his 
glass  from  the  waiter.  “A 
holdover.” 

“Who  told  you?” 

“Why,”  said  Smith,  “it’s  a 
matter  of  public  record,  isn’t 
it?”  He  looked  at  Tom.  “We’re 
prepared  to  help  you  out.” 
“How?” 

Smith  waved  a hand. 

44T\EPENDS  on  the  difficul- 
1 J ty.  Once  it  was  merely 
a matter  of  offering  a job 

96 


with  some  dummy  firm.  But 
the  Secretarial  Code  is  well  up 
on  simple  tricks  like  that, 
lately.  In  the  case  of  your 
Christine — let’s  see.  She  was 
supposed  to  have  been  having 
a long-term  affair  with  her 
former  employer,  wasn’t  she? 
Perhaps  someone  who  resem- 
bled him  a great  deal  could 
bring  about  her  resignation.” 
“Now,  look  here,”  said  Tom. 
“Yes,  Mr.  Calloway?” 

“I  certainly  wouldn’t  stand 
for  anything  like  that.” 

Smith  raised  his  eyebrows. 
“What  did  you  expect?”  He 
leaned  forward  over  the  table, 
lowering  his  voice.  “I’ll  tell 
you  what  you  expected — a mi- 
racle. We  don’t  deal  in  mira- 
cles. Just  results.” 

Tom  flushed. 

“All  right,  Smith,”  he  said. 
“I  don’t  think  we’ve  got  any 
business  to  do  together.” 

“I  think  we  have,”  said 
Smith.  “Or  rather,  you  have 
business  to  do  with  us.  If 
not  now,  later.  We’re  a busi- 
ness fact  of  life  in  this  mod- 
ern world,  Mr.  Calloway.  Ug- 
ly, if  you  insist  on  looking  at 
us  that  way,  but  just  as  un- 
avoidable as  any  other  fact 
of  life.” 

“I  don’t  think  so,”  said 
Tom  grimly. 

“Don’t  you  ?”  queried  Smith. 
“Open  your  eyes,  Mr.  Callo- 
way. This  isn’t  the  last  cen- 
tury. It’s  the  present.  There’s 
no  way  to  hide  from  the  facts 
of  life  now.” 

“I’m  not  sure  I know  what 


GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


you’re  talking  about,”  said 
Tom.  “But  I’ll  tell  you  this. 
I’ve  lived  by  my  own  code  of 
ethics  all  my  life.  And  got 
along  all  right.  So  go  peddle 
your  dirty  papers  someplace 
else.” 

. “No,  no,”  said  Smith,  shak- 
ing his  head.  “It’s  all  very 
fine  to  have  ethics,  Mr.  Callo- 
way, but  they  simply  don't 
work  in  business.  They’ve 
gotten  to  be  a luxury  nobody 
can  afford  any  more.  Save 
your  ethics  for  home.  Tell 
them  to  the  kids  for  bedtime 
stories  when  you  tuck  them 
in  for  the  night.  But  don’t 
go  messing  up  your  career 
with  them.  You’ll  regret  it. 
Indeed  you  will,  Calloway. 
People  like  this  Christine  ex- 
pect to  get  kicked  out.  They 
just  hang  around  creating  a 
fuss  until  they  are.” 

WTF  you  think  you  can  say 
•l  that — ” Tom  checked  him- 
self suddenly,  remembering 
the  office  as  it  had  been  late- 
ly. Remembering  Josi.  “My 
wife — ” he  began,  without 
thinking.  Then  he  stopped. 
“What  about  your  wife?” 
“None  of  your  business!” 
“Oh?  But  I take  it,”  said 
Smith,  looking  at  him  closely, 
“you  weren’t  about  to  listen 
to  her,  either?” 

Tom  shuddered  suddenly 
and  quite  unexpectedly. 

“It’s  all  nonsense,”  he  said. 
“Someone  walk  over  your 
grave?”  said  Smith,  not  en- 
tirely unmaliciously.  “You 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


ought  to  know  the  truth  as 
well  as  your  wife.  As  well  as 
me,  for  that  matter.”  He 
waved  his  arm  out  over  the 
parapet  of  the  rooftops,  at 
the  endless  buildings  sur- 
rounding them.  “Look  at  that. 
Full  up.  Ripe.  Starting  to 
rot,  wouldn’t  you  say?”  He 
grinned  at  Tom. 

“What’re  you  talking 
about?”  said  Tom.  “There’s 
unlimited  frontiers.  New 
worlds. . .” 

“You  want  to  go?  Do  I 
want  to  go  ?”  Smith  sat  back, 
shaking  his  head  and  took  a 
drink  from  his  glass.  “Easier 
to  stay  here  and  face  facts, 
Calloway.  And  the  fact  you’ve 
got  to  face — ” he  tapped  with 
his  fingernail  on  the  shiny 
white  tabletop,  his  nail  mak- 
ing a hard  clicking  sound 
against  it — “is  that  you  must 
do  for  this  Christine  or,  indi- 
rectly, she’s  going  to  do  for 
you.  If  you  don’t  get  her  out 
of  that  office,  the  mess’ll 
grow.  It’ll  grow  until  you  find 
yourself  into  it  too  deep  to 
pull  yourself  out.  I’ve  seen 
this  sort  of  thing  before.”  He 
got  up.  “Think  about  that 
Calloway.  You  or  her.  And 
the  longer  you  hesitate,  the 
more  likely  it's  going  to  be 
both  of  you.” 

IT  was  evening  before  Tom 
found  Christine  Nyall. 
After  Smith  left,  Tom  had 
tried  to  call  her  at  the  office. 
Bera  hold  him  the  older  wo- 
man had  gone  for  the  day. 

97 


Bera  did  not  have  Christine’s 
address,  either,  so  Tom  had 
been  forced  to  go  to  a pub- 
lic tracing  center.  It  took  the 
center  three  hours  to  come  up 
with  a list  of  places  where 
she  might  be  found. 

He  located  her  at  last,  sit- 
ting at  one  of  the  small  tables 
around  the  wide  expanse  of 
dance  floor  in  one  of  the  mid- 
age groups  recreation  centers. 
She  sat  alone,  a barely  touch- 
ed drink  in  front  of  her,  the 
glowingly  white  translucent 
dance  floor  throwing  a pale 
illumination  on  her  overpow- 
dered face.  He  strode  over 
and  sat  down  opposite  Ik 

“Christine,”  he  said. 

She  turned  from  her  blank 
contemplation  of  the  dancing 
couples  on  the  floor  and  look- 
ed at  him.  As  his  identity 
registered,  her  features  slid 
into  the  carefully  controlled 
expression  he  was  used  to  see- 
ing at  the  office. 

“Mr.  Calloway,”  she  mur- 
mured. 

“Hello.”  He  stumbled,  sud- 
denly at  a loss  for  words.  "Er 
-^another  drink?” 

She  touched  the  glass  be- 
fore her. 

“Thanks,  no,”  she  said. 

“I  see,”  he  said,  “Well,  I 
think  I’ll  have  one.”  He  press- 
ed buttons  and  waited  for  a 
few  short  seconds  until  a filled 
glass  rose  from  the  slot  in  the 
center  of  the  table.  He  took 
it,  swallowed  largely  and  put 
it  back  on  the  table.  “I’ve  had 
a hard  time  finding  you.” 

98 


The  words  reminded  him 
immediately  of  the  man  nam- 
ed Smith.  He  put  his  drink 
down  with  a gesture  of  revul- 
sion. He  looked  at  Christine, 
almost  pleadingly. 

“Look,  Christine,”  he  said, 
“do  you  really  think  you’d 
feel  happier  belonging  to  my 
office  staff  than  you  would, 
retired  ?” 

She  reached  for  her  glass 
and  turned  it. 

“Yes,”  she  said,  “Yes,  I 
do.” 

“You  know,”  he  said,  try- 
ing to  joke,  “sooner  or  later 
we  all  have  to  quit.” 

She  looked  up  sharply.  He 
saw  her  eyes  were  terrified. 

“Not  until  retirement  age !” 
she  said,  “I’ve  got  tenure!” 

“Of  course,  of  course.  I 
know  you’ve  got  tenure,”  said 
Tom.  “But  you  do  see — you’re 
just  putting  off  the  inevitable, 
don’t  you?” 

“I  only  want  my  rights. 
That’s  all!” 

TOM  took  a heavy  gulp 
from  his  glass.  He  push- 
ed it  away  from  him. 

“Look,”  he  said,  “I  want  us 
to  be  friends.  I know  how 
I’d  feel  if  I was — well — put 
in  an  awkward  position  with 
some  years  yet  to  go  to  re- 
tirement. I’d  like  to  do  what’s 
best  for  you.  And  I know 
Bera.  She  can  be  difficult  to 
get  along  with.” 

“I  don’t  mind,”  said  Chris- 
tine carefully. 

“Oh  come  now,”  said  Tom. 
GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


“Informally— just  between 

the  two  of  us — I know  she’s 
been  raising  cain  ever  since 
we  moved  into  the  new  of- 
fice.” 

“Bera’s  all  right,”  she  an- 
swered. “I  like  Bera.” 

Tom  gaped  at  her.  The 
statement  was  too  monstrous 
to  refute. 

“Christine!”  he  burst  out, 
finally.  “Let’s  be  honest,  any- 
way!” She  looked  stubbornly 
down  at  her  drink.  “Look,  if 
you  really  want  to  stay,  you 
can.  I’ll  talk  to  Bera.  Or  the 
three  of  us  will  all  get  to- 
gether and  thrash  this  thing 
out.  That  is,  if  you  really 
want  to  stay.” 

She  glanced  up  obliquely, 
almost  slyly,  at  him. 

“I  can  stay  anyway,”  she 
said.)  “My  tenure  guarantees 
it” 

“Of  course!  Of  course  you 
can  stay !”  cried  Tom.  “That’s 
not  what  I’m  talking  about. 
I’m  talking  about  fitting  you 
in,  making  a useful  place  for 
you.” 

“That’s  all  right.”  He  rais- 
ed her  head  to  look  him 
squarely  in  the  eye.  “You 
don’t  have  to  bother  about 
me.” 

“Good  Lord !”  shouted  Tom. 
“Do  you  like  things  the  way 
they  are?” 

“You  might  as  well  give  up, 
Mr.  Calloway,”  she  said.  “I 
know  what  my  rights  are, 
and  I’m  not  going  to  give 
them  up.  If  you’ve  got  any 
questions  you  can  call  up  the 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


Secretarial  Code  and  talk  to 
Mr.  Lasron.  Of  course,  I’ll 
have  to  report  to  him  you 
tried  to  talk  to  me  here,  to- 
day.” 

For  a moment  Tom  stared 
at  her  in  amazement. 

“You  stupid  woman!”  he 
burst  out  finally.  “Can’t  you 
see  I’m  trying  to  help?” 

Christine’s  face  went  white 
and  frightened.  She  jerked 
as  if  she  had  been  struck.  For 
a moment  she  sat  as  if  para- 
lyzed; then  she  made  a small 
noise  in  her  throat  and  scram- 
bled up.  She  was  hurrying 
off,  before  Tom  could  stop 
her,  between  the  tables. 

“Christine!  Wait!”  he  call- 
ed after  her.  But  she  was  al- 
ready gone. 

IT  was  late  when  he  at  last 
got  home.  Josi  was  wait- 
ing for  him  in  the  lounge 
room. 

“Had  your  supper?”  she 
asked  a little  sharply,  as  he 
came  in. 

“I’m  not  hungry.”  He  drop- 
ped into  a chair. 

“Would  you  like  a drink? 
Or — ” she  stood  over  him — 
“have  you  had  too  many  al- 
ready?” 

“Josi,”  he  said  wearily,  put- 
ting his  head  in  his  hands, 
“don’t  start  in  on  me  now.” 
She  sat  down  opposite  him. 
“I’m  sorry,  Tom,”  she  said. 
“But  we’ve  got  something  to 
talk  over.  I’ve  been  waiting 
for  you  since  this  afternoon.” 
“Can’t  it  wait?” 


99 


“No,  Tem.” 

A note  he  had  never  before 
heard  in  her  voice  made  him 
look  up. 

“I’m  leaving  things  up  to 
you,  Tom,”  she  said.  “I  went 
down  to  the  tourist  agency 
and  told  them  to  go  ahead 
with  our  reservations.” 

“Josi!” 

“You  listen  to  me  now.  The 
plans  are  at  a premium.  I 
can’t  afford  to  wait.  The  Pre- 
serves may  be  filled  up,  or 
the  price  increased  any  day 
now,  to  where  we  can't  afford 
it.” 

“Josi,  listen!” 

“No.  Now  I’m  doing  the 
talking,  Tom,”  she  said.  “I 
told  you  I was  going  through 
with  this.  And  I meant  it. 
The  reservation  is  in  my 
name.  If  you  won’t  come 
along,  then  I’m  getting  a di- 
vorce. My  settlement  will  pay 
for  the  first  few  years  of  the 
plan ; and  after  that  we’ll 
work  things  out  any  way  we 
can.  But  whether  you  like  it 
or  not,  whether  you  come  or 
not,  the  boys  and  I are  leav- 
ing for  the  Preserves.  It’s  up 
to  you,  Tom.” 

She  i-ose  to  her  feet  and  left 
him,  sitting  in  the  lounge, 
numb  and  old  and  alone. 

IV 

THE  next  morning  found 
him  having  breakfast  at 
a poolside  restaurant  not  far 
from  the  office.  He  had  slip- 
ped out  of  the  house  to  avoid 

100 


Josi,  for  reasons  that  were  at 
the  moment  unclear  to  him. 
He  sat  at  his  small  table  un- 
der a striped  awning,  staring 
out  at  the  early  morning 
swimmers  in  the  pool.  The 
coffee  seemed  tasteless. 

He  had  spent  the  whole  of 
a wakeful  night  trying  to  be- 
lieve what  Josi  had  told  him. 
Accepting  it  was  something 
else  again.  First  he  had  to 
believe  she  would  do  such  a 
thing.  It  was  all  the  more 
wildly  improbable  for  the  rea- 
son that  he  believed  Josi  still 
loved  him.  Only  there  seem- 
ed to  be  some  startling  and 
hitherto  unsuspected  limits  to 
that  love. 

How,  he  wondered,  staring 
at  the  pool,  had  Josi  reached 
such  a point?  He  tried  to 
think  back  over  their  discus- 
sions— well,  be  honest  and 
call  them  arguments.  Had 
there  been  some  point  at 
which  he  had  driven  her  to 
desperation  ? Thinking  back, 
he  could  remember  no  such 
point.  In  fact,  he  had  never 
given  a definite  “no”  to*  the 
idea.  He  had  merely  been 
doubting  and  wanting  to  put 
off  his  decision  until  he  could 
settle  the  problem  of  Chris- 
tine. 

That  could  only  mean — he 
came  back  to  the  point  not 
for  the  first  nor  even  for  the 
hundredth  time  since  the  pre- 
vious evening — that  Josi  had 
simply  long  ago  decided  to 
eliminate  him  from  the  fam- 
ily. She  had  thought  not  my 


GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


husband,  our  family;  but  sim- 
ply my  children  and  I.  She 
had  cut  him  out. 

Or  had  he  ever  belonged? 

After  a while,  he  got  up  and 
went  to  the  office. 

When  he  came  in  this  morn- 
ing, Bera  was  absorbed  in  her 
work  ; but  Christine  looked  up 
at  him  with  a momentary 
strange,  unreadable  expres- 
sion. He  brushed  past  both 
of  them  and  went  on  into  his 
own  office. 

He  sat  down  at  his  desk. 
He  had  never  been  an  early 
morning  drinker;  but  now  he 
punched  for  Scotch.  After  a 
moment,  the  tall  glass  rose  to 
the  surface  of  his  desk  and 
he  took  it.  It  tasted  alien  and 
bitter,  like  the  coffee  he  had 
drunk  earlier.  But  he  forced 
himself  to  swallow  it. 

After  a little  while,  the 
hard  edges  of  his  world  sof- 
tened somewhat.  He  straight- 
ened up  and  looked  at  his  ap- 
pointment screen. 

There,  waiting  for  him,  was 
the  name  of  Lasron.  He  got 
up  from  his  desk  and  looked 
out  the  window,  down  into  the 
lounge. 

THERE  was  Lasron  wait- 
ing. Tom  made  out  the 
man’s  thick  body  seated  alone 
at  a table  before  a glass  from 
which  he  was  not  drinking. 
His  fingers  seemed  to  be 
drumming  on  the  table  top. 
Impatient.  Well,  he  would  just 
have  to  wait.  Team  came  back 
to  his  desk  and  pushed  the 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


button  that  summoned  Chris- 
tine. 

She  came  in  hesitantly, 
closing  the  door  behind  her 
instead  of  letting  it  suck  shut 
automatically,  and  approach- 
ed his  desk. 

“Sit  down,”  said  Tom. 

She  seated  herself  careful- 
ly on  the  edge  of  the  big  vis- 
itor’s chair. 

“Christine,”  he  said,  “I 
wanted  to  talk  to  you.” 

“I  know,”  she  answered. 
She  was  watching  her  own 
fingers,  which  she  had  laced 
together  and  was  turning, 
backwards  and  forwards, 
in  her  lap. 

“You  know?”  he  said. 

“I’m  so  terribly  sorry,  Mr. 
Calloway,”  she  said.  “I  want 
to  apologize — ” 

He  stared  at  her  in  startle- 
ment.  But  she  was  hurrying 
on,  tripping  over  her  own 
words  in  her  haste. 

“I  just  couldn’t  help  it  af- 
ter working  here  so  long.  I 
couldn’t  help  thinking  it  was 
our  office — mine  and  Mr. 
Onegh’s.  And  then,  when 
you’re  older  and  you’ve  got 
no  one — to  be  cut  loose,  to 
just  eat  and  sleep  and  die  and 
be  forgotten — you  go  a little 
crazy,  I guess.” 

“Well,  now,”  said  Tom, 
“Christine — ” 

“And  they  make  matters 
worse  for  us  down  at  the  Sec- 
retarial Code.  They  warn  us 
Management  will  try  all  sorts 
of  dirty  tricks  to  make  us  re- 
sign, when  we’ve  got  tenure. 

701 


They  get  us  so  worked  up, 
Mr.  Calloway,  that  we  can’t 
trust  anyone.  And  I didn’t 
trust  you.  I called  Mr.  Lasron 
last  night,  after  you  talked  to 
me.  It  wasn’t  until  after  I 
punched  off  the  phone,  that  I 
thought  to  remember  you 
hadn’t  been  anything  but 
kind.  You  didn’t  even  com- 
plain about  the  plant." 

Tom  found  his  voice  a little 
hoarse,  and  cleared  it.  “No 
point  in  being  unfair." 

“I  know.  I just  couldn’t  be- 
lieve it."  She  twisted  her 
hands.  “I  want  to  tell  you 
about  that  plant,  Mr.  Callo- 
way. It — ’’  She  hesitated,  and 
her  powdered  face  twisted  in- 
to a slight  grotesqueness.  “It 
meant  a good  deal  to  me.  You 
must  know  about  me  and  Mr. 
Onegh.” 

“Yes,”  said  Tom. 

“A  lot  of  people  knew.”  She 
was  stroking  one  blue-veined 
hand  with  the  fingers  of  the 
other,  as  if  in  fascination  with 
the  process.  “They  knew  I 
loved  him  and  they  guessed — 
that  was  before  his  wife  died 
— that  we  were  getting  away 
for  a weekend,  now  and  then. 
But  nobody  here  knew  we 
once  had  nearly  a whole  year 
together.” 

TOM  jerked  his  head  back 
from  the  window. 

“Yes."  She  nodded  a little. 
“It  was  before  you  came  to 
the  Company.  There  was  an 
underground  city  supply  unit 
to  be  set  up  in  the  Midlands, 

102 


on  Venus.  The  Company  took 
the  bid.  Mr.  Onegh  was  sent 
out  as  Management  Represen- 
tative when  we  got  the  job. 
I took  a leave  of  absence;  and 
he  pulled  some  strings  to  get 
me  an  appointment  on  the 
Government  Inspection  Crew. 
So  we  both  went  out,  and  no 
one  here  knew  about  it.” 

She  stopped.  Tom  was  star- 
ing at  her.  She  went  on. 

“It  was  a year,’-’  she  said. 
“We  could  have  stayed  on  Ve- 
nus. I wanted  to.  But  Walter 
— ” Her  voice  trailed  off. 

“He  thought,”  said  Tom, 
and  was  jarred  at  the  sound 
of  his  own  voice,  so  strange 
it  sounded,  “of  his  wife  and 
his  job  here.” 

“Yes,”  she  Whispered. 

Her  index  finger  made  lit- 
tle circles  on  the  arm  of  the 
chair.  She  spoke  again. 

“He  was  a coward,”  she 
said.  Tom  started  and  looked 
at  her  with  a sort  of  horror. 
“I  thought  you  loved  him?” 
“I  did.”  She  raised  her 
head.  “He  wasn’t  a coward 
when  I first  met  him.  It  was 
the  years  made  him  that.  All 
the  years  and  the  sneaking 
around  corners  with  me.  And 
the  business  getting  tighter 
and  tighter  every  year,  so 
that  even  someone  who’d  been 
with  the  Company  as  long  as 
he  had  didn’t  feel  safe.” 
“Class  A Management. 
With  tenure.”  Tom’s  throat 
was  dry,  suddenly. 

She  smiled  sadly  at  him. 
“Oh,  they've  got  dirty 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


tricks  for  Management  level, 
too,”  she  said.  “When  I was 
working  with  Walter — ” Her 
voice  trailed  off,  embarrassed- 
ly. 

TOM  sat  still  in  his  chair. 

He  opened  his  mouth, 
closed  it  again  and  suddenly, 
almost  with  violence,  shoved 
himself  to  his  feet.  Turning, 
he  stepped  to  the  office  win- 
dow and  looked  out.  Across 
from  him,  over  the  airy 
depths  of  the  lounge  below,  he 
could  make  out  Arm  Brewer, 
his  white  thatch  vigorously  in 
movement  beyond  the  pane  of 
his  window  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  lounge. 

“What  about  the  plant?” 
Tom  said  without  turning. 
“You  were  going  to  tell  me 
about  the  rubber  plant.” 

“Well,  you  know  how  Venus 
is,”  her  voice  rang  in  his  ears. 
“The  carbon  dioxide  blanket, 
the  dust  storms,  nothing 
green  anywhere.  It  was 
against  the  shipping  rules, 
but  he  took  the  plant  along 
when  he  went  to  Venus — for 
me.  To  make  me  happy.  For 
that  one  year  it  grew  in  our 
home.” 

Out  and  below  Tom,  the 
lounge  eddied  in  its  steady 
movement  of  continual 
coming  and  going.  Salesmen, 
jobhunters,  caterers,  favor- 
seekers,  representatives  like 
Lasron — the  flotsam  of  the 
commercial  sea.  All  waiting. 
All  hungry. 

Yes,  thought  Tom. 

A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


Just  then,  through  the 
wide-swinging  entrance  of  the 
lounge  came  the  tall,  thin  fig- 
ure of  Mr.  Smith.  For  a mo- 
ment, Tom  hung,  not  even 
breathing,  staring  down  at 
the  tall  man. 

Behind  him,  Christine  talk- 
ed on.  But  he  heard  her  only 
as  background  noise.  Smith 
had  just  nodded  to  Lasron, 
sitting  at  his  table;  and  Las- 
ron had  lifted  a hand  in  ac- 
knowledgement. 

Mr.  Smith  paused  to  speak 
to  the  receptionist,  his  ele- 
gant head  a little  on  one  side. 
He  turned  and  went  over  the 
opposite  wall  soaring  up  from 
the  lounge.  A disk  came  im- 
mediately to  life  on  the  floor, 
and  he  stepped  aboard.  It 
bore  him  upward  to  the  win- 
dow of  Arm’s  office,  opposite. 
The  window  dissolved  before 
him  as  Arm  reached  out  a 
hand  in  greeting.  They  went 
inside  together  and — did  their 
heads  turn  to  look  for  a mo- 
ment in  the  direction  of  Tom's 
office  as  they  went? 

Tom  had  a sudden  diz- 
zying sensation  of  falling.  It 
was  as  if  the  lounge  below 
reached  up  with  clutching  fin- 
gers to  drag  him  down.  He 
clung  to  the  window  drape 
beside  him  for  a minute,  find- 
ing the  heavy  metallic  cloth 
slippery  in  his  damp  hands. 
He  took  a deep  breath, 
straightened  and  turned. 

“Yes,  yes,”  he  said,  inter- 
rupting Christine.  “I  appre- 
ciate your  telling  me  about 


103 


the  plant.  But  I think  that 
in  spite  of  the  sentimental  at- 
tachment you  have  for  it, 
we’ll  have  to  get  rid  of  it.” 

HER  mouth  open,  she  star- 
ed at  him.  In  her  aston- 
ishment she  looked  almost  im- 
becilic. 

“You  understand,”  he  went 
on,  the  words  coming  auto- 
matically, “I’m  a liberal-mind- 
ed man  myself.  But  I can 
hardly  be  expected  to  put  up 
with  a souvenir  of  this  type. 
After  all,  this  is  a business 
office,  not  a bedroom.  I was 
a young  man  once  myself — 
fairly  recently,  too.  And  I 
had  my — er — fun.  And  I rec- 
ognize that  a single  woman 
and  a man  with  a perpetually 
ailing  wife  might  have  their 
problems  op  a physical  plane. 
But  to  flaunt  mementos  of — 
well,  it  seems  to  me  to  be  a 
little  too  much.” 

She  looked  up  at  him  with 
a rabbit-like  fascination,  as 
if  he  had  suddenly  revealed 
scales  and  a moveless  eye.  He 
met  her  look  squarely.  It  was 
odd.  but  he  felt  no  need  to 
avoid  her.  His  eyes  were 
heavy  as  pebbles  in  his  face, 
and  as  insensitive  to  what  he 
gazed  at. 

“So  I'll  just  ask  you  to  put 
it  away  somewhere  right 
now,”  he  said.  He  paused. 
“Naturally,  I’m  going  to  have 
to  submit  a memo  on  this  to 
the  Company  psychiatrist.  I 
believe  you  need  help,  Chris- 
tine. Women  often  do  at  your 

104 


age.  I’ll  do  what  I can  by  at- 
taching a complete  account 
of  what  you  told  me  about 
you  and  Walter — ” 

With  one  quick,  gasping  in- 
take of  breath,  she  was  on 
her  feet.  She  turned  and  ran 
from  his  office.  The  imper- 
sonal machinery  of  the  door 
closed  it  politely  behind  her. 

Tom  sat  down  at  his  desk. 
He  felt  as  if  he  should  be 
shaking,  but  he  was  not.  He 
laid  his  hands  on  the  desktop 
but  felt  nothing. 

After  a while  he  became 
aware  of  the  sound  of  Bera’s 
buzzer,  calling  for  his  atten- 
tion. But  he  ignored  it.  It 
was  not  until  some  little  time 
after  that,  that  the  door  to 
his  office  opened  and  she 
came  in.  Her  eyes  were  wide, 
showing  too  much  white;  and 
her  lips  trembled. 

“What  is  it?”  he  asked. 

“Mr.  Calloway — Mr.  Callo- 
way, it’s  Christine!” 

HE  looked  carefully  at  her. 
“What  about  Christine?” 
“I’m  worried.  Perhaps  I’ve 
been — I didn't  think.” 

“Will  you  tell  me,”  he  said, 
“what  it  is?  If  you  don’t 
mind,  Bera!” 

“She  locked  herself  in  the 
supply  closet  in  our  outer  of- 
fice. She  won’t  come  out,  and 
she  doesn’t- — doesn't  answer.” 
“Oh?”  said  Tom.  “I  see.” 
He  took  a slow  breath  and 
leaned  back  in  his  chair. 

“I’m  scared.  She  took  the 
plant.  Oh,  Mr.  Calloway,  I 

GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


The  BEMs 
in  your  neighborhood 

won't  run  off  with  your  books  H you 
put  on  the  inskle  front  cover  of  each 
one  a gummed  bookplate  by  EMSH 
with  your  name  printed  on  It. 


YOUR  NAME  HERE 

Bookplate  No, 


FINAGLE  SAYS... 

The  umteenth  corollary  of  Finaglo's 
General  Law  of  Dynamic  Negatives 
states:  "No  books  are  lost  by  loaning 
except  the  ones  you  particularly 
want  to  keep." 


AN  IDEAL 
S.  F.  GIFT 


IMPRINTED 
with  owner's  name: 

IOO-$4,  200-S6 
300-S8 
All  POSTPAID 
(Add  State  Salts  Tax,  if  any) 

Actual  Size  3"  x 4" 

No.  CF-614 

Order  from  GALAXY 

421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14.  N.  Y, 


A TASTE  OF  TENURE 


didn’t  mean  to  be  so  nasty  to 
her!  If  she’s— ” 

“Control  yourself,  Bera.” 
Tom  got  up  from  his  chair. 
“I’m  sure  it’s  quite  all  right. 
Perhaps  the  door  locked  ac- 
cidentally. Perhaps  she  had 
a little  fainting  fit  in  there. 
After  all,  she’s  not  as  young 
as  she  once  was.  Why  don’t 
you  run  down  and  get  the 
janitor  up  here  to  unlock  the 
door?  Don’t  make  a fuss 
about  it.  Just  say  the  door’s 
locked  and  we  can’t  find  the 
key.” 

“Oh,  yes!  I’ll  run!”  said 
Bera.  “I’ll  run  right  away!” 
She  dashed  out  of  the  room. 

After  she  had  gone,  Tom 
sat  still  for  a second.  Then 
he  reached  out  and  punched 
for  a private  connection  to 
Arm  Brewer  on  the  interof- 
fice phone. 

Arm’s  face  sprang  into 
view  on  its  screen. 

“Who?  Oh,  Tom.  What  can 
I do  for  you?” 

“Just  give  me  a few  point- 
ers about  something  when 
you’ve  got  time,  Arm,”  said 
Tom.  “Josi  and  I are  think- 
ing of  taking  one  of  those 
perpetual  tours  around  the 
Preserves — ” 

“Preserves?  Sure!”  boom- 
ed Arm.  “I’ve  been  on  them. 
Tell  you  all  about  it,  if  you 
want.  How’s  things  down  at 
your  end  there?” 

“I’m  afraid  I’m  going  to 
have  to  let  Bera  go  after  all,” 
said  Tom,  steadily.  “And  keep 
Christine.  Bera’s  gone  all  to 


105 


.pieces  lately.  Lets  her  work 
go,  and  spends  all  her  time 
picking  on  Christine.  Of 
course,  there's  no  tenure 
problem  with  Bera.” 

“Ah?  I hadn’t  realized 
that,”  said  Arm,  raising  white 
eyebrows.  “Well,  that  settles 
your  little  problem.” 

“Yes.  I’m  afraid  so.”  Tom 
sighed.  “Too  bad.  I’d  never 
have  considered  this  if  she'd 
— but,  well,  this  is  easier  all 
around.  She's  been  making 
life  hell  for  Christine.” 
“Yeah.  I heard  something 
about  that.  Look,  talk  to  you 
later,  okay,  Tom?  I’ve  got  a 
little  deal  on  right  now.” 
“Fine.  Thanks,  Arm.” 

“Not  at  all.  Any  time.” 
Tom  broke  the  connection 
and  sat  back,  waiting  for 
Bera  to  return.  For  a while 
he  heard  nothing  but  silence. 
But  then,  at  last,  there  was 
the  muffled  sound  of  voices 
reentering  his  outer  office. 
For  a moment  they  murmur- 
ed busily  together;  then  there 
was  the  sound  of  a lock  turn- 
ing. Then  silence. 

— When  the  scream  came, 
he  was  expecting  it. 

High  and  clear  in  Bera’s 
voice,  he  had  been  expecting 
it  all  along.  Sitting  still  at 
his  desk,  he  did  not  move. 
Only  the  muscles  of  his  body 
froze  all  together  as  if  the 
blood  in  them  had  congealed 
at  the  sound;  and  the  sweat 
stood  suddenly  out  on  his 
forehead  like  living  water 
from  the  rock.  -—END 


★ ★ ★ 

BACK  ISSUES! 

Those  back  issues  you  need 
are  probably  listed  in  the  1st 
BIG  issue  of  “The  SATA 
Trader”.  An  initial  monthly 
circulation  of  3,000  active  col- 
lectors or  a refund  given.  6 
issues  for  $1, 10  issues  for  $2. 
FREE!  A 50  word  AD  ($1 
value)  with  a 10  issue  sub- 
scription. Use  a fairly  new 
BLACK  typewriter  ribbon  and 
type  the  AD  in  the  form  of  a 
rectangle,  5 lines  deep  by  41 
Pica  or  50  Elite  spaces  wide. 
Charter  Subscripers  will  re- 
ceive 1 FREE  issue  with  every 
5 purchased  ait  the  regular 
price.  YOUR  support  NOW 
will  make  it  possible  to  serve 
you  BETTER  in  the  FUTURE. 
Send  $1  for  samples  of  today’s 
3 BEST  lithographed  fanzines. 
Send  your  unwanted  S-F  to 
be  distributed  to  fans  over- 
seas. 

“The  SATA  Trader”,  Dept.  8 
PO.  Box  400,  Los  Alamos, 

N.  Mex. 

★ ★ ★ 


106 


GORDON  R.  DICKSON 


IF  • Feature 

-//.  • ' . • • • • ') 


science  briefs 


WHEN  you  come  right 
down  to  it,  there  are  only 
two  things  to  be  done  about 
the  deadly  unwanted  by-  prod- 
ucts of  the  atomic  age — seal 
them  off  somehow,  or  learn  to 
live  with  them.  The  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  likes  the 
policy  of  burying  atomic 
wastes  underground,  in  care- 
fully selected  sites  where  it 
can  be  ascertained  that  there 
will  be  no  low-level  water 
tables  or  other  opportunity 
for  “leakage”.  In  spite  of  the 
fact  that  any  atomic  facility 
produces  vast  amounts  of 
"hot”  waste,  a surprisingly 
large  amount  of  it  can  be  dis- 
posed of  in  a small  space.  For 
example,  all  the  low-intensity 

SCIENCE  BRIEFS 


wastes  of  Oak  Ridge  have 
been  buried  in  a 60-acre  area. 
Commission  experts  calculate 
that  one  2-  to  300  acre  site 
would  be  enough  to  bury  all 
the  wastes  produced  in  the 
northwest  for  the  next  20 
years.  As  to  airborne  radio- 
activity — well,  ways  have  to 
be  found  to  live  with  it.  One 
way  is  indicated  by  experi- 
ments at  Georgia  Tech,  who 
have  been  able  to  cut  the 
radioactive  cesium  content  of 
milk  by  feeding  cows  on  grass 
grown  indoors,  not  in  soil  but 
in  hydroponic  tanks.  The  cut, 
measured  against  a control 
group  of  outdoor-pastured 
cows,  was  dramatic  — about 
38%. 

107 


Next  time  you  hear  anyone 
talking  about  modem  miracle 
fabrics,  spring  this  one  on 
them : a new  materia}  is  wov- 
en from  small-diameter  wire 
made  of  cobalt-chromium  and 
nickel-chromium  alloys.  It  is 
then  run  up  — but  not  on 
Grandma's  sewing  machine  — 
into  re-entry  parachutes  for 
use,  ultimately,  in  the  recov- 
ery of  manned  satellites. 

Thirsty?  Well,  stick  around. 
You  may  be  a good  deal  thir- 
stier before  too  long.  Fresh- 
water demand  will  exceed  nat- 
ural supply  by  85  billion  gal- 


lons a day  within  the  next  20 
years. 

The  real  weird-o  of  the  ele- 
mental table,  helium,  is  about 
as  snobbish  as  an  element  can 
get.  It  can’t  explode  or  bum 
or  react  with  anything  or 
combine  with  anything.  This 
makes  it  handy  if  you  have  an 
original  copy  of  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence  around 
and  would  like  to  keep  it  a 
while.  Or  if  you  are  a welder 
and  would  like  your  arc  to 
work  in  an  atmosphere  where- 
in nothing  will  dirty  up  the 
metal  with  oxides.  END 


Kangaroo  Quiz 


Here’s  the  solution  to  the 
problem  on  page  66.  Bar  bet- 
tors and  bubblebrains  may 
drop  out  at  this  point;  others 
may  want  to  know  what  the 
act  of  solving  this  one  means. 

If  you  solved  the  nine-dot 
puzzle,  you  are  almost  certain- 
ly a highly  creative  person. 
Most  people  are  not,  and  if 
you  couldn’t;  you  may  comfort 
yourself  with  this  further 
proof  of  your  membership  in 
the  vast  majority. 

This  test  was  used  as  a 
demonstration  in  a recent 
seminar  at  the  East  Pitts- 
burgh plant  of  Westinghouse: 
subject,  creative  engineering, 
or,  what  makes  the  bright 
ideas  come,  and  to  whom?  One 
thing  common  to  most  highly 

108 


creative  minds,  according  to 
the  Westinghouse  scientists, 
is  the  refusal  to  accept  any 
limitations  except  those  ex- 
actly stated. 

Most  people,  when  present- 
ed with  the  nine-dot  puzzle, 
fail  to  solve  it  because  they 
assume  that  they  must  stay 
within  the  pattern  of  dots,  or 
that  they  must  not  cross  any 
lines. 

What’s  your  excuse? 

SCIENCE  BRIEFS 


I F • V^ovelette 


THE 

JUNKMAKERS 

BY  ALBERT  TEICHNER 

ERIC  WAS  THE  BEST  ROBOT  THEY'D  EVER  HAD 
—PERFECTLY  TRAINED,  EVER  THOUGHTFUL. 

A JOY  TO  OWN.  NATURALLY  THEY 
HAD  TO  DESTROY  HIM ! 


1 

WENDELL  HART  had 
drifted,  rather  than 
plunged,  into  the  underground 
movement.  Later,  discussing 
it  with  other  members  of  the 
Savers’  Conspiracy,  he  found 
they  had  experienced  the  same 
slow,  almost  casual  awaken- 
ing. His  own,  though,  had 
come  at  a more  appropriate 
time,  just  a few  weeks  before 
the  Great  Ritual  Sacrifice. 

The  Sacrifice  took  place 
only  once  a decade,  on  High 


Holy  Day  at  dawn  of  the 
spring  equinox.  For  days  prior 
to  it  joyous  throngs  of  work- 
ers helped  assemble  old  ve- 
hicles, machine  tools  and  com- 
puters in  the  public  squares, 
crowning  each  pile  with  used, 
disconnected  robots.  In  the 
evening  of  the  Day  they 
roudly  made  their  private 
eaps  on  the  neat  green  lawns 
of  their  homes.  These  tradi- 
tionally consisted  of  house- 
hold utensils,  electric  heaters, 
air  conditioners  and  the  fam- 
ily servant. 


10? 


The  wealthiest — considered 
particularly  blessed— even  had 
two  or  three  automatic  ser- 
vants beyond  the  public  con- 
tribution, which  they  de- 
stroyed in  private.  Their  more 
average  neighbors  crowded  in- 
to their  gardens  for  the  awe- 
some festivities.  The  next 
morning  everyone  could  re- 
turn to  work,  renewed  by  the 
knowledge  that  the  Festival 
of  Acute  Shortages  would  be 
with  them  for  months. 

Like  everyone  else,  Wendell 
had  felt  his  sluggish  pulse 
gaining  new  life  as  the  time 
drew  nearer. 

A cybernetics  engineer  and 
machine  tender,  he  was  down 
to  ten  hours  a week  of  work. 
Many  others  in  the  luxury- 
gorged  economy  had  even 
smaller  shares  of  the  purpose- 
ful activities  that  remained. 
At  night  he  dreamed  of  the 
slagger  moving  from  house  to 
house  as  it  burned,  melted  and 
then  evaporated  each  group 
of  junked  labor-blocking  de- 
vices. He  even  had  glorious 
daydreams  about  it.  Walking 
down  the  park  side  of  his 
home  block,  he  was  liable  to 
lose  all  contact  with  the  out- 
side world  and  peer  through 
the  mind’s  eye  alone  at  the 
climactic  destruction. 

Why,  he  sometimes  won- 
dered, are  all  these  things  so 
necessary  to  our  resurrection? 

Marie  had  the  right  answer 
for  him,  the  one  she  had 
learned  by  rote  in  early  child- 
hood : “All  life  moves  in  cycles. 


Creation  and  progress  must 
be  preceded  by  destruction.  In 
ancient  times  that  meant  we 
had  to  destroy  each  other ; but 
for  the  past  century  our  in- 
herent need  for  negative  mo- 
ments has  been  sublimated — 
that’s  the  word  the  news 
broadcasts  use  — into  proper 
destruction.”  His  wife  smiled. 
“I’m  only  giving  the  moral 
reason,  of  course.  The  practi- 
cal one’s  obvious.” 

Obvious  it  was,  he  had  to 
concede.  Men  needed  to  work, 
not  out  of  economic  necessity 
any  more  but  for  the  sake  of 
work  itself.  Still  a man  had 
to  wonder  . . . 

had  begun  to  visit  the 
Public  Library  Archives, 
poring  over  musty  references 
that  always  led  to  maddening- 
ly frustrating  dead  ends.  For 
the  past  century  nothing  real- 
ly informative  seemed  to  have 
been  written  on  the  subject. 

“You  must  have  government 
authorization,”  the  librarian 
explained  when  he  asked  for 
older  references.  Which,  nat- 
urally, made  him  add  a little 
suspicion  to  his  already  large 
dose  of  wonder. 

"You’re  tampering  with 
something  dangerous,”  Marie 
warned.  “It  would  make  more 
sense  for  you  to  take  long- 
sleep  pills  until  the  work  cycle 
picks  up.” 

“I  will  get  to  see  those  early 
references.”  he  said  through 
clenched  teeth. 

He  did. 


110 


ALBERT  TEICHNER 


All  he  had  needed  to  say  at 
the  library  was  that  his  worfc 
in  sociology  required  investi- 
gation of  some  twentieth  cen- 
tury files.  The  librarian,  a tall, 
gaunt  man,  had  given  him  a 
speculative  glance.  “Of  course, 
you  don’t  have  government 
clearance  . . . But  we  get  so 
few  inquiries  in  sociology  that 
I'm  willing  to  offer  a little 
encouragement.”  He  sighed. 
“Don’t  get  many  inquiries  al- 
together. Most  people  just 
can't  stand  reading.  You  might 
be  interested  to  know  this — 
one  of  the  best  headings  to 
research  in  sociology  is  Con- 
spicuous consumption .” 

Then  it  was  Wendell’s  turn 
to  glance  speculatively.  The 
older  man,  around  a healthy 
hundred  and  twenty-five,  had 
a look  of  earnest  dedication 
about  him  that  commanded  re- 
spect as  well  as  confidence. 

“Conspicuous  consumption? 
An  odd  combination  of  words. 
Never  heard  of  that  before. 
I will  look  it  up.” 

The  librarian  was  nervous 
as  he  led  his  visitor  into  a 
reference  booth.  “That’s  about 
all  the  help  I can  offer.  If  any- 
thing comes  up,  just  ring  for 
me.  Burnett’s  the  name.  Uh — 
you  won’t  mention  I put  you 
on  the  file  without  authoriza- 
tion, I hope.” 

“Certainly  not.” 

As  soon  as  he  was  alone  he 
typed  Conspicuous  consump- 
tion into  the  query  machine. 

It  started  grinding  out  long 
bibliographical  sheets  as  well 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


as  cross-references  to  Obsoles- 
cence, Natural;  Obsolescence, 
Technological;  Obsolescence, 
Planned,  plus  even  odder  items 
such  as  Waste-making,  Art  of 
and  Production,  Stimulated 
velocity  of.  How  did  such  dis- 
parate subjects  tie  in  with 
each  other? 

BY  the  end  of  the  afternoon 
he  began  to  see,  if  only 
dimly,  to  what  the  unending 
stream  of  words  on  the  view- 
er pointed. 

For  centuries  ruling  classes 
had  made  a habit  of  conspicu- 
ously wasting  goods  and  ser- 
vices that  were  necessities  for 
the  mass  of  men.  It  was  the 
final  and  highest  symbol  of 
social  power.  By  the  time  of 
Louis  XIV  the  phenomenon 
had  reached  its  first  peak.  The 
second  came  in  the  twentieth 
century  when  mass  production 
permitted  millions  to  devote 
their  lives  to  the  acquisition 
and  waste  of  non-essentials. 
Hart’s  twenty-second  century 
sensibilities  were  repelled  by, 
the  examples  given.  He  shud- 
dered at  the  thought  of  such 
anti-social  behavior. 

But  a parallel  development 
was  more  appealingly  positive 
in  its  implications.  As  the 
technological  revolution 
speeded  up,  devices  were  su- 
perseded as  soon  as  produced. 
The  whole  last  half  of  the 
1900’s  was  filled  with  in- 
stances where  the  drawing 
board  kept  outstripping  the 
assembly  line. 

Ill 


Hart  remembered  this  last 
change  from  early  school  days 
but  the  later,  final  develop- 
ment was  completely  new  and 
shocking  to  him.  Advertising 
had  pressured  more  and  more 
people  to  replace  goods  before 
they  wore  out  with  other 
goods  that  were,  essentially, 
no  improvement  on  their  pred- 
ecessors! Eventually  just  the 
word  “NEW”  was  enough  to 
trigger  buying  panics. 

There  had  been  growing 
awareness  of  what  was  hap- 
pening, even  sporadic  resis- 
tance to  it  by  such  varied 
ideologies  as  Conservative 
Thrift,  Asocial  Beatnikism 
and  Radical  Inquiry.  But, 
strangely  enough,  very  few 
people  had  cared.  Indeed,  any- 
thing that  diminished  con- 
sumption was  viewed  as  dan- 
gerously subversive. 

“And  rightly  so!”  was  his 
first,  instinctive  reaction.  His 
second,  reasoned  one,  though, 
was  less  certain. 

The  contradiction  started  to 
give  him  a headache.  He  hur- 
ried from  the  scanning  room, 
overtaxed  eyes  blinking  at  the 
rediscovery  of  daylight. 

Burnett  walked  him  to  the 
door.  “Not  feeling  well?”  he 
inquired. 

“I’ll  be  all  right.  I just  need 
a few  days  real  work.”  He 
stopped.  “No,  that's  not  why. 
Tm  confused.  I’ve  been  read- 
ing crazy  things  about  obso- 
lescence. They  used  to  have 
strange  reasons  for  it.  Why, 
some  people  even  said  replace- 

112 


ments  were  not  always  im- 
provements and  were  unnec- 
essary !” 

Burnett  could  not  complete- 
ly hide  his  pleasure.  “You’ve 
been  getting  into  rather  deep 
stuff.” 

“Deep  — or  nonsensical!” 
“True.  True.  Come  back  to- 
morrow and  read  some  more.” 
“Maybe  I will.”  But  he  was 
happy  to  get  away  from  the 
library  building. 

Marie  was  horrified  when 
he  told  her  that  evening  about 
his  studies.  “Don’t  go  back 
there,”  she  pleaded.  “It’s  dan- 
gerous. It’s  subversive!  How 
could  people  say  such  awful 
things?  You  remember  that 
Mr.  Johnson  around  the  cor- 
ner? He  seemed  such  a nice 
man,  too,  until  they  arrested 
him  without  giving  a reason 
. . . and  how  messed  up  he  was 
when  he  got  out  last  year. 
I’ll  bet  that  kind  of  talk  ex- 
plains the  whole  thing.  It’s 
crazy.  Everyone  knows  items 
start  wearing  out  and  they 
have  to  be  replaced.” 

“I  realise  that,  honey,  but 
it’s  interesting  to  speculate. 
Don’t  we  have  guaranteed 
freedom  of  thought?” 

She  threw  up  her  hands  as 
if  dealing  with  a child.  “Nat- 
urally we  have  freedom  of 
thought.  But  you  should  have 
the  right  thoughts,  shouldn’t 
you?  Wendell,  promise  me  you 
won’t  go  back  to  that  library.” 
“Well  — ” 

“Reading’s  a very  risky 
thing  anyway.”  Her  eyes  were 


ALBERT  TEICHNER 


saucer-round  with  fright. 
“Please,  darling.  Promise.” 
“Sure,  you’re  right,  honey. 
I promise.” 

HE  meant  it  when  he  said 
it.  But  that  night,  toss- 
ing from  side  to  side,  he  felt 
less  certain.  In  the  morning, 
as  he  went  out,  Marie  asked 
him  where  he  was  going. 

“I  want  to  observe  the  prep- 
arations for  the  Preliminary 
Rites.” 

“Now  that,”  she  grinned, 
“is  what  I call  healthy  think- 
ing.” 

For  a while  he  did  stand 
around  the  Central  Plaza 
along  with  thousands  of  other 
idlers,  watching  the  robot 
dump  trucks  assemble  the 
piles  of  discarded  equipment. 
The  crowd  cheered  loudly  as 
an  enormous  crane  was  knock- 
ed over  on  its  side. 

“There’s  fifty  millions  worth 
out  there!”  a bystander  ex- 
ulted. “It’s  going  to  be  the 
biggest  Preliminary  I’ve  ever 
seen.” 

“It  certainly  will  be!”  he 
said,  catching  a little  of  the 
other  man’s  enthusiasm  de- 
spite his  previous  doubts. 

Preliminary  Rites  were  part 
of  the  emotion-stoking  that 
preceded  the  Highest  Holy 
Day.  Each  Rite  was  greater 
and  more  destructive  than 
those  that  had  gone  before. 
As  tokens  of  happy  loyalty, 
viewers  threw  hats  and 
watches  and  stickpins  onto 
the  pile  just  prior  to  the  entry 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


of  the  slaggers.  What  better 
way  could  be  found  for  each 
man  to  manifest  his  common 
humanity? 

After  a while  doubt  started 
assailing  him  again,  and  Hart 
found  himself  returning  al- 
most against  his  will  to  the 
Library  Building.  Burnett 
greeted  him  cordially.  “To- 
day’s visit  is  completely  le- 
gal,” he  said.  “Anyone  doing 
olden  time  research  is  auto- 
matically authorized  if  he  has 
been  here  before.” 

“I  hope  my  thought  can  be 
as  legal,”  Hart  blurted  out. 
“Well — that  was  just  a joke.” 
“Oh,  I can  recognize  a joke 
when  I hear  one,  my  friend.” 
Hart  went  to  his  booth,  feel- 
ing the  man’s  eyes  measuring 
him  more  intently  than  ever. 
It  was  almost  a welcome  re- 
lief to  start  reading  the  ref- 
erence scanner  once  more. 

But  not  for  long.  As  the 
wider  pattern  unfolded,  his 
anxiety  state  intensified. 

It  was  becoming  perfectly 
obvious  that  many,  many  re- 
placements used  to  be  made 
long  before  they  were  needed. 
And  it  was  still  true.  I should 
not  be  thinking  such  thoughts, 
he  told  himself,  I should  be 
outside  in  the  Plaza,  being 
normal  and  human. 

But  he  could  see  how  it  had 
come  about,  step  by  step.  First 
there  had  been  pressure  from 
the  ruling  echelons,  many  of 
whose  members  only  main- 
tained their  status  through 
excessive  production.  Then, 

113 


much  more  important,  there 
had  been  the  willful  blindness 
of  the  masses  who  wanted  to 
keep  their  cozy,  familiar  tread- 
mills going. 

He  slammed  down  the  off 
button  and  went  out  to  the 
librarian’s  desk.  “Do  people 
want  to  work  all  the  time,’’  he 
said,  “for  the  sake  of  work 
alone?" 

He  immediately  regretted 
the  question.  But  Burnett  did 
not  seem  to  mind.  '“You’ve 
only  stated  the  positive  rea- 
son, Mr.  Hart.  The  negative 
one  could  be  stronger  — the 
fear  of  what  they  would  have 
to  do  if  they  did  not  have  to 
work  much  over  a long  peri- 
od.” 

"What  would  it  mean?” 

“Why,  they  would  have  to 
start  thinking!  Most  people 
don’t  mind  thought  if  it’s  con- 
centrated in  a narrow  range. 
But  if  they  have  to  think  in  a 
broad  range  to  keep  boredom 
away  — no,  that’s  too  high  a 
price  for  most  of  them!  They 
avoid  it  when  they  can.  And 
under  present  circumstances 
they  can.”  He  stopped.  “Of 
course  that’s  a purely  hypo- 
thetical fiction  I’m  construct- 
ing.” 

Hart  shook  his  head.  “It 
sounds  awfully  real  to  be 
purely — ” He,  too  caught  him- 
self up.  “Of  course,  you’re 
only  positing  a fiction.” 

Burnett  started  putting  his 
desk  papers  away.  “I’m  leav- 
ing now.  The  Preliminary  be- 
gins soon.  Want  to  come?” 

114 


The  man’s  face  was  stolidly 
blank  except  for  his  brown 
eyes  which  burned  like  a zea- 
lot’s. Fascinated  by  them, 
Hart  agreed.  It  would  be  best 
to  return  anyway.  Some  of 
the  bystanders  had  looked  too 
curiously  at  him  when  he  had 
left.  Who  would  willingly  leave 
a Rite  when  it  was  approach- 
ing its  climax? 

II 

THE  Plaza  was  now  throng- 
ed and  the  sacrificial  pile 
towered  over  a hundred  feet 
in  the  cleared  center  area. 
Then,  as  the  first  collective 
Ah!  arose,  a giant  slagger 
lumbered  in  from  the  east,  the 
direction  prescribed  for  such 
commencements.  Long  polar- 
ity arms  glided  smoothly  out 
of  the  central  mechanism  and 
reached  the  length  for  Total 
Destruction. 

“That’s  the  automatic  set- 
ting,” parents  explained  to 
their  children. 

“When?”  the  children  de- 
manded eagerly. 

“Any  moment  now.” 

Then  the  unforeseen  oc- 
curred. 

There  was  a rumbling  from 
inside  the  pile  and  a huge 
jagged  patchwork  of  metal 
shot  out,  smashing  both  arms. 
The  slagger  teetered,  swaying 
more  and  more  violently  from 
side  to  side  until  it  collapsed 
on  its  side.  The  rumbling 
grew.  And  then  the  pile,  like 
a mechanical  cancer,  ripped 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


the  stagger  apart  and  then 
absorbed  it. 

The  panicking  crowd  fell 
back.  Somewhere  a child  be- 
gan crying,  provoking  more 
hubbub.  “Sabotage!”  people 
were  crying.  “Let’s  get  away !” 

Nothing  like  this  had  ever 
happened  before.  But  Hart 
knew  instantly  what  had  caus- 
ed it.  Some  high-level  servo 
mechanisms  had  not  been 
thoroughly  disconnected.  They 
had  repaired  their  damages, 
then  imposed  their  patterns 
on  the  material  at  hand. 

A second  slagger  came  rush- 
ing into  the  square.  It  dis- 
charged immediately ; and  the 
pile  finally  collapsed  and  dis- 
integrated as  it  was  supposed 
to. 

The  crowd  was  too  shocked 
to  feel  the  triumph  it  had 
come  for,  but  Hart  could  not 
share  their  horror.  Burnett 
eyed  him.  “Better  look  indig- 
nant,” he  said.  “They’ll  be  out 
for  blood.  Somebody  must 
have  sabotaged  the  setup." 

“Catch  the  culprits !”  he 
shouted,  joining  the  crowd 
around  hint.  “Stop  anti-social 
acts !” 

“Stop  anti-social  acts!” 
roared  Burnett ; and,  in  a 
whisper  : “Hart,  let’s  get  out 
of  here.” 

As  they  pushed  their  way 
through  tile  milling  crowd,  a 
loudspeaker  boomed  out  : “Re- 
turn home  in  peace.  The  in- 
stincts of  the  people  are  good. 
Healthy  destruction  forever! 
The  criminals  will  be  tracked 


down  ...  if  they  exist.” 

“A  terrible  thing,  friend,” 
a woman  said  to  them. 

“Terrible,  friend,”  Burnett 
agreed.  “Smash  the  anti-social 
elements  without  mercy!” 
Three  children  were  cluster- 
ed together,  crying.  “I  wanted 
to  set  the  right  example  for 
them,”  said  the  father  to  any- 
one who  would  listen.  “They'll 
never  get  over  this!” 

Hart  tried  to  console  them. 
“Next  week  is  High  Holy 
Day,”  he  said,  but  the  bawling 
onlv  increased. 

The  two  men  finally  reached 
a side  avenue  where  the  crowd 
was  thinner.  “Come  with  me,” 
Burnett  ordered,  “I  want  you 
to  meet  some  people.” 

HE  sounded  as  if  he  were 
instituting  military  disci- 
pline but  Hart,  still  dazed, 
willingly  followed.  “It  wasn’t 
such  a terrible  thing,”  he  said, 
listening  to  the  distant  up- 
roar. “Why  don’t  they  shut 
up!” 

“They  will  — eventually.” 
Burnett  marched  straight  a- 
head  and  looked  fixedly  in  the 
same  direction. 

“The  thing  could  have  gob- 
bled up  the  city  if  there  hadn’t 
been  a second  slagger!”  said 
a lone  passerby. 

“Nonsense,”  Burnett  mut- 
tered under  his  breath.  “You 
know  that,  Hart.  Any  self- 
regulating mechanism  reaches 
a check  limit  sooner  than 
that.” 

“It  has  to.” 


THE  JUNKMAKERS 


115 


They  turned  into  a large 
building  and  went  up  to  the 
fiftieth  floor.  “My  apartment,” 
said  Burnett  as  he  opened  the 
door. 

There  were  about  fifteen 
people  in  the  large  living 
room.  They  rose,  smiling,  to 
greet  their  host.  “Let’s  save 
the  self  - congratulations  for 
later,”  snapped  Burnett. 
“These  were  merely  our  own 
preliminaries.  We're  not  out 
of  the  woods  yet.  This,  ladies 
and  gentlemen,  is  our  newest 
recruit.  He  has  seen  the  light. 
I have  fed  him  basic  data  and 
I’m  sure  we’re  not  making  a 
mistake  with  him.” 

Hart  was  about  to  demand 
what  was  going  on  when  a 
short  man  with  eyes  as  in- 
tense as  Burnett’s  proposed  a 
toast  to  “the  fiasco  in  the 
Plaza.”  Everyone  joined  in 
and  he  did  not  have  to  ask. 

“Burnett,  I don’t  quite  un- 
derstand why  I am  here  but 
aren’t  you  taking  a chance 
with  me?” 

“Not  at  all.  I've  followed 
your  reactions  since  your  first 
visit  to  the  library.  Others 
here  have  also  — when  you 
were  completely  unaware  of 
being  observed.  The  gradual 
shift  in  viewpoint  is  familiar 
to  us.  We’ve  all  been  through 
it.  The  really  important  point 
is  that  you  no  longer  like  the 
kind  of  world  into  which  you 
were  born.” 

“That’s  true,  but  no  one  can 
change  it.” 

“We  are  changing  it,  said 


a thin-faced  young  woman. 
“I  work  in  a servo  lab  and — 
“Miss  Wright,  time  enough 
for  that  later,”  interrupted 
Burnett.  “What  we  must  know 
now,  Mr.  Hart,  is  how  much 
you’re  willing  to  do  for  your 
new-found  convictions?  It  will 
be  more  work  than  you've  ever 
dreamed  possible.” 

He  felt  as  exhilarated  as  he 
did  in  the  months  after  High 
Holy  Day.  “I’m  down  to  under 
ten  hours  labor  a week.  I’d  do 
anything  for  your  group  if  I 
could  get  more  work.” 
Burnett  gave  him  a hearty 
handshake  of  congratulation 
. . . but  was  frowning  as  he 
did  so.  “You’re  doing  the  right 
thing  — for  the  wrong  reason. 
Every  member  of  this  group 
could  tell  you  why.  Miss 
Wright,  since  you  feel  like 
talking,  explain  the  matter.” 
“Certainly.  Mr.  Hart,  we 
are  eng  ged  in  an  activity  of 
so-called  subversion  for  a pos- 
itive reason,  not  merely  to 
avoid  insufficient  work  load. 
Your  reason  shows  you  are 
still  being  moved  by  the  values 
that  you  despise.  We  want  to 
cut  the  work-production  load 
on  people.  ' We  want  them  to 
face  the  problem  of  leisure, 
not  flee  it.” 

“There’s  a heart-warming 
paradox  here,”  Burnett  ex- 
plained. “Every  excess  even- 
tually undermines  itself. 
Everybody  in  the  movement 
starts  by  wanting  to  act  for 
their  beliefs  because  work  ap- 
pears so  attractive  for  its  own 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


116 


sake.  I was  that  way,  too,  un- 
til I studied  the  dead  art  of 
philosophy.” 

“Well  — ” Hart  sat  down, 
deeply  troubled.  “Look,  I de- 
plore destroying  equipment 
that  is  still  perfectly  useful 
as  much  as  any  of  you  do.  But 
there  is  a problem.  If  the  de- 
struction were  stopped  there 
would  be  so  much  leisure  peo- 
ple would  rot  from  boredom.” 

BURNETT  pounced  eagerly 
on  the  argument.  “Instead 
they’re  rotting  from  artificial 
work.  Boredom  is  a tempo- 
rary, if  recurring  phenome- 
non of  living,  not  a permanent 
one.  If  most  men  face  the  dif- 
ficulty of  empty  time  long 
enough  they  find  new  prob- 
lems with  which  to  fill  that 
time.  That’s  where  philosophy 
showed  me  the  way.  None  of 
its  fundamental  mysteries  can 
ever  be  solved  but,  as  you  pit 
yourself  against  them,  your 
experience  and  capacity  for 
being  alive  grows.” 

“Very  nice,”  Hart  grinned, 
"wanting  all  men  to  be  phi- 
losophers. They  never  have 
been.” 

“You  shouldn’t  have 
brought  him  here,’  growled 
the  short  man.  “He’s  not  one 
of  us.  Now  we  have  a real 
mess.” 

. “Johnson,  I’m  leader  of  this 
group!”  Burnett  exploded. 
“Credit  me  with  a little  un- 
derstanding. All  right,  Hart, 
what  you  say  is  true.  But 
why?  Because  most  men  have 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


always  worked  too  hard  to 
achieve  the  fruits  of  curios- 
ity.” 

“I  hate  to  keep  being  a 
spoil-sport,  but  what  does  that 
prove?  Some  men  who  had  to 
work  as  hard  as  the  rest  have 
been  interested  in  things  be- 
yond the  end  of  their  nose.” 

They  all  groaned  their  dis- 
approval. 

“A  good  point,  Hart,  but  it 
doesn’t  prove  what  you  think. 
It  just  shows  that  a minority 
enjoy  innate  capacities  and 
environmental  variations  that 
make  the  transition  to  phi- 
losopher easier.” 

“And  you  haven’t  proven 
anything  about  the  incurious 
majority.” 

“This  does,  though:  when- 
ever there  was  a favorable 
period  the  majority  who  could, 
as  you  put  it,  see  beyond  the 
ends  of  their  noses  increased. 
Our  era  is  just  the  opposite. 
We  are  trapped  in  a vicious 
circle.  Those  noses  are  usu- 
ally so  close  to  the  grindstone 
that  men  are  afraid  to  raise 
their  heads.  We  are  breaking 
that  circle!” 

“It’s  a terribly  important 
thing  to  aim  for,  Burnett,  but 
— ” He  brought  up  another 
doubt  and  somebody  else  an- 
swered it  immediately. 

For  the  next  half  hour,  as 
one  uncertainty  was  expressed 
after  another,  everybody  join- 
ed in  the  answers  until  in- 
exorable logic  forced  his  sur- 
render. 

“All  right,”  he  conceded,  “I 

117 


will  do  anything  I can  — not 
to  make  work  for  myself,  but 
to  help  mankind  rise  above 
it." 

'C'XCEPT  for  a brief,  trium- 
■Ijphant  glance  in  Johnson’s 
direction,  Burnett  gave  no 
further  attention  to  what  had 
happened  and  plunged  imme- 
diately into  practical  matters. 

To  halt  the  blind  worship  of 
work,  the  Rites  had  first  to  be 
discredited.  And  to  discredit 
the  Rites,  the  awe  inspired  by 
their  infallihle  performance 
had  to  be  weakened.  The  sab- 
otage of  the  Preliminary  had 
been  the  first  local  step  in  that 
direction.  There  had  been  a 
few  similar,  if  smaller,  epi- 
sodes, executed  by  other 
groups,  but  they  had  received 
as  little  publicity  as  possible. 

“Johnson,  you  pulled  one  so 
big  this  time  that  they  can’t 
hide  it.  Twenty  thousand  wit- 
nesses ! When  it  come3  to  get- 
ting things  done  you're  the 
best  we  have!" 

The  little  man  grinned.  "But 
you're  the  one  who  knows  how 
to  pick  recruits  and  organize 
our  concepts.  This  is  how  it 
worked.  I re-fed  the  emptied 
cryotron  memory  box  of  a ro- 
bot discard  with  patterns  to 
deal  with  anything  it  was  like- 
ly to  encounter  in  a destruc- 
tion pile.  I kept  the  absolute- 
freeze  mechanism  in  working 
order,  but  developed  a shield 
that  would  hide  its  activity 
from  the  best  pile  detector.” 
He  spread  a large  tissue  sche- 

118 


matic  out  on  the  floor  and  they 
all  gathered  around  it  to  study 
the  details.  “Now,  the  impor- 
tant thing  was  to  have  an  ex- 
ternal element  that  could  re- 
sume contact  with  a wider  cir- 
cuit, which  could  in  turn  start 
meshing  with  the  whole  robot 
mechanism  and  then  through 
that  mechanism  into  the  pile. 
This  little  lever  made  the  con- 
tact at  a pre-fed  time.” 

Miss  Wright  was  enthusias- 
tic. “That  contact  is  half  the 
size  of  any  I’ve  been  able  to 
make.  It’s  crucially  import- 
ant,” she  added  to  Hart.  “A 
large  contact  can  look  sus- 
picious.” 

While  others  took  minipho- 
tos of  the  schematic.  Hart 
studied  the  contact  carefully. 
“I  think  I can  reduce  its  size 
by  another  fifty  per  cent.  Al- 
loys are  one  of  my  specialties 
— when  I get  a chance  to 
work  at  them.” 

“That  would  be  ideal,”  said 
Burnett.  “Then  we  could  set 
up  many  more  discarded  ro- 
bots without  risk.  How  long 
will  it  take?” 

“I  can  rough  It  out  right 
now.”  He  scribbled  down  the 
necessary  formulas  and  every- 
one photographed  that  too. 

“Maximum  security  is  now 
in  effect,”  announced  Burnett. 
“You  will  destroy  your  copies 
as  soon  as  you  have  trans- 
ferred them  to  edible  base 
copies.  At  the  first  hint  of 
danger  you  will  consume 
them.  Use  home  enlargers  for 
study.  In  no  case  are  you  to 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


make  permanent  blowups  that 
would  be  difficult  to  destroy 
quickly.”  He  considered  them 
sternly.  “Remember,  you  are 
running  a great  risk.  You’re 
not  only  opposing  the  will  of 
the  state  but  the  present  will 
of  the  vast  majority  of  citi- 
zens.” 

“If  there  are  as  many  other 
underground  groups  as  you 
indicate,”  said  Hart,  “they 
should  have  this  information.” 
“We  get  it  to  them,”  an- 
swered Burnett.  “I’m  going 
on  health  leave  from  my  job.” 
“And  what  will  be  your  ex- 
cuse?” Wright  demanded  an- 
xiously. 

“Nervous  shock,”  smiled 
their  leader.  “After  all,  I did 
see  today’s  events  in  the 
Plaza.” 

WHEN  Hart  reached  home 
his  wife  was  waiting  for 
him.  “Why  did  you  take  so 
long,  Wendell.  I was  worried 
sick.  The  radio  says  anti-so- 
cials are  turning  wild  servos 
loose.  How  could  human  be- 
ings do  such  a thing?” 

“I  was  there.  I saw  it  all 
happen.”  He  frowned.  “The 
crowd  was  so  dense  I couldn’t 
get  away.” 

“But  what  happened?  The 
ways  the  news  was  broadcast 
I couldn’t  understand  any- 
thing.” 

He  described  the  situation 
in  great  detail  and  awaited 
Marie's  reaction.  It  was  even 
more  encouraging  than  he  had 
hoped  for.  “I  understand  less 

120 


than  before!  How  could  any- 
thing reactivate  that  rubble? 
They  put  everything  over  five 
years  old  into  the  piles,  and 
the  stuff’s  supposed  to  be  de- 
crepit already.  You'd  almost 
think  we  were  destroying 
wealth  before  its  time,  because 
if  those  disabled  mechanisms 
reactivate  — ” She  came  to  a 
dead  halt.  “That’s  madness! 
Oh,  I wish  High  Holy  Day 
were  here  already  so  I could 
get  back  to  work  and  stop  this 
empty  thinking /” 

Her  honest  face  was  more 
painfully  distorted  than  he 
had  ever  seen  it  before,  even 
during  the  universal  pre-Rite 
doldrums.  “Only  a few  more 
days  to  go,"  he  consoled. 
“Don’t  worry,  honey.  Every- 
thing’s going  to  be  all  right. 
Now  I’d  like  to  be  alone  in 
the  study  for  a while.  I've 
been  through  an  exhausting 
time.” 

“Aren’t  you  going  to  eat?” 

The  last  word  triggered  the 
entry  of  Eric,  the  domestic 
robot,  pushing  the  dinner  cart 
ahead  of  him.  “No  food  to- 
night," Hart  insisted.  The 
shining  metal  head  nodded  its 
assent  and  the  cart  was  wheel- 
ed out. 

“That’s  not  a very  humane 
thing  to  do,”  she  scolded. 
“Eric’s  not  going  to  be  serv- 
ing many  more  meals  — ” 

“Good  grief,  Marie,  just 
leave  me  alone  for  a while, 
will  you?”  He  slammed  the 
study  door  shut,  warning  him- 
self to  display  less  nervous- 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


ness  in  the  future  as  he  lis- 
tened to  her  pacing  outside. 
Then  she  went  away. 

The  projector  gave  him  a 
good-sized  wall  image  to  con- 
sider. He  spent  most  of  the 
night  calculating  where  he 
could  place  tiny  self-activators 
in  the  “obsolescent”  robots 
that  were  to  be  donated  by 
his  plant.  Then  he  set  up  the 
instruction  tapes  to  make  the 
miniature  contacts.  Produc- 
tion then  would  be  a simple 
job,  only  taking  a few  min- 
utes, and  during  a working 
day  there  were  always  many 
periods  longer  than  that  when 
he  was  alone  on  the  produc- 
tion floor. 

But  thinking  the  matter  out 
without  computers  was  much 
more  difficult.  Human  beings 
ordinarily  filled  their  time  on 
a lower  abstracting  level. 

When  he  unlocked  the  study 
door  in  the  morning  he  was 
startled  to  see  Marie  bustling 
down  the  corridor,  pushing 
the  food  service  cart  herself. 
That  did  not  make  sense,  espe- 
cially considering  last  night’s 
statement  about  Eric. 

“I  thought  you’d  want 
breakfast  early,”  she  coughed. 

“You  didn’t  have  to  bother, 
honey.  Eric  could  have  done 
it.” 

If  she  had  been  prying,  the 
cart  might  have  been  a prop 
to  take  up  as  soon  as  he  came 
out.  On  the  other  hand,  what 
could  she  in  her  technical  ig- 
norance make  of  such  mat- 
ters anyway? 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


It  was  best  not  to  rouse  any 
deeper  suspicions  by  openly 
noticing  her  wifely  iiosiness. 
At  breakfast  they  pretended 
nothing  had  happened,  devot- 
ing the  time  to  mutually  dis- 
approved cousins,  but  all  day 
long  he  kept  wondering  wheth 
long  he  kept  wondering 
whether  ignorant  knowledge 
couldn’t  be  as  dangerous  as 
the  knowing  kind. 

THE  next  morning,  after  a 
long  sleep,  he  went  to  the 
factory  for  the  first  of  his 
semi-weekly  work  periods. 

He  sat  before  a huge  con- 
sole, surveying  scores  of  dials, 
at  the  end  of  a machine  that 
was  over  five  hundred  yards 
long.  Today  it  was  turning  out 
glass  paper  the  color  of  wat- 
ered blood,  made  only  for  Rit- 
ual publications,  packing  it  in 
sheets  and  dispatching  them 
in  automatic  trucks;  but  the 
machine  could  be  adjusted  to 
everything  from  metal  sheet- 
ing to  plastic  felts.  At  the  far 
end  sat  another  man,  dimin- 
ished by  distance,  busily  tend- 
ing more  dials  that  could  real- 
ly take  care  of  themselves. 

After  a while  the  man  went 
out  for  a break.  Hart  ran  a 
hundred  yards  to  a section 
that  was  not  working.  He 
snapped  it  into  the  alloy  sup- 
ply and  fed  in  the  tape.  In  a 
minute,  several  dozen  tiny 
contacts  came  down  a chute. 
He  pocketed  them  and  discon- 
nected the  section  just  before 
his  fellow  worker  reappeared. 

121 


The  man  walked  down  the 
floor  to  him,  looking  curious. 

“Anything  the  matter?”  he 
asked,  hopeful  for  some  break 
in  routine. 

“No,  just  felt  like  a walk.” 

“Know  what  you  mean  — I 
feel  restless  too.  Too  bad  this 
plant’s  only  two  years  old. 
Boy,  wouldn’t  she  make  a 
great  disintegration!”  He 
grinned,  slapping  a fender 
affectionately. 

Hart  joined  in  the  joke. 
“Gives  us  something  to  look 
forward  to  in  ten  years.” 

“A  good  way  to  look  at 
things,”  said  the  other  man. 

At  home  he  locked  the  con- 
tacts in  a desk  drawer.  To- 
morrow he  would  deliver  most 
of  them  to  Burnett’s  apart- 
ment. 

But  the  next  morning  an 
emergency  letter  came  from 
his  group  leader,  warning  him 
not  to  appear  there.  I am  go- 
ing completely  underground. 
I think  they  may  suspect  my 
activities.  The  dispersion  plan 
must  go  into  effect.  You  know 
how  to  reach  Johnson  and 
Wright  and  they  each  in  turn 
can  get  to  two  others.  Good 
luck! 

He  had  just  put  the  letter 
in  his  pocket  when  Eric  an- 
nounced the  arrival  of  a Ritu- 
als Inspector. 

The  man  had  nervous  close- 
set  eyes  and  seemed  embar- 
rassed by  his  need  to  make 
such  a visit.  Hart  took  the 
offensive  as  his  best  defense. 
“I  don’t  understand  this,  In- 

122 


spector,”  he  protested.  “You 
people  should  be  busy  with 
High  Holy  preparations.  Are 
you  losing  your  taste  for 
work?” 

“Now,  now,  Mr.  Hart,  that's 
a very  unkind  remark.  I dis- 
like this  nonsense  as  much 
as  anyone.”  His  square  jaw 
chewed  into  each  word  as  he 
opened  his  scanning  box.  “It’s 
the  anti-social  sabotage.” 

“Do  you  mean  to  say  I am 
under  suspicion?”  Marie  was 
now  loitering  in  the  doorway, 
worse  luck. 

“Oh,  no.  Nothing  so  insult- 
ing. This  is  strictly  imper- 
sonal. The  Scanning  Center 
has  picked  apartments  at  com- 
plete random  and  we’re  to 
make  spot  checks.” 

The  eye  at  one  end  of  the 
box  blinked  wickedly,  waiting 
for  an  information  feed. 
“Now,  sir,  if  you'll  pardon 
me,  I’ll  just  take  the  records 
from  one  of  those  desk  draw- 
ers — any  drawer  — and  put 
them  in  the  box.”  Hart  slid 
open  a drawer.  “No,  sir,  I 
think  I’ll  try  the  next  one.  It’s 
regulation  not  to  accept  sug- 
gestions.” 

With  a hand  made  deft  by 
practise  he  scooped  out  all  the 
sheets  and  tapes  and  put  them 
in  the  box.  The  scanner’s  fin- 
gers rapidly  sorted  them  past 
the  eye.  Hart  exhaled,  reliev- 
ed that  an  innocuous  drawer 
had  been  selected,  and  the  in- 
spector handed  back  the  ma- 
terial to  him.  “Well,  Inspector, 
that’s  that.” 


ALBERT  TEICHNER 


“Not  quite.”  The  Inspector 
selected  another  drawer  at  the 
other  end  of  the  desk  and 
dumped  everything  before  the 
scanner.  His  examination  was 
speeding  up  and  that  was  not 
good;  he  would  have  time  to 
take  more  sample  readings. 

“Now  if  you’ll  empty  your 
left  pocket  — ” 

H,  this  is  too  much!” 
Vr  Marie  exploded.  “My 
husband  struggles  all  night 
on  secret  work,  studying  to 
find  ways  to  stop  the  anti- 
socials, and  you  treat  him  like 
one  of  them!” 

“You’re  working  on  the 
problem?”  the  Inspector  said 
respectfully.  “What  are  you 
doing?” 

Frying  pan  to  fire.  Hart 
preferred  the  pan  and  pulled 
open  a drawer.  “It’s  too  com- 
plicated, too  much  time  need- 
ed to  explain!” 

The  Inspector  glanced  at  his 
watch.  “I’m  falling  behind 
schedule.”  He  closed  up  his 
box.  “Sorry,  but  I have  to 
leave.  Heavy  time  sheet  to- 
day.” 

As  soon  as  he  was  gone, 
Hart  breathed  easier.  Nothing 
incriminating  would  be  fed 
into  the  Central  Scanner. 

Marie  became  apologetic. 
"I'm  sorry  I said  it,  Wendell, 
but  I couldn’t  keep  quiet.  All 
I did  last  night  was  peek  in 
once  or  twice.” 

He  shrugged.  “I’m  just  on 
a minor  project.” 

“Every  bit  counts.”  She 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


shook  her  head.  “Only  you 
have  to  wonder  — I mean, 
don’t  think  I’m  treasoning, 
but  while  I was  shopping  an 
hour  ago  a lot  of  women  said 
you  have  to  think  — how  come 
all  that  obsolescent  junk  could 
work  so  well,  after  being  thor- 
oughly wrecked,  too?  You  al- 
most wonder  whether  some  of 
it  was  too  good  for  disinte- 
gration.” 

Wendell  pretended  to  be 
shocked.  “Just  a fluke  of  cir- 
cumstance. If  something  like 
that  happened  again  you'd  be 
right  to  wonder.  But  it  could 
not  ever  happen  again.” 

“Don’t  get  me  wrong,  Wen- 
dell. None  of  the  women  at- 
tacked anything.  It  was  more 
like  what  you  just  said.  They 
said  if  it  happened  again,  then 
you’d  have  to  wonder.  But  of 
course  it  couldn’t  happen 
again.” 

How  well  the  tables  had 
turned!  Not  only  had  Marie’s 
ignorant  knowledge  proven 
helpful  but  she  had  now  given 
him  a positive  idea  also. 

When  he  met  Wright  and 
Johnson  at  the  latter’s  apart- 
ment that  evening  he  explain- 
ed it  to  them.  “We  can  propa- 
gate ‘dangerous’  thoughts  and 
yet  appear  completely  loyal. 
We  can  set  up  the  reaction  to 
next  High  Holy  Day.” 

“How?”  demanded  Johnson. 
“That’s  having  your  cake  and 
eating  it.” 

“Nothing’s  impossible  in  the 
human  mind,”  Wright  said. 
“Let's  listen.” 

123 


“Here's  the  point.  Wher- 
ever you  go  there  will  be  peo- 
ple tsk-tsking  about  the  Pre- 
liminary fiasco.  Just  reassure 
them,  say  it  meant  nothing  at 
all  by  itself.  If  it  ever  hap- 
pened again,  then  there  would 
be  room  for  doubt  but,  of 
course,  it  could  not  happen 
again!” 

Wright  smiled.  “That's  al- 
most feminine  in  its  subtlety." 

He  smiled  back.  “My  wife 
inspired  it.  Don’t  get  nervous 
— it  was  unconscious,  sheerly 
by  acident." 

“Whatever  the  cause,  it’s 
the  perfect  result,”  Johnson 
conceded.  “We’ll  spread  it 
through  the  net.” 

“Along  with  this,  I hope.” 
Wendell  dumped  the  contacts 
on  a table  top.  “It’s  the  small- 
est size  possible.  A lot  should 
get  by  unnoticed.  Find  cell 
members  who  can  set  up  cry- 
otrons with  a wide  range  of 
instructions  to  cope  with  any- 
thing in  the  piles.  Some  weird- 
ly alive  concoctions  of  ‘ob- 
solescent’ parts  ought  to  re- 
sult.” 

“Some  day  the  world’s  go- 
ing to  know  what  you’ve  done 
for  it,”  said  Johnson  solemnly. 

“That  could  happen  too 
soon!”  Miss  Wright’s  face, 
honest  and  open  in  its  horse- 
like length,  broke  into  a wide 
grin. 

“Amen,”  said  Hart,  adding 
the  private  hope  that  Marie, 
blessed  with  superior  looks, 
might  be  able  to  show  as  much 
superior  wisdom  some  day. 

124 


T HE  hope  was  not  immedi- 
ately fulfilled.  When  he 
reached  home  Marie  was  in  a 
tizzy  of  excitement.  “You’re 
just  in  time,  darling.  They  just 
caught  three  subversives.  One 
of  them  was  a woman,”  she 
added  as  this  were  compound- 
ing an  improbability  with  an 
impossibility.  “They're  going 
to  show  them.” 

He  gripped  his  belt  tightly. 
“A  woman?” 

“That’s  right.  There  she  is 
now.” 

A uniformed  officer  was 
gently  helping  a pale  little  old 
woman  sit  down  before  the 
camera,  as  if  she  were  more 
an  object  of  pity  than  of  fear. 
Hart  relaxed. 

“ — caught  red-handed  with 
the  incriminating  papers,” 
shouted  an  offstage  announc- 
er. “Handbills  asserting  ob- 
jects declared  obsolescent 
could  actually  last  indefinite- 
ly!” 

“What  do  you  have  to  say 
for  yourself?”  the  officer  ask- 
ed gently.  “You  must  realize, 
of  course,  that  such  irreligious 
behavior  precludes  your  mov- 
ing in  general  society  for  a 
long  time  to  come.” 

“I  don’t  know  what  came 
over  me,”  she  sobbed  -in  a 
tired  voice.  “Curiosity.  Yes, 
curiosity,  that’s  what  it  was. 
I saw  these  sheets  of  paper 
in  the  street  and  they  said  we 
should  stop  working  so  hard 
at  compulsory  tasks  and  start 
working  to  expand  our  own 
interests  and  personalities.” 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


“Self  - contradictory  non- 
sense!” said  the  voice. 

“Yes,  I know  that.  But  it 
made  me  curious  and  I took  it 
home  to  read,  and  it  said  our 
compulsory  tasks  were  artifi- 
cially manufactured  and,  if 
you  didn’t  believe  that,  look  at 
the  pile  that  reactivated  itself 
the  other  day.”  She  stopped, 
reorganizing  her  thoughts. 
“Of  course,  though,  that  thing 
in  the  Plaza  was  unique,  you 
know.  I don't  think  it  could 
mean  a thing  . . . unless  it 
happened  a few  times.  And 
the  fact  is  it  won’t  ever  hap- 
pen again.” 

“Well,  that  much  makes 
very  good  sense,”  said  Marie. 
“You  said  the  same  thing, 
Wendell.  I don't  think  that 
poor  woman  knew  what  she 
was  doing  — just  a dupe  for 
subversive  propaganda.” 

“ — a dupe  for  subversive 
propaganda,”  the  announcer 
was  saying. 

“See,  exactly  what  I said.” 

“Yes.  dear.” 

How  swiftly  the  decentral- 
ized underground  was  work- 
ing! Hart  could  not  tell  wheth- 
er the  old  woman  was  an  ac- 
tive member  or  just  a passive 
responder,  but  it  did  not  mat- 
ter. She  was  now  spreading 
the  seeds  for  future  doubt 
across  the  land. 

Two  old  men  were  brought 
in  and  they  mumbled  the  same 
disconnected  story  as  their 
sister. 

“We  have  intensively  in- 
terrogated these  prisoners,” 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


boomed  the  announcer,  “and 
know  there  is  nothing  more 
to  the  rumored  anti-social  plot 
than  this  stupid  chatter.  Re- 
main vigilant  and  you  have 
nothing  to  fear!” 

“You  are  sentenced  to  five 
years  isolation  from  general 
society,”  said  the  officer,  in  a 
voice  dulcet  enough  to  sell  ad- 
vance orders  for  replacement 
products  that  had  not  yet  been 
made.  “Our  intention  is  to 
protect  you  from  bad  influ- 
ences. Our  hope  is  that  others 
will  take  your  lesson  to  heart.” 
“God  bless  you,”  said  the 
woman  and  her  brothers  join- 
ed in  effusive  thanks. 

“Makes  you  proud  to  be  a 
human  being,”  Marie  said. 
“I  was  getting  some  stupid 
doubts  myself,  dear.  I must 
admit  it.  But  that’s  all  past. 
I can  hardly  wait  for  the 
Highest  Holy  Day.” 

“Neither  can  I,”  sighed  her 
husband. 

IV 

THE  next  day  at  noon  Eric 
came  to  him,  functioning 
on  the  final  set  of  servo  in- 
structions that  had  been  in- 
stalled in  him  at  the  factory 
of  his  birth  eight  years  be- 
fore. He  shook  hands  with  the 
two  of  them  and  said:  “Now 
I am  prepared  for  death.” 
Marie  was  tearful.  “I  will 
miss  you,  Eric.  If  you  were 
only  under  five  years  old  your 
span  could  be  extended.” 
“Everything  that  happens 

125 


is  right,”  Eric  said  impas- 
sively. 

He  clambered  on  to  the 
operation  table,  instinctively 
knowing  which  flat  surface 
was  for  him,  and,  breaking  all 
his  major  circuits,  gave  up  the 
ghost  that  only  man  could  re- 
store to  him. 

Hart  found  his  wife’s  grief 
easy  to  bear.  The  day  after 
tomorrow  she  would  join  in 
the  general  exultation  of  High 
Holy  Day,  with  Eric  well  for- 
gotten. He  methodically  began 
smashing  the  surface  of  the 
limbs  and  torso;  the  greater 
the  visible  damage,  the  great- 
er the  honor  redounding  to 
the  sacrifice  donor.  “This  will 
be  our  gift  to  the  general 
pile,”  he  said. 

“I  thought  we  could  keep 
him  for  our  garden  sacrifice,” 
Marie  protested  meekly.  “Most 
people  do.” 

“But  the  other  way  is  the 
greater  sacrifice.” 

There  was  no  reply,  because 
she  knew  he  spoke  for  the 
deeper,  more  moving  custom. 
But  suddenly  he  began  to  act 
depressed  himself.  “I  know 
we  say  it  every  ten  years,  but 
Eric  was  really  the  best  com- 
panion we  ever  had.”  He  ges- 
tured toward  the  table.  “I 
want  to  sit  here  with  him  for 
a while  — alone.” 

“That’s  carrying  things  too 
far,  Wendell.  A little  grief  is 
proper  — but  this  much  is 
actually  morbid.” 

“It’s  all  within  my  rights.” 
She  tossed  her  head  petu- 

126 


lantly.  “Well,  I’ve  done  my 
‘'are.  I can’t  stand  any  more. 
It  makes  a person  think  and 
get  depressed.  I don’t  care 
what  you’re  going  to  do.  I’m 
going  out  to  enjoy  a Prelimi- 
nary.” 

“Can’t  blame  you  for  that,” 
he  nodded. 

When  she  had  gone  he  start- 
ed to  work  on  new  instruction 
tapes  for  activating  the  servo- 
cryotron.  Nothing  could  be 
surrendered  to  chance.  Every 
possible  circumstance  in  the 
pile  had  to  be  anticipated. 
There  had  to  be  instructions 
for  action  if  Eric  was  crushed 
below  fifty  feet  of  metal,  for 
assembling  any  kind  of  scram- 
bled wiring,  for  adapting  all 
types  of  parts  in  its  immedi- 
ate surroundings,  for  using 
these  parts  to  absorb  parts 
further  away  and  for  timing 
the  operation  to  the  start  of 
the  Highest  Rite. 

Some  tapes  had  been  pre- 
pared earlier,  so  it  was  pos- 
sible to  put  everything  in  the 
cryotron  box  before  Marie  re- 
turned, as  well  as  to  attach 
the  tiny  contact  that  would 
reach  out  from  the  box  until 
it  reached  its  first  external 
scrap  of  wire  or  metal. 

“You  poor  darling,”  she 
pouted.  “You  missed  the  most 
wonderful  thing ! They  demol- 
ished a whole  thirty-story 
building !” 

His  blood,  atavistically  ef- 
fected, pulsed  faster  until  his 
new  creed  came  to  grips  with 
his  old  emotions.  “They  usu- 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


ally  don’t  bother  with  build- 
ings for  the  Rites.” 

“I  know  — that’s  what  was 
so  wonderful!  The  State  has 
decided  to  make  this  one  the 
biggest  Day  of  all  time.  We’ll 
have  enough  work  to  fill  the 
whole  ten  years!  Everybody 
was  so  happy.” 

“I'm  sure  they  were.”  He 
caught  himself  in  mid-sar- 
casm and  said,  “I’m  sorry  I 
missed  it.” 

“And  I'm  sorry  I’ve  been 
so  selfishly  self-centered.”  She 
frowned.  “I  forgot  about  it, 
but  there  were  people  in  the 
crowd  boasting  they  had  been 
assigned  to  fight  anti-social 
movements.  I had  to  boast 
back  that  my  husband  had 
been  honored  too.” 

He  tensed.  “Oh?  What  did 
they  say  to  that?” 

“Frankly,  they  laughed.” 
“I  should  think  so.  The  Cen- 
tral Scanner  didn’t  pick  up 
anything  except  a lot  of  inef- 
fective propaganda.  The  sab- 
otage business  was  all  hy- 
steria.” 

“That’s  just  what  they  said 
— the  assignments  were  an 
empty  honor.”  She  coldly  con- 
sidered Eric.  “I  want  to  wreck 
him  too.” 

“I’ve  smashed  the  insides,” 
he  said.  “You’d  better  just 
work  the  surface.” 

“That’s  all  I want  to  do,” 
she  answered,  starting  to 
scratch  traditional  marks  all 
over  the  dead  robot.  It  gave 
her  a full  afternoon  of  happy, 
busy  labor. 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


THE  next  day  a large  open 
truck  came  around  and  the 
street  echoed  to  the  appeal  for 
contributions.  Festival  spirit 
was  running  high  everywhere 
and  when  the  neighborhood 
crowd  saw  the  young  robot 
porters  carry  Eric  out  there 
was  a loud  cheer  of  apprecia- 
tion. 

“My  husband  decided  on 
a major  contribution  right 
away,”  Marie  announced  to 
them. 

“It’s  the  least  we  could  do,” 
he  said  modestly. 

Many  onlookers,  swept 
away  by  their  example,  rush- 
ed indoors  to  bring  out  addi- 
tional items  of  sacrifice.  But 
only  two  others  gave  up  their 
robots.  The  rest  clung  to  them 
for  private  Holy  Night  cere- 
monies. Soon  Eric  disappeared 
under  the  renewed  deluge  of 
egg-beaters  and  washers. 

“The  best  collection  I have 
seen  today,”  said  the  inspector 
accompanying  the  truck.  “You 
people  are  to  be  congratulated 
for  your  exceptional  patrio- 
tism.” 

“Destroy!”  they  shouted 
back  joyously.  "Make  work!” 
At  dawn  the  Central  Plaza 
was  already  crowded  and  new 
hordes  kept  pouring  in  from 
outlying  areas.  Wendell  and 
his  wife  had  been  among  the 
first  to  arrive.  They  waited, 
impatient  in  their  separate 
ways,  on  the  borderline  five 
hundred  yards  from  the  ten- 
story  pyre. 

Martial  music  roared  from 

127 


loudspeakers,  interrupted  by 
tiie  mellifluous  boom  of  a mer- 
chandising announcer:  “New 
product!  Better  models!  One 
hundred  years  of  High  Holy 
Days!  New!  New!  NEW!” 
“Destroy !”  came  the  return- 
ing shout.  “Make  work ! Work ! 
Work!” 

All  the  sounds  echoed  back 
and  forth  until  baffled  away 
by  the  open  area  across  the 
Plaza,  where  one  large  struc- 
ture had  already  been  destroy- 
ed. Three  others  were  slated 
for  collapse  today. 

“The  biggest  Holy  Day 
ever,”  a restless  old  woman 
said  to  Marie.  “I’ve  seen  all 
nine  of  them.” 

“Eric’s  in  there,”  Marie 
chatted  back,  superficially  sad, 
deeply  happy. 

“Who?” 

“Our  house  robot.” 
“Imagine  that!  Did  you 
hear  that?”  People  gathered 
round  them  and  cheered.  The 
good-natured  jostling  contin- 
ued until  someone  said : “Five 
minutes  to  go!” 

Wendell  checked  his  watch. 
Somewhere  in  the  pile  at  least 
one  element  was  coming  to 
life,  a metal  arm  reaching  out 
for  brother  metal  to  engulf  in 
its  cybernetic  sweep. 

“They’re  coming!”  A line 
of  six  shiny  new  slaggers 
came  rumbling  into  the  open 
with  military  precision.  They 
moved  along  slowly,  prolong- 
ing the  pleasures  of  anticipa- 
tion, then  broke  rank,  each 
seeking  its  assigned  point 

128 


around  the  pile  of  appliances 
gathered  for  destruction. 

“The  latest  improved  mod- 
els,” said  the  loudspeakers. 
“They  will  first  perform  fif- 
teen minutes  of  automatic  ma- 
neuvers.” The  military  music 
resumed  and  each  slagger 
turned,  as  if  circling  a coin,  in 
clanking  rhythm  to  it. 

“The  three  hundred  and  six- 
ty degree  turn.  Next,  making 
a box  on  the  Plaza  floor  . . .” 
The  voice  stopped,  appalled. 

AN  avalanche  of  metal  slid 
down  one  side  of  the  pile 
and  the  crowd  gasped.  The 
downward  movement  viscous- 
ly slowed ; then  the  metal,  sud- 
denly alive  with  the  capacity 
to  defy  gravity,  circled  up- 
ward. Jagged  limbs  started 
flailing  about. 

“Disintegrator  attack!” 
screamed  the  loudspeakers. 
“Attack!” 

The  maneuvers  stopped.  For 
one  brief  moment  prior  to 
changeover  the  Plaza  was 
dead  still,  except  for  the  deaf- 
ening rumble  in  the  pile.  The 
slaggers  broke  the  spell,  rush- 
ing full  speed  toward  the  pile, 
evaporator  beams  working. 

One  by  one  they  faltered 
and  were  sucked  into  the  de- 
structive pyre. 

The  crowd  fell  further  back. 
The  whole  pile  came  alive  like 
a mineral  octupus.  Then  the 
squirming  thing  collapsed,  ev- 
ery makeshift  circuit  irrepar- 
ably broken  and  dead.  Every- 
thing had  been  happening  too 

ALBERT  TEICHNER 


fast  for  any  pronounced  re- 
action to  accompany  it;  but 
now  the  world  went  crazy. 

“Stand  firm!”  pleaded  the 
loudspeakers.  “We  will  get  re- 
inforcements as  soon  as  cele- 
brations are  finished  else- 
where.” 

A barrage  of  enormous  boos 
came  from  the  disintegrating 
mob.  “Never  again!  Fakes! 
It's  finished,  done  for!” 
“Stand  firm!” 

But  the  breakup  down  side 
avenues  continued.  “I  don’t 
understand,”  Marie  shudder- 
ed. “Everything’s  crazy.  We’ve 
been  deceived,  Wendell.  Who’s 
been  deceiving  us?” 

“Nobody  — unless  it’s  our- 
selves.” 

“I  don't  understand  that 
either.”  Saucer-eyed  she 
watched  a great  clump  of  dis- 
gruntled people  push  past.  “I 
have  to  think!” 

Suddenly,  as  they  came 
around  a corner,  they  were 
facing  Burnett. 

Hart  tried  to  disregard  him 
but  the  group  leader  would 
have  none  of  that.  He  rushed 
up  to  Hart.  “Good  to  see  a 
friendly  face.  Shocking  devel- 
opments !”  His  face  was  grim, 
but  tiny  wrinkles  at  the  cor- 
ners of  his  eyes  betrayed  an 
amusement  that  could  only  be 
discovered  by  those  who  look- 
ed for  it. 

“Mr.  Burnett,”  he  explained 
to  Marie.  “A  librarian  at  the 
main  building.  Mr.  Burnett, 
my  wife  Marie.” 

“I  am  most  happy  to  meet 

THE  JUNKMAKERS 


you,  Mrs.  Hart.  Have  you 
heard  the  latest?” 

“No,  Mr.  Burnett.” 

“The  same  tilings  have  been 
happening  everywhere!  They 
announced  it  on  the  radio  and 
they’re  saying  it’s  due  to  anti- 
social elements.  Shocking!" 

She  shook  her  head  stub- 
bornly. “I  don’t  know  what  to 
think.  Maybe  we  shouldn’t  be 
shocked,  maybe  we  should  be. 
I just  don’t  know,  Mr.  Bur- 
nett. I came  to  enjoy  myself 
and  look  how  it’s  ended.”  She 
bravely  held  back  a sob.  “May- 
be we’d  have  been  better  off  if 
we’ve  never  heard  about  High 
Holy  Days!” 

Burnett  looked  about  with 
feigned  apprehension.  “You 
have  to  be  careful  what  you 
say.  The  government  says 
there’s  even  talk  — subver- 
sive handbills  — about  trying 
to  rehabilitate  some  of  the 
stuff  in  the  piles.” 

“The  government  ought  to 
keep  quiet!”  she  exploded. 
“They  said  this  couldn’t  hap- 
pen. You  can’t  believe  any- 
thing they  say  any  more.  The 
people  decide  and  the  govern- 
ment will  have  to  listen,  that's 
what  I say!  And  I'm  a pretty 
typical  person,  not  one  of  your 
intellectual  kind.  No  criticism 
of  present  company  intended.” 
“None  taken,  Mrs.  Hart. 
Our  human  future,”  said  Bur- 
nett, exchanging  a grin  with 
his  aide,  “remains,  as  it  al- 
ways has  really  been.  Inter- 
esting— to  say  the  least!” 

END 

129 


HUE  AND  CRY 


WELL,  here  we  are,  month 
after  month  trying  to  do 
the  best  we  can  in  the  way 
of  producing  an  IF  you’ll  like, 
and  it’s  sometimes  like  drop- 
ping words  down  a well.  We 
know  you’re  out  there  because 
somebody  buys  all  those  mag- 
azines! But,  specifically,  who 
are  you? 

One  of  you  is  Lawrence 
Crilly  of  Elizabeth,  New  Jer- 
sey, who  writes: 

Is  is  too  much  to  ask  for  a 
letter-col  ? It'd  convince  the  fans 
that  you’re  actually  trying  to 
please  them  — while  capturing 
the  attention  of  casual  readers  — 
and  the  promise  of  egoboo  if 
their  names  appeared  in  print 
would  compel  a large  number  of 
readers  to  comment  on  the  stor- 
ies, who  normally  do  not  — my- 
self included.  You  ought  to  give 
this  serious  consideration. 

We  did.  Sounds  like  a good 
deal  . . . so  . . . consider  this 
the  letter-col;  and  if  it’s  brief 
this  time,  it’s  because  we  don’t 
have  much  more  that  we  can 
publish. 

But  you  can  remedy  that! 
Just  get  down  to  your  type- 
writers ! 

And  while  you’re  writing, 
check  us  out  on  a couple  of 
basic  assumptions  we’re  mak- 
ing. For  instance: 

Assumption  Number  One : 
There’s  space  in  the  science 


fiction  field  . . . somewhere  be- 
tween the  childish  adventure 
and  the  Prophets  of  Doom  . . . 
for  a magazine  that’ll  give 
the  reader  stories  to  enjoy  — 
as  well  as  something  to  think 
about. 

We  think,  in  other  words, 
that  although  science-fiction 
has  come  a long  way,  there  is 
still  a lot  that  the  long-time 
“Great  Names”  of  science 
fiction  have  to  give  us.  (For 
which  reason  we’re  proud  to 
welcome  back,  in  near-future 
issues,  the  likes  of  Lester  del 
Rey,  E.  E.  “Skylark”  Smith 
and  a dozen  more  all-time 
favorites.)  What  we  aim  for 
in  IF  is  all  the  color  of  the 
old  days,  and  all  the  stimula- 
tion of  the  new. 

Assumption  Number  Two : 
The  readers  are  entitled  to  a 
share  in  making  the  decisions. 
Accordingly,  we’ll  try  to  do 
what  you  want  — asking  only 
that  you  tell  us  what  it  is ! 

Assumption  Number  Three : 
That  “progress”  is  sometimes 
spelled  M-I-S-T-A-K-E.  We’ll 
try  to  do  what  you  want  — 
but  if  we  goof,  tell  us  so! 

As  a starter,  next  issue  will 
have  a slightly  different  for- 
mat— a more  compact  type 
and  therefore,  we  hope,  more 
story-content.  We’ll  be  look- 
ing forward  to  knowing  what 
you  think  of  that — and  every- 
thing else ! END 


130 


mr  ^Cuinr  iHrrr 


100  for  $4;  200,  $6;  300,  $8 
with  owner's  name  imprinted 

All  Postpaid.  Add  state  sales  tax,  if  any 


YOUR  NAME  HERE 


No.  GF-614  by  Emsh 


No.  GF-612  by  Emsh 


FINAGLE  SAYS  — 

The  umpteenth  corollary 
of  Finagle's  General  Law  of 
Dynamic  Negatives  says: 
"No  books  are  ever  lost 
by  loaning  except  ones  you 
particularly  want  to  keep." 


YOUR  NAME  HERE 


The  BEMs  in  your  neighborhood 


won't  run  off  with  your  books 
if  you  put  inside  the  front  cover 
of  each  book... a gummed  bookplate 
with  your  name  printed  on  it! 


Your  Name  Here 


No.  GM-12  by  Cullen  Rapp 


A ,>  > 

No.  GX-57  by  Lynd  Ward 


ACTUAL  SIZE,  all  designs,  3x4  inches 


The  designs  shown  above  arc  the  only  ones  we  offer  i 


Order  from  1 1 MAGAZINE 


421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14,  N.  Y. 


a 


i 


With  your  literally  thousands  of  letters  you  have  proven  that  Galaxy  is 
the  most  widely  read  science-fiction  magazine  on  Earth  (see  above  for 
evidence  of  our  foreign  editions).  Subscribing  to  Galaxy  is  similar  to  a 
profit-sharing  arrangement;  for  the  more  you  invest,  the  greater  your 
dividends.  And  this,  as  you’ve  seen,  and  will  go  on  seeing,  is  truly  voting 
stock.  (No  need  to  cut  up  this  attractive  copy.  Your  order  on  any  sheet 
of  paper  will  convey  the  same  vote  and  privilege  .O 

VJ.  V • • v 

pj  GALAXY  Publishing  Corp.,  421  Hudson  Street,  »Sc\v  York  14,  N.  Y.  Is 


foreign  postage)